The URL can be used to link to this page

Roundhouse-Specification_BIDN-0936-11/04/26/21 TOC-1 Table of Contents Roundhouse Parking Lot Rehabilitation Project City of Northampton Table of Contents Section Title Number of Pages Division 0 – Bidding and Contract Requirements 00100 Advertisement for Bids 1 00200 Instructions to Bidders 10 00410 Form for General Bid 5 00430 Bid Bond 2 00520 Agreement 6 00610 Performance Bond 3 00615 Payment Bond 3 00700 General Conditions 65 00800 Supplementary Conditions 11 Attachments to Supplementary Conditions A. Massachusetts State Wage Rates 35 B. Northampton Planning Board Site Plan Approval 3 C. Northampton DPW Stormwater Permit 3 D. Northampton COVID-19 Policies 5 Division 1 – General Requirements 01110 Summary of Work 2 01140 Work Restrictions 1 01290 Application and Certificate for Payment 5 01295 Schedule of Values 1 01310 Coordination 3 01321 Color Audio/Video Documentation Survey 3 01325 Scheduling of Construction 2 01330 Submittal Procedures 10 01350 Health & Safety Plan 6 01450 Quality Control 3 01451 Independent Testing Services 3 01520 Construction Facilities 1 01550 Traffic Regulation 2 01560 Temporary Barriers 2 01570 Temporary Controls 4 01600 Product Requirements 3 01630 Product Substitution During Construction 2 01720 Field Engineering 2 01725 Preservation and Restoration of Project Features 3 01770 Closeout Procedures 2 N-0936-11/04/26/21 TOC-2 Table of Contents Division 2 – Site Construction 02075 Geosynthetics 2 Data Sheets 2 02200 Site Preparation 3 02315 Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction 7 02317 Underground Warning Tape 1 02320 Borrow Material 6 02503 Testing of Sewer and Storm Drainage Systems 4 02515 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings 3 02530 Manholes and Catch Basins 6 02532 Stormwater Treatment Unit 3 02535 Breaking into Existing Manholes and Catch Basins 3 02635 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings 4 02730 Pavement Reclamation 5 02740 Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) Pavement 5 02760 Pavement Markings 4 02770 Granite and Concrete Curbing 3 02775 Portland Cement Concrete Sidewalks 3 02821 Three Rail Wood Fence 1 02890 Traffic Signage & Supports 1 02900 Landscaping 11 02920 Lawns and Grasses 6 02958 Television Inspection of Pipelines 5 Division 3 – Concrete 03100 Concrete Forms and Accessories 6 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 5 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete 14 Division 16 – Electrical 16050 Basic Electrical Requirements 4 16060 Grounding and Bonding 2 16075 Electrical Identification 2 16080 Electrical Testing 3 16120 Conductors and Cables 3 16131 Conduit 5 16138 Duct Banks 4 16520 Exterior Luminaires 2 J:\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\TOC.doc DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENT Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00100-1 Advertisement for Bids CITY OF NORTHAMPTON DEPARTMENT OF CENTRAL SERVICES NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Sealed Bids for the construction of the “Roundhouse Parking Lot Rehabilitation Project” will be received by the Department of Central Services at Memorial Hall, 240 Main Street, Northampton, MA 01060 until 2:00 p.m. local time on Wednesday May 19, 2021 via USPS mail service or the drop box outside the front entrance of the Puchalski Municipal Building at 212 Main Street at which time the Bids received will be publicly opened and read aloud during a public conference call. Sealed Bids must have outer envelope marked as “City of Northampton, Roundhouse Parking Lot Rehabilitation Project.” The work consists of full depth reclamation of the existing parking lot and clearing and filling of an adjacent wooded area to expand the lot. The work also includes drainage modifications and new curbing, lighting, landscaping, pavement markings, and signage. Bids shall be on a lump sum basis as indicated in the Bid Form. Bidding Documents may be obtained electronically from the Tighe & Bond website at http://www.tighebond.com/Projects_Out_to_Bid.php. Prospective bidders must complete a one- time registration process on the web site in order to receive log-in credentials. Bidders must log in to the web site to download bidding documents for the project. Bidders will be added to the “planholders” or prospective bidders list upon downloading the bidding documents for the project. A bid deposit shall be furnished in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. CITY OF NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS Consulting Engineer: Tighe & Bond, Inc. 53 Southampton Road Westfield, MA 01085 413-562-1600 END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 0\00100.doc SECTION 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00200-1 Instructions to Bidders SECTION 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. Defined Terms 2. Copies of Bidding Documents 3. Qualifications of Bidders 4. Site and Other Areas; Existing Site Conditions; Examination of Site; Owner’s Safety Program; Other Work at the Site 5. Bidder’s Representations 6. Pre-Bid Conference 7. Interpretations and Addenda 8. Bid Deposit 9. Contract Times 10. Liquidated Damages 11. Substitute and “Or Equal” Items 12. Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others 13. Preparation of Bid 14. Basis of Bid 15. Submittal of Bid 16. Modification or Withdrawal of Bid 17. Opening of Bids 18. Disqualification of Bidders 19. Bids to Remain Open 20. Award of Contract 21. Contract Securities 22. Contract Insurance 23. Signing of Agreement 24. Sales Taxes 25. Massachusetts Prevailing Wage Rates 26. Owner Furnished Items Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00200-2 Instructions to Bidders ARTICLE 1 DEFINED TERMS 1.1 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 2 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.1 Refer to Advertisement for Bids for information on examination and procurement of documents. 2.2 Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.3 Owner and Engineer in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. ARTICLE 3 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS 3.1 Bidders shall be experienced in the kind of Work to be performed, shall have the necessary equipment, and shall possess sufficient capital to properly execute the Work within the time allowed. Bids received from Bidders who have previously failed to complete Work within the time required, or who have previously performed similar Work in an unsatisfactory manner, may be rejected. A Bid may be rejected if Bidder cannot show that he has the necessary ability, plant and equipment to commence the Work at the time prescribed and thereafter to prosecute and complete the Work at the rate or within the time specified. A Bid may be rejected if Bidder is already obligated for the performance of other Work which would delay the commencement, prosecution or completion of the Work. 3.2 Bidders shall have a minimum of 5 years’ experience and shall have successfully completed 5 paving projects of similar scope within the past 10 years. Submit with the bid a summary of experience and representative projects to show compliance with these qualifications. 3.3 Bidders may be investigated by Owner to determine if they are qualified to perform the Work. All Bidders shall be prepared to submit within five days of Owner’s or Engineer’s request, written evidence of such information and data necessary to make this determination. The investigation of a Bidder will seek to determine whether the organization is adequate in size, is authorized to do business in the jurisdiction where the project is located, has had previous experience and whether available equipment and financial resources are adequate to assure Owner that the Work will be completed in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of such Bidder fails to satisfy Owner that such Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the Work contemplated therein. A. Bidders may be required to provide a letter stating that the Bidder is in good financial standing. The letter must: 1. Be provided by a financial institution or certified public accountant having a relationship with the Bidder; 2. Be on the bank or accountant’s letterhead; 3. Include name and contact information for the bank or accountant including address, email and telephone number; Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00200-3 Instructions to Bidders 4. Identify the account holder(s), whose names must match the name of the Bidder, the type and length of business relationship, and the historical status of the accounts (i.e. good standing, timely payments, no overdrafts, etc.); and 5. NOT include account numbers, account amounts, or lines of credit. ARTICLE 4 SITE AND OTHER AREAS; EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS; EXAMINATION OF SITE; OWNER’S SAFETY PROGRAM; OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 4.1 The Site is identified in the Bidding Documents. By definition, the Site includes rights-of- way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner for the use of the Contractor. Any additional lands required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment, or storage of materials and equipment are to be obtained and paid for by Contractor. 4.2 Existing Site Conditions A. Subsurface and Physical Conditions 1. The Supplementary Conditions identify: a. Those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site. b. Those drawings known to Owner of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities). c. Reports and drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site. d. Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings. 2. Copies of reports and drawings referenced above will be made available for review at Engineer’s office. These reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the Technical Data contained therein upon whose accuracy Bidder is entitled to rely, as provided in the General Conditions, has been identified and established in the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Bidder draws from any Technical Data or any other data, interpretations, opinions or information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings. 3. If the Supplementary Conditions do not identify Technical Data, the default definition of Technical Data set forth in Article 1 of the General Conditions will apply. B. Underground Facilities: Information and data shown or indicated in the Bidding Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site are set forth in the Contract Documents and are based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or others. C. Adequacy of Data: Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to subsurface conditions, other physical conditions and Underground Facilities, and possible changes in the Bidding Documents due to differing or unanticipated conditions appear in paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 of the General Conditions. Provisions concerning responsibilities for Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00200-4 Instructions to Bidders the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the site, if any, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work appear in paragraph 5.06 of the General Conditions. 4.3 Site Visit and Testing by Bidders A. Bidder is not required to conduct any subsurface testing, or exhaustive investigations of Site conditions. B. On request, and to the extent Owner has control over the Site, and schedule permitting, the Owner will provide Bidder access to the Site to conduct such additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies as Bidder deems necessary for preparing and submitting a successful Bid. Owner will not have any obligation to grant such access if doing so is not practical because of existing operations, security or safety concerns, or restraints on Owner’s authority regarding the Site. C. Bidder shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations regarding excavation and location of utilities, obtain all permits, and comply with all terms and conditions established by Owner or by property owners or other entities controlling the Site with respect to schedule, access, existing operations, security, liability insurance, and applicable safety programs. D. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the Site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests, and studies. 4.4 Owner’s Safety Program A. Site visits and work at the Site may be governed by an Owner safety program. As the General Conditions indicate, if an Owner safety program exists, it will be noted in the Supplementary Conditions. 4.5 Other Work at the Site A. Reference is made to Article 8 of the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of the general nature of other work of which Owner is aware (if any) that is to be performed at the Site by Owner or others (such as utilities and other prime contractors) and relates to the Work for which a Bid is to be submitted. If Owner is party to a written contract for such other work, then on request, Owner will provide to each Bidder access to examine such contracts (other than portions thereof related to price and other confidential matters), if any. ARTICLE 5 BIDDER’S REPRESENTATIONS 5.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid to: A. examine and carefully study the Bidding Documents, including any Addenda, data, and referenced items identified in the Bidding Documents; B. visit the Site, conduct a thorough, alert visual examination of the Site and adjacent areas, and become familiar with and satisfy itself as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work; Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00200-5 Instructions to Bidders C. become familiar with and satisfy itself as to all Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work; D. carefully study all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or adjacent to the Site which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings, and carefully study all reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, if any, at or adjacent to the Site which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings; E. consider the information known to Bidder itself; information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Bidding Documents; and the Site-related reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on 1) the cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2) the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder, and 3) Bidder’s safety precautions and programs; F. agree, based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraph, that at the time of submitting its Bid no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of its Bid for performance of the Work at the price bid and within the times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents; G. become aware of the general nature of the Work to be performed by Owner and others at the site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents; H. promptly give Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Bidder discovers in the Bidding Documents and confirm that the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Bidder; I. determine that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance and finishing of the Work; and J. agree that the submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article, that without exception the Bid and all prices in the Bid are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Bidding Documents. ARTICLE 6 PRE-BID CONFERENCE 6.1 There will be no pre-bid conference for the project. ARTICLE 7 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 7.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents shall be submitted in writing to the Engineer via the Tighe & Bond website for bidding document distribution at: http://www.tighebond.com/Projects_Out_to_Bid.php 7.2 Prospective bidders must be registered users of the web site to submit questions regarding the project. In order to receive consideration, questions must be received by Engineer at least five days prior to the date fixed for the opening of Bids. Interpretations or clarifications Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00200-6 Instructions to Bidders considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda to all parties recorded by Engineer as having received the Bidding Documents not later than three days prior to the date fixed for the opening of Bids. Only questions answered by Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 7.3 Addenda may be issued to clarify, correct, supplement or change the Bidding Documents. Such Addenda, if any, will be issued in the manner and within the time period stated in paragraph 7.2. 7.4 The Bidder must acknowledge receipt of each Addendum, if any, in the space provided on the Bid Form. ARTICLE 8 BID DEPOSIT 8.1 In the Bidding Documents, the terms “Bid security” and “Bid deposit” shall have the same meaning. 8.2 Bids must be accompanied by a Bid deposit in the amount of 5% of the Bidder’s maximum Bid price (including any additive alternates) and in the form of a bid bond, or cash, or a certified check on, or a treasurer's or cashier's check issued by, a responsible bank or trust company, payable to the awarding authority. 8.3 All Bid deposits of General Bidders, except those under consideration by Owner, will be returned within 5 days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, after the opening of General Bids. Other Bid deposits will be returned upon the execution and delivery of the Agreement. The Bid deposit of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such bidder has furnished the required contract security and executed the Agreement, whereupon the bid deposit shall be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to furnish the required contract security within 10 days after the Notice of Award and execute the Agreement within 5 days after receipt from Owner, Owner may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid deposit of that Bidder will be forfeited to Owner as liquidated damages for such failure. ARTICLE 9 CONTRACT TIME 9.1 The number of days within which, or the dates by which, the Work is to be: A. substantially completed, and/or B. completed and ready for final payment are set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 10 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 10.1 Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, for failure to timely attain a Milestone, Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work in readiness for final payment, are set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 11 SUBSTITUTE AND “OR EQUAL” ITEMS 11.1 The Contract for the Work, as awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding Documents without consideration during the bidding and Contract award process of possible substitute or “or equal” items. In cases in which the Contract allows the Contractor to request that Engineer authorize the use of a substitute or “or equal” item of material or equipment, application for such acceptance may not be made to and will not be considered by Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00200-7 Instructions to Bidders ARTICLE 12 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS (NOT USED) ARTICLE 13 PREPARATION OF BID 13.1 A Bid must be made on the Bid form included with the Project Manual. The Bid form shall not be altered in any way. 13.2 The Bid form must be completed in ink. Blank spaces in the Bid form must be filled in correctly where indicated, and the Bidder must state, both in words and numerals, the prices for which he proposes to complete each and every item of Work. Ditto marks shall not be used. 13.3 A Bidder shall execute his Bid as stated below. A. A Bid by an individual shall show the Bidder’s name and official address. B. A Bid by a partnership must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner (whose title must appear under the signature) accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown. C. A Bid by a corporation must be executed in the corporate name by a corporate officer (whose title must appear under the signature) and must be accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the corporate secretary. The state of incorporation and the official corporate address shall be shown. D. A Bid by a limited liability company shall be executed in the name of the firm by a member or other authorized person and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown. E. A Bid by a joint venture shall be executed by an authorized representative of each joint venturer in the manner indicated on the Bid Form. The official address of the joint venture shall be shown. F. All names must be printed in ink below the signature. 13.4 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of the receipt of all Addenda in the space provided on the Bid form. 13.5 Postal and email addresses and telephone number to which communications regarding the Bid are to be directed shall be shown. 13.6 The Bid shall contain evidence of Bidder’s authority and qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located, or Bidder shall covenant in writing to obtain such authority and qualification prior to award of the Contract and attach such covenant to the Bid. Bidder’s state contractor license number, if any, shall also be shown on the Bid Form. 13.7 In order to be considered for selection, the Bidder must submit a complete bid package in accordance with these Bidding Documents. Partial Bids will not be accepted. Refer to the Bid Form for a list of documents that shall be submitted in addition to the Bid Form. 13.8 Any deviations in completion of the Bid Form and accompanying documents from the instructions provided in this Article may be cause for rejection of the Bid. ARTICLE 14 BASIS OF BID 14.1 Lump Sum A. Bidders shall submit a Bid on a lump sum basis as set forth in the Bid form. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00200-8 Instructions to Bidders B. The award will be based on the lowest eligible Bid. ARTICLE 15 SUBMITTAL OF BID 15.1 A Bid shall be received no later than the date and time prescribed and at the place indicated in the advertisement for Bids and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope plainly marked with the Project title, the name and address of Bidder, and shall be accompanied by the Bid deposit and other required documents. If a Bid is sent by mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope containing the Bid shall be enclosed in a separate envelope plainly marked on the outside with the notation “BID ENCLOSED”. When using the mail or other delivery system, the Bidder is totally responsible for the mail or other delivery system delivering the Bid at the place and prior to the time indicated in the Advertisement for Bids. A mailed Bid shall be addressed to Owner at the address in the Advertisement for Bids. 15.2 City of Northampton offices are closed to the public due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Only USPS delivery will be received. Private parcel carriers cannot access City buildings. 15.3 Each firm/organization/company may submit only one Bid. If multiple Bids are received from a single company, even if from multiple representatives of that company, all Bids submitted by that company will be rejected. 15.4 Bids received after the date and time prescribed for the opening of bids, or not submitted at the correct location or in the designated manner, will not be accepted and will be returned to the Bidder unopened. ARTICLE 16 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID 16.1 Withdrawal Prior to Bid Opening A. A Bid may be withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed in the same manner that a Bid must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted prior to the date and time for the opening of Bids. Upon receipt of such notice, the unopened Bid will be returned to the Bidder. 16.2 Modification Prior to Bid Opening A. If a Bidder wishes to modify its Bid prior to the Bid opening, Bidder must withdraw its initial Bid in the manner specified in paragraph 15.1.A and submit a new Bid prior to the date and time for the opening of Bids. ARTICLE 17 OPENING OF BIDS 17.1 Bids will be opened as indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and publicly read aloud via a conference call. Information required to access the conference call will be distributed to all plan holders one week prior to the opening of Bids. 17.2 In order to be considered for selection, Bids must arrive at the designated location on or before the date and time specified in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders mailing their Bids should allow for normal mail delivery time to ensure timely receipt of their Bids by Owner. 17.3 Bids received by mail or otherwise after the time specified for the opening of Bids will not be accepted and will be returned to the Bidder unopened. 17.4 No responsibility will attach to Owner, its employees or the Engineer for premature opening of a Bid not properly addressed and identified in accordance with the Bidding Documents. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00200-9 Instructions to Bidders ARTICLE 18 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 18.1 More than one Bid for the same Work from an individual, or a firm, partnership, corporation or an association under the same or different names will not be considered. Reasonable grounds for believing that any Bidder is interested in more than one Bid for the Work may be cause for disqualification of that Bidder and the rejection of all Bids in which that Bidder is interested. ARTICLE 19 BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE 19.1 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the period of time stated in the Bid form, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid deposit prior to the end of this period. ARTICLE 20 EVALUATION OF BIDS AND AWARD OF CONTRACT 20.1 Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all informalities, and the right to disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive or conditional Bids. 20.2 Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid not accompanied by specified documentation and Bid deposit. 20.3 Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if it shows any omissions, alterations of form, additions not called for, conditions or qualifications, or irregularities of any kind. 20.4 Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid that, in his sole discretion, is considered to be unbalanced or unreasonable as to the amount bid for any lump sum or unit price item. 20.5 In evaluating Bids, Owner will consider whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. 20.6 In evaluating whether a Bidder is responsible, Owner will consider the qualifications the Bidder and may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors and Suppliers proposed for those portions of the Work for which the identity of Subcontractors and Suppliers must be submitted as provided in the Bidding Documents. 20.7 Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial ability of Bidders and any proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers. 20.8 If the Owner awards the Contract for the Work, such award shall be to the responsible Bidder (who has neither been disqualified nor rejected pursuant to Article 18 or this Article 20) submitting the lowest responsive Bid. 20.9 Contents of the Bid of the Successful Bidder will become part of any contract awarded. ARTICLE 21 CONTRACT SECURITIES 21.1 Performance and payment bonds shall be furnished by the successful Bidder. The amounts of and other requirements for performance and payment bonds are stated in Article 6 of the General Conditions. Performance and payment bonds submitted shall be posted by a recognized surety company having a place of business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. All performance and payment bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of the authority to act. Performance Bonds and Payment Bonds shall be submitted on the forms included in Sections 00610 and 00615, respectively, Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00200-10 Instructions to Bidders of the Contract Documents. Additional requirements may be stated in the General or Supplementary Conditions. 21.2 Within 15 days from the date of the Notice of Award, the Successful Bidder shall deliver to Owner and Engineer, for review and approval, the performance bond and the payment bond he proposes to furnish at the time of the execution of the Agreement. 21.3 The required contract securities will become part of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 22 CONTRACT INSURANCE 22.1 The requirements for insurance to be provided by the Successful Bidder are stated in Article 6 of the General Conditions and in the Supplementary Conditions. 22.2 Within 15 days from the date of the Notice of Award, the Successful Bidder shall deliver evidence of required insurance to Owner and Engineer. 22.3 The required insurance certificates will become part of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 23 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 23.1 The Owner will transmit the required number of unsigned Agreements to the Successful Bidder with the Notice of Award. Within 15 days of the date of the Notice of Award, the Successful Bidder shall sign the Agreements and return them to the Owner. The Owner will return one executed Contract to the Successful Bidder. ARTICLE 24 SALES TAXES 24.1 Owner is exempt from Massachusetts State sales and use taxes on materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work. Said taxes shall not be included in the Bid. The tax exemption number and exemption certificate will be provided to the Successful Bidder. ARTICLE 25 MASSACHUSETTS PREVAILING WAGE RATES 25.1 Minimum Wage Rates as determined by the Commissioner of Department of Workforce Development under the provision of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27D, as amended, apply to this project. The Wage Rate Determination is included in Part II of the Supplementary Conditions. 25.2 It is the responsibility of the Bidder before bid opening to request any additional information on Minimum Wage Rates for those tradespeople who may be employed for the proposed Work under this Contract. ARTICLE 26 OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS 26.1 Owner will furnish and deliver two route maps for the bicycle detour to the site for installation by the Contractor. Identification of the materials and equipment and the procedures to be followed appear in paragraph 6.21 of the Supplementary Conditions. END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 0\00200.doc SECTION 00410 BID FORM Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/31/17 00410-1 Form for General Bid SECTION 00410 FORM FOR GENERAL BID PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Roundhouse Parking Lot Rehabilitation Project TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. Bid Recipient 2. Bidder’s Acknowledgements 3. Bidder’s Representations 4. Bidder’s Certifications 5. Basis of Bid 6. Time of Completion 7. Attachments to This Bid 8. Bid Submittal ARTICLE 1 - BID RECIPIENT 1.1 This Bid is submitted to: City of Northampton, Department of Central Services Memorial Hall, 240 Main Street, Northampton, MA 01060 1.2 The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with Owner in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform all Work as specified or indicated in the Bidding Documents for the prices and within the times indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents. ARTICLE 2 - BIDDER’S ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 2.1 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Advertisement for Bids and Instructions to Bidders, including without limitation, those dealing with the disposition of Bid deposit. The Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 30 days after the Bid opening, or for such longer period of time that Bidder may agree to in writing upon request of Owner. 2.2 The Work under this Contract shall be subject to the provisions of Chapter 30, Section 39M of the Massachusetts General Laws. ARTICLE 3 - BIDDER’S REPRESENTATIONS 3.1 In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents, as set forth in the Agreement, that: A. Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents, and any data and reference items identified in the Bidding Documents and hereby acknowledges the receipt of all Addenda. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/31/17 00410-2 Form for General Bid B. Bidder has visited the Site, conducted a thorough, alert visual examination of the Site and adjacent areas, and become familiar with and satisfied itself as to the general, local and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. Bidder is familiar with and has satisfied itself as to all federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress and performance of the Work. D. Bidder has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings, and (2) reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings. E. Bidder has considered the information known to Bidder itself; information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Bidding Documents; and any Site- related reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on (1) the cost, progress, and performance of the Work; (2) the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder; and (3) Bidder’s safety precautions and programs. F. Bidder agrees, based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraph, that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of this Bid for performance of the Work at the price bid and within the times required and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents. G. Bidder is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents. H. Bidder has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents, and confirms that the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Bidder. I. The Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance and furnishing of the Work. J. The submission of this Bid constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article, and that without exception the Bid and all prices in the Bid are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Bidding Documents. ARTICLE 4 - BIDDER’S CERTIFICATION 4.1 Bidder certifies that Bidder is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work, that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee, and that Bidder will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards made subject to MGL Chapter 30, Section 39M. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/31/17 00410-3 Form for General Bid 4.2 Bidder certifies that, under penalty of perjury, Bidder is not presently debarred from doing public construction work in the Commonwealth under the provisions of MGL Chapter 29, Section 29F or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter of the General Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder; and is not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency. 4.3 Bidder hereby certifies under the penalties of perjury, to the best of Bidder’s knowledge and belief, that Bidder has filed all State tax returns and paid all State taxes required by law. 4.4 Bidder certifies that, under the penalties of perjury, this Bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this paragraph the word “person” shall mean any natural person, joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity. 4.5 Bidder certifies that this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive agreement or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation. 4.6 Bidder certifies that Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid. 4.7 Bidder certifies that Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding. 4.8 Bidder certifies that Bidder has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph: A. “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process; B. “fraudulent practice” means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to influence the bidding process to the detriment of the Owner, (b) to establish bid prices at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive Owner of the benefits of free and open competition; C. “collusive practice” means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders, with or without the knowledge of Owner, a purpose of which is to establish bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels; and D. “coercive practice” means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the execution of the Contract. ARTICLE 5 - BASIS OF BID 5.1 Bidder proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for construction of the Roundhouse Parking Lot Rehabilitation Project in accordance with the accompanying Bidding Documents prepared by Tighe & Bond, Inc., for the Contract Price specified below, subject to additions and deductions according to the terms of the Bidding Documents. 5.2 This Bid includes Addenda numbered __________________________. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/31/17 00410-4 Form for General Bid 5.3 The proposed Contract Price (base bid) is: dollars (words) ($ ) (figures) ARTICLE 6 - TIME OF COMPLETION 6.1 Bidder agrees that the Work will be substantially completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions on or before the dates or within the number of calendar days indicated in the Agreement. 6.2 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work within the times as stated in the Agreement. ARTICLE 7 - ATTACHMENTS TO THIS BID 7.1 The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid: A. Bid deposit in the amount of dollars ($ ), consisting of a bid bond in the amount of five percent of the total amount of Bid B. Evidence of authority to sign C. List of Project References D. Evidence of authority to do business in the state of the Project; or a written covenant to obtain such license within the time for acceptance of Bids. E. A list of adversarial proceedings in which the bidder is or was a party within the past 5 years that relate to the procurement or performance of any public or private construction contract together with a brief statement as to outcome if concluded or status if pending. F. A list of any projects on which the firm was terminated or failed to complete the work within the past 5 years, including a brief explanation for each instance listed. G. Evidence of Bidder's qualifications in accordance with Article 3 of Section 00200 Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/31/17 00410-5 Form for General Bid ARTICLE 8 - BID SUBMITTAL BIDDER: [Indicate correct name of bidding entity] By: [Signature] [Printed name] (If Bidder is a corporation, a limited liability company, a partnership, or a joint venture, attach evidence of authority to sign.) Attest: [Signature] [Printed name] Title: Submittal Date: Address for giving notices: Telephone Number: Fax Number: Contact Name and e-mail address: Bidder’s License No.: (where applicable) END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 0\00410-LS.docx SECTION 00430 BID BOND PENAL SUM FORM EJCDC® C-430, Bid Bond (Penal Sum Form). Published 2013. Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 1 of 2 BID BOND Any singular reference to Bidder, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. BIDDER (Name and Address): SURETY (Name, and Address of Principal Place of Business): OWNER (Name and Address): BID Bid Due Date: Description (Project Name— Include Location): BOND Bond Number: Date: Penal sum $ (Words) (Figures) Surety and Bidder, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause this Bid Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative. BIDDER SURETY (Seal) (Seal) Bidder’s Name and Corporate Seal Surety’s Name and Corporate Seal By: By: Signature Signature (Attach Power of Attorney) Print Name Print Name Title Title Attest: Attest: Signature Signature Title Title Note: Addresses are to be used for giving any required notice. Provide execution by any additional parties, such as joint venturers, if necessary . PENAL SUM FORM EJCDC® C-430, Bid Bond (Penal Sum Form). Published 2013. Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 2 of 2 1. Bidder and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to pay to Owner upon default of Bidder the penal sum set forth on the face of this Bond. Payment of the penal sum is the extent of Bidder’s and Surety’s liability. Recovery of such penal sum under the terms of this Bond shall be Owner’s sole and exclusive remedy upon default of Bidder. 2. Default of Bidder shall occur upon the failure of Bidder to deliver within the time required by the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Owner) the executed Agreement required by the Bidding Documents and any performance and payment bonds required by the Bidding Documents. 3. This obligation shall be null and void if: 3.1 Owner accepts Bidder’s Bid and Bidder delivers within the time required by the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Owner) the executed Agreement required by the Bidding Documents and any performance and payment bonds required by the Bidding Documents, or 3.2 All Bids are rejected by Owner, or 3.3 Owner fails to issue a Notice of Award to Bidder within the time specified in the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Bidder and, if applicable, consented to by Surety when required by Paragraph 5 hereof). 4. Payment under this Bond will be due and payable upon default of Bidder and within 30 calendar days after receipt by Bidder and Surety of written notice of default from Owner, which notice will be given with reasonable promptness, identifying this Bond and the Project and including a statement of the amount due. 5. Surety waives notice of any and all defenses based on or arising out of any time extension to issue Notice of Award agreed to in writing by Owner and Bidder, provided that the total time for issuing Notice of Award including extensions shall not in the aggregate exceed 120 days from the Bid due date without Surety’s written consent. 6. No suit or action shall be commenced under this Bond prior to 30 calendar days after the notice of default required in Paragraph 4 above is received by Bidder and Surety and in no case later than one year after the Bid due date. 7. Any suit or action under this Bond shall be commenced only in a court of competent jurisdiction located in the state in which the Project is located. 8. Notices required hereunder shall be in writing and sent to Bidder and Surety at their respective addresses shown on the face of this Bond. Such notices may be sent by personal delivery, commercial courier, or by United States Registered or Certified Mail, return receipt requested, postage pre-paid, and shall be deemed to be effective upon receipt by the party concerned. 9. Surety shall cause to be attached to this Bond a current and effective Power of Attorney evidencing the authority of the officer, agent, or representative who executed this Bond on behalf of Surety to execute, seal, and deliver such Bond and bind the Surety thereby. 10. This Bond is intended to conform to all applicable statutory requirements. Any applicable requirement of any applicable statute that has been omitted from this Bond shall be deemed to be included herein as if set forth at length. If any provision of this Bond conflicts with any applicable statute, then the provision of said statute shall govern and the remainder of this Bond that is not in conflict therewith shall continue in full force and effect. 11. The term “Bid” as used herein includes a Bid, offer, or proposal as applicable. SECTION 00520 AGREEMENT Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00520-1 Agreement SECTION 00520 AGREEMENT This Agreement is by and between the City of Northampton, as requested by the Department of Central Services hereinafter called Owner and hereinafter called Contractor. Owner and Contractor hereby agree as follows: ARTICLE 1 WORK 1.1 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described with the following title: “Roundhouse Parking Lot Rehabilitation Project, City of Northampton.” ARTICLE 2 ENGINEER 2.1 The part of the Project that pertains to the Work has been designed by Tighe & Bond, Inc. 2.2 The Owner assumes all duties and responsibilities, rights and authority assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents in connection with the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACT TIMES 3.1 Time of the Essence A. All time limits for Milestones, if any, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for final payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. 3.2 Substantial Completion and Final Payment A. The Work will be substantially completed within 90 days from the date of the Notice to Proceed and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within 120 days from the date of the Notice to Proceed. 3.3 Liquidated Damages A. Contractor and Owner recognize that time is of the essence as stated in Paragraph 3.1 above and that Owner will suffer financial and other losses if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.2 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the Contract. The parties also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner $1,000 for each day that expires after the time (as duly adjusted pursuant to the Contract) specified in Paragraph 3.2 above for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Complete and Ready for Final Payment: After Substantial Completion, if Contractor shall neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time (as duly adjusted pursuant to the Contract), for completion Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00520-2 Agreement and readiness for final payment, Contractor shall pay Owner $1000 for each day that expires after such time until the Work is completed and ready for final payment. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and final completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT PRICE 4.1 Owner shall pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents an amount equal to the prices stated in Contractor’s Bid, attached hereto as an exhibit, subject to adjustment under the Contract. ARTICLE 5 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.1 Applications for Payment shall be processed in accordance with Article 15 of the General Conditions and in accordance with Massachusetts General Law. 5.2 Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of processed Applications for Payment monthly during construction, provided that such Applications for Payment have been submitted in a timely manner and otherwise meet the requirements of the Contract. All progress payments will be measured by the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions, or in the event there is no schedule of values, as provided elsewhere in the Contract. 5.3 Owner shall retain from progress payments 5 percent of the value of Work completed. 5.4 Substantial Completion A. Upon Substantial Completion, Owner shall pay an amount sufficient to increase total payments to Contractor to ninety-nine percent of the Work completed, less such amounts set off by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 15.01.E of the General Conditions, and less Engineer’s estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected as shown on the punch list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. 5.5 Final Payment A. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions, Owner shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by Engineer as provided in said Paragraph 15.06. ARTICLE 6 CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS 6.1 Contractor makes the following representations: A. Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents, and any data and reference items identified in the Contract Documents. B. Contractor has visited the Site, conducted a thorough, alert visual examination of the Site and adjacent areas, and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. Contractor is familiar with and is satisfied as to all Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. Contractor has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site that have been identified in the Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00520-3 Agreement Supplementary Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings, and (2) reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings. E. Contractor has considered the information known to Contractor itself; information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Contract Documents; and the Site-related reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on (1) the cost, progress, and performance of the Work; (2) the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and (3) Contractor’s safety precautions and programs. F. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraph, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract. G. Contractor is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. H. Contractor has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Contractor. I. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. J. Contractor’s entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7.1 Contents A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. This Agreement (pages 00520-1 to 00520-6, inclusive); 2. Performance Bond (pages 1 to 3, inclusive); 3. Payment Bond (pages 1 to 3, inclusive); 4. General Conditions (title pages, table of contents, and pages 1 to 65, inclusive); 5. Supplementary Conditions (pages 00800-1 to 00800-11, inclusive); 6. Specifications (Divisions 1 through 3); 7. Drawings (not attached but incorporated by reference) consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered 1 through 15, inclusive, with each sheet bearing the following general title: Roundhouse Parking Lot Rehabilitation Project; 8. Addenda (number to , inclusive); Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00520-4 Agreement 9. Exhibits to this Agreement (enumerated as follows): a. Contractor’s Bid (pages 00410-1 to 00410-5, inclusive); 10. The following which may be delivered or issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto: a. Notice to Proceed; b. Work Change Directives; c. Change Order(s); d. Field Orders B. The documents listed in Paragraph 7.1.A are attached to this Agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise above). C. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 7. D. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions. ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS 8.1 Terms A. Terms used in this Agreement will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. 8.2 Assignment of Contract A. Unless expressly agreed to elsewhere in the Contract, no assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, money that may become due and money that is due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 8.3 Successors and Assigns A. Owner and Contractor each binds itself, its successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 8.4 Severability A. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon Owner and Contractor, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision. 8.5 Contractor Certifications Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00520-5 Agreement A. Contractor certifies that it has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for or in executing the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph 8.5: 1. “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process or in the Contract execution; 2. “fraudulent practice” means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to influence the bidding process or the execution of the Contract to the detriment of Owner, (b) to establish Bid or Contract prices at artificial non- competitive levels, or (c) to deprive Owner of the benefits of free and open competition; 3. “collusive practice” means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders, with or without the knowledge of Owner, a purpose of which is to establish Bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels; and 4. “coercive practice” means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the execution of the Contract. 8.6 The successful Bidder will be required to submit with the Contract a form from the Massachusetts Secretary of State as required by MGL. c. 30, sec. 39L. 8.7 Other Provisions A. Owner stipulates that the General Conditions that are made a part of this Contract are based on EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions for the Construction Contract, published by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee®, and Owner has plainly shown all modifications to the standard wording of such published document to the Contractor in the Supplementary Conditions. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00520-6 Agreement IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Owner caused these presents to be signed in quadruplicate and approved by Mayor David Narkewicz and the said Contractor has caused these presents to be signed in quadruplicate and its official seal to be hereto affixed by its officer or agent thereunto duly authorized (by the attached corporate resolution). This instrument shall take effect as a sealed instrument. This Agreement will be effective on _______________________, _____ (which is the Effective Date of the Agreement). CONTRACTOR: COMPANY NAME AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE DATE TITLE (CORPORATE SEAL) CITY OF NORTHAMPTON: BY: Director of Central Services Date bid filed with City Clerk: Performance Bond Required? yes no Bid Date: Amount: Bonding Company: Date City Auditor, approved as to appropriation. Date City Solicitor, approved as to form. Date Mayor David Narkewicz END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 0\00520.doc SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND EJCDC® C-610, Performance Bond Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 1 of 3 PERFORMANCE BOND CONTRACTOR (name and address): SURETY (name and address of principal place of business): OWNER (name and address): CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Effective Date of the Agreement: Amount: Description (name and location): BOND Bond Number: Date (not earlier than the Effective Date of the Agreement of the Construction Contract): Amount: Modifications to this Bond Form: None See Paragraph 16 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative. CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY (seal) (seal) Contractor’s Name and Corporate Seal Surety’s Name and Corporate Seal By: By: Signature Signature (attach power of attorney) Print Name Print Name Title Title Attest: Attest: Signature Signature Title Title Notes: (1) Provide supplemental execution by any additional parties, such as joint venturers. (2) Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner, or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. EJCDC® C-610, Performance Bond Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 2 of 3 1. The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 2. If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract, the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond, except when applicable to participate in a conference as provided in Paragraph 3. 3. If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract, the Surety’s obligation under this Bond shall arise after: 3.1 The Owner first provides notice to the Contractor and the Surety that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Default. Such notice shall indicate whether the Owner is requesting a conference among the Owner, Contractor, and Surety to discuss the Contractor’s performance. If the Owner does not request a conference, the Surety may, within five (5) business days after receipt of the Owner’s notice, request such a conference. If the Surety timely requests a conference, the Owner shall attend. Unless the Owner agrees otherwise, any conference requested under this Paragraph 3.1 shall be held within ten (10) business days of the Surety’s receipt of the Owner’s notice. If the Owner, the Contractor, and the Surety agree, the Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable time to perform the Construction Contract, but such an agreement shall not waive the Owner’s right, if any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default; 3.2 The Owner declares a Contractor Default, terminates the Construction Contract and notifies the Surety; and 3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price in accordance with the terms of the Construction Contract to the Surety or to a contractor selected to perform the Construction Contract. 4. Failure on the part of the Owner to comply with the notice requirement in Paragraph 3.1 shall not constitute a failure to comply with a condition precedent to the Surety’s obligations, or release the Surety from its obligations, except to the extent the Surety demonstrates actual prejudice. 5. When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety’s expense take one of the following actions: 5.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with the consent of the Owner, to perform and complete the Construction Contract; 5.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construction Contract itself, through its agents or independent contractors; 5.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Construction Contract, arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by the Owner and a contractor selected with the Owners concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the amount of damages as described in Paragraph 7 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the Owner as a result of the Contractor Default; or 5.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or obtain a new contractor, and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances: 5.4.1 After investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable to the Owner and, as soon as practicable after the amount is determined, make payment to the Owner; or 5.4.2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the Owner, citing the reasons for denial. 6. If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 5 with reasonable promptness, the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond seven days after receipt of an additional written notice from the Owner to the Surety demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as provided in Paragraph 5.4, and the Owner refuses the payment or the Surety has denied liability, in whole or in part, without further notice the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. 7. If the Surety elects to act under Paragraph 5.1, 5.2, or 5.3, then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall not be greater than those of the Contractor under the Construction Contract, and the responsibilities of the Owner to the Surety shall not be greater than those of the Owner under the Construction Contract. Subject to the commitment by the Owner to pay the Balance of the Contract Price, the Surety is obligated, without duplication for: 7.1 the responsibilities of the Contractor for correction of defective work and completion of the Construction Contract; 7.2 additional legal, design professional, and delay costs resulting from the Contractor’s Default, and resulting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety under Paragraph 5; and 7.3 liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Construction Contract, actual damages caused by delayed performance or non-performance of the Contractor. 8. If the Surety elects to act under Paragraph 5.1, 5.3, or 5.4, the Surety’s liability is limited to the amount of this Bond. 9. The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns. EJCDC® C-610, Performance Bond Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 3 of 3 10. The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders, and other obligations. 11. Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the work or part of the work is located and shall be instituted within two years after a declaration of Contractor Default or within two years after the Contractor ceased working or within two years after the Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this Bond, whichever occurs first. If the provisions of this paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum periods of limitations available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 12. Notice to the Surety, the Owner, or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their signature appears. 13. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 14. Definitions 14.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract after all proper adjustments have been made including allowance for the Contractor for any amounts received or to be received by the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims for damages to which the Contractor is entitled, reduced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Contract. 14.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page, including all Contract Documents and changes made to the agreement and the Contract Documents. 14.3 Contractor Default: Failure of the Contractor, which has not been remedied or waived, to perform or otherwise to comply with a material term of the Construction Contract. 14.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has not been remedied or waived, to pay the Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other material terms of the Construction Contract. 14.5 Contract Documents: All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner and Contractor. 15. If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a contractor and subcontractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. 16. Modifications to this Bond are as follows: SECTION 00615 PAYMENT BOND EJCDC® C-615, Payment Bond Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 1 of 3 PAYMENT BOND CONTRACTOR (name and address): SURETY (name and address of principal place of business): OWNER (name and address): CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Effective Date of the Agreement: Amount: Description (name and location): BOND Bond Number: Date (not earlier than the Effective Date of the Agreement of the Construction Contract): Amount: Modifications to this Bond Form: None See Paragraph 18 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative. CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY (seal) (seal) Contractor’s Name and Corporate Seal Surety’s Name and Corporate Seal By: By: Signature Signature (attach power of attorney) Print Name Print Name Title Title Attest: Attest: Signature Signature Title Title Notes: (1) Provide supplemental execution by any additional parties, such as joint venturers. (2) Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner, or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. EJCDC® C-615, Payment Bond Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 2 of 3 1. The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor, materials, and equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference, subject to the following terms. 2. If the Contractor promptly makes payment of all sums due to Claimants, and defends, indemnifies, and holds harmless the Owner from claims, demands, liens, or suits by any person or entity seeking payment for labor, materials, or equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, then the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond. 3. If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract, the Surety’s obligation to the Owner under this Bond shall arise after the Owner has promptly notified the Contractor and the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 13) of claims, demands, liens, or suits against the Owner or the Owner’s property by any person or entity seeking payment for labor, materials, or equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, and tendered defense of such claims, demands, liens, or suits to the Contractor and the Surety. 4. When the Owner has satisfied the conditions in Paragraph 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety’s expense defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Owner against a duly tendered claim, demand, lien, or suit. 5. The Surety’s obligations to a Claimant under this Bond shall arise after the following: 5.1 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with the Contractor, 5.1.1 have furnished a written notice of non- payment to the Contractor, stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the party to whom the materials were, or equipment was, furnished or supplied or for whom the labor was done or performed, within ninety (90) days after having last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the Claim; and 5.1.2 have sent a Claim to the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 13). 5.2 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with the Contractor have sent a Claim to the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 13). 6. If a notice of non-payment required by Paragraph 5.1.1 is given by the Owner to the Contractor, that is sufficient to satisfy a Claimant’s obligation to furnish a written notice of non-payment under Paragraph 5.1.1. 7. When a Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 5.1 or 5.2, whichever is applicable, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety’s expense take the following actions: 7.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to the Owner, within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Claim, stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed; and 7.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. 7.3 The Surety’s failure to discharge its obligations under Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2 shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of defenses the Surety or Contractor may have or acquire as to a Claim, except as to undisputed amounts for which the Surety and Claimant have reached agreement. If, however, the Surety fails to discharge its obligations under Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2, the Surety shall indemnify the Claimant for the reasonable attorney’s fees the Claimant incurs thereafter to recover any sums found to be due and owing to the Claimant. 8. The Surety’s total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond, plus the amount of reasonable attorney’s fees provided under Paragraph 7.3, and the amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety. 9. Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract shall be used for the performance of the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under any construction performance bond. By the Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond, they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor in the performance of the Construction Contract are dedicated to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and Surety under this Bond, subject to the Owner’s priority to use the funds for the completion of the work. 10. The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants, or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obligation to make payments to or give notice on behalf of Claimants, or otherwise have any obligations to Claimants under this Bond. 11. The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders, and other obligations. EJCDC® C-615, Payment Bond Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 3 of 3 12. No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the state in which the project that is the subject of the Construction Contract is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant sent a Claim to the Surety pursuant to Paragraph 5.1.2 or 5.2, or (2) on which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Construction Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first occurs. If the provisions of this paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 13. Notice and Claims to the Surety, the Owner, or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their signature appears. Actual receipt of notice or Claims, however accomplished, shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received. 14. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 15. Upon requests by any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor and Owner shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made. 16. Definitions 16.1 Claim: A written statement by the Claimant including at a minimum: 1. The name of the Claimant; 2. The name of the person for whom the labor was done, or materials or equipment furnished; 3. A copy of the agreement or purchase order pursuant to which labor, materials, or equipment was furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract; 4. A brief description of the labor, materials, or equipment furnished; 5. The date on which the Claimant last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract; 6. The total amount earned by the Claimant for labor, materials, or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim; 7. The total amount of previous payments received by the Claimant; and 8. The total amount due and unpaid to the Claimant for labor, materials, or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim. 16.2 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor to furnish labor, materials, or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract. The term Claimant also includes any individual or entity that has rightfully asserted a claim under an applicable mechanic’s lien or similar statute against the real property upon which the Project is located. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limitation in the terms of “labor, materials, or equipment” that part of the water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service, or rental equipment used in the Construction Contract, architectural and engineering services required for performance of the work of the Contractor and the Contractor’s subcontractors, and all other items for which a mechanic’s lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials, or equipment were furnished. 16.3 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page, including all Contract Documents and all changes made to the agreement and the Contract Documents. 16.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has not been remedied or waived, to pay the Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other material terms of the Construction Contract. 16.5 Contract Documents: All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner and Contractor. 17. If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a contractor and subcontractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. 18. Modifications to this Bond are as follows: SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Copyright © 2013: National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314‐2794 (703) 684‐2882 www.nspe.org American Council of Engineering Companies 1015 15th Street N.W., Washington, DC 20005 (202) 347‐7474 www.acec.org American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191‐4400 (800) 548‐2723 www.asce.org The copyright for this document is owned jointly by the three sponsoring organizations listed above. The National Society of Professional Engineers is the Copyright Administrator for the EJCDC documents; please direct all inquiries regarding EJCDC copyrights to NSPE. NOTE: EJCDC publications may be purchased at www.ejcdc.org, or from any of the sponsoring organizations above. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page i STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Article 1 – Definitions and Terminology ......................................................................................... 1 1.01 Defined Terms ........................................................................................................................ 1 1.02 Terminology ........................................................................................................................... 5 Article 2 – Preliminary Matters ....................................................................................................... 6 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance ........................................................................ 6 2.02 Copies of Documents ............................................................................................................. 6 2.03 Before Starting Construction ................................................................................................. 6 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives ........................... 7 2.05 Initial Acceptance of Schedules ............................................................................................. 7 2.06 Electronic Transmittals ........................................................................................................... 7 Article 3 – Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse .................................................................... 8 3.01 Intent ...................................................................................................................................... 8 3.02 Reference Standards .............................................................................................................. 8 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ................................................................................. 8 3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents ............................................................................ 9 3.05 Reuse of Documents ............................................................................................................ 10 Article 4 – Commencement and Progress of the Work ................................................................ 10 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed ...................................................... 10 4.02 Starting the Work ................................................................................................................. 10 4.03 Reference Points .................................................................................................................. 10 4.04 Progress Schedule ................................................................................................................ 10 4.05 Delays in Contractor’s Progress ........................................................................................... 11 Article 5 – Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions ..................................................................................................................................... 12 5.01 Availability of Lands ............................................................................................................. 12 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas ................................................................................................. 12 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ..................................................................................... 13 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ........................................................................ 14 5.05 Underground Facilities ......................................................................................................... 15 EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page ii 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site....................................................................... 17 Article 6 – Bonds and Insurance ................................................................................................... 19 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds ........................................................................... 19 6.02 Insurance—General Provisions ............................................................................................ 19 6.03 Contractor’s Insurance ......................................................................................................... 20 6.04 Owner’s Liability Insurance .................................................................................................. 23 6.05 Property Insurance ............................................................................................................... 23 6.06 Waiver of Rights ................................................................................................................... 25 6.07 Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds ................................................... 25 Article 7 – Contractor’s Responsibilities ....................................................................................... 26 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence ....................................................................................... 26 7.02 Labor; Working Hours .......................................................................................................... 26 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ..................................................................................... 26 7.04 “Or Equals” ........................................................................................................................... 27 7.05 Substitutes ........................................................................................................................... 28 7.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others ............................................................. 29 7.07 Patent Fees and Royalties .................................................................................................... 31 7.08 Permits ................................................................................................................................. 31 7.09 Taxes .................................................................................................................................... 32 7.10 Laws and Regulations ........................................................................................................... 32 7.11 Record Documents ............................................................................................................... 32 7.12 Safety and Protection ........................................................................................................... 32 7.13 Safety Representative .......................................................................................................... 33 7.14 Hazard Communication Programs ....................................................................................... 33 7.15 Emergencies ......................................................................................................................... 34 7.16 Shop Drawings, Samples, and Other Submittals .................................................................. 34 7.17 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee................................................................... 36 7.18 Indemnification .................................................................................................................... 37 7.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services ......................................................................... 37 Article 8 – Other Work at the Site ................................................................................................ 38 8.01 Other Work .......................................................................................................................... 38 8.02 Coordination ........................................................................................................................ 39 8.03 Legal Relationships ............................................................................................................... 39 EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page iii Article 9 – Owner’s Responsibilities .............................................................................................. 40 9.01 Communications to Contractor ............................................................................................ 40 9.02 Replacement of Engineer ..................................................................................................... 40 9.03 Furnish Data ......................................................................................................................... 40 9.04 Pay When Due ...................................................................................................................... 40 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports, Tests, and Drawings .......................................................... 40 9.06 Insurance .............................................................................................................................. 40 9.07 Change Orders ...................................................................................................................... 40 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ........................................................................................ 41 9.09 Limitations on Owner’s Responsibilities .............................................................................. 41 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition ............................................................... 41 9.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements .................................................................................... 41 9.12 Safety Programs ................................................................................................................... 41 Article 10 – Engineer’s Status During Construction ...................................................................... 41 10.01 Owner’s Representative ....................................................................................................... 41 10.02 Visits to Site .......................................................................................................................... 41 10.03 Project Representative ......................................................................................................... 42 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work ..................................................................................................... 42 10.05 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments .................................................................... 42 10.06 Determinations for Unit Price Work .................................................................................... 42 10.07 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ................ 42 10.08 Limitations on Engineer’s Authority and Responsibilities .................................................... 42 10.09 Compliance with Safety Program ......................................................................................... 43 Article 11 – Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work ...................................... 43 11.01 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents .......................................................... 43 11.02 Owner‐Authorized Changes in the Work ............................................................................. 44 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ..................................................................................... 44 11.04 Change of Contract Price ..................................................................................................... 44 11.05 Change of Contract Times .................................................................................................... 45 11.06 Change Proposals ................................................................................................................. 45 11.07 Execution of Change Orders ................................................................................................. 46 11.08 Notification to Surety ........................................................................................................... 47 Article 12 – Claims ......................................................................................................................... 47 EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page iv 12.01 Claims ................................................................................................................................... 47 Article 13 – Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work ........................................................ 48 13.01 Cost of the Work .................................................................................................................. 48 13.02 Allowances ........................................................................................................................... 50 13.03 Unit Price Work .................................................................................................................... 51 Article 14 – Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work ....... 52 14.01 Access to Work ..................................................................................................................... 52 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals ........................................................................................ 52 14.03 Defective Work..................................................................................................................... 53 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work ............................................................................................. 53 14.05 Uncovering Work ................................................................................................................. 53 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work .................................................................................................. 54 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work .................................................................................... 54 Article 15 – Payments to Contractor; Set‐Offs; Completion; Correction Period .......................... 55 15.01 Progress Payments ............................................................................................................... 55 15.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title ............................................................................................. 58 15.03 Substantial Completion ........................................................................................................ 58 15.04 Partial Use or Occupancy ..................................................................................................... 59 15.05 Final Inspection .................................................................................................................... 59 15.06 Final Payment ....................................................................................................................... 59 15.07 Waiver of Claims .................................................................................................................. 61 15.08 Correction Period ................................................................................................................. 61 Article 16 – Suspension of Work and Termination ....................................................................... 62 16.01 Owner May Suspend Work .................................................................................................. 62 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause ......................................................................................... 62 16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience ............................................................................. 63 16.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate ............................................................................ 63 Article 17 – Final Resolution of Disputes ...................................................................................... 64 17.01 Methods and Procedures ..................................................................................................... 64 Article 18 – Miscellaneous ............................................................................................................ 64 18.01 Giving Notice ........................................................................................................................ 64 18.02 Computation of Times .......................................................................................................... 64 18.03 Cumulative Remedies .......................................................................................................... 64 EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page v 18.04 Limitation of Damages ......................................................................................................... 65 18.05 No Waiver ............................................................................................................................ 65 18.06 Survival of Obligations ......................................................................................................... 65 18.07 Controlling Law .................................................................................................................... 65 18.08 Headings ............................................................................................................................... 65 EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 65 ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, a term printed with initial capital letters, including the term’s singular and plural forms, will have the meaning indicated in the definitions below. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement—The written instrument, executed by Owner and Contractor, that sets forth the Contract Price and Contract Times, identifies the parties and the Engineer, and designates the specific items that are Contract Documents. 3. Application for Payment—The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Bid—The offer of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 5. Bidder—An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 6. Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements, the proposed Contract Documents, and all Addenda. 7. Bidding Requirements—The advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Bond or other Bid security, if any, the Bid Form, and the Bid with any attachments. 8. Change Order—A document which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or other revision to the Contract, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract. 9. Change Proposal—A written request by Contractor, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein, seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both; contesting an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; challenging a set‐off against payments due; or seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. 10. Claim—(a) A demand or assertion by Owner directly to Contractor, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein: seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both; contesting an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; contesting Engineer’s decision regarding a Change Proposal; seeking resolution of a contractual issue that Engineer has declined to address; or seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract; or (b) a demand or assertion by Contractor directly to Owner, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein, contesting Engineer’s decision regarding a Change Proposal; or seeking resolution of a contractual issue that Engineer EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 65 has declined to address. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. 11. Constituent of Concern—Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous waste, and any substance, product, waste, or other material of any nature whatsoever that is or becomes listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to (a) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. (“CERCLA”); (b) the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5501 et seq.; (c) the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. (“RCRA”); (d) the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; (e) the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; (f) the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or (g) any other federal, state, or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, resolution, code, order, or decree regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning, any hazardous, toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 12. Contract—The entire and integrated written contract between the Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. 13. Contract Documents—Those items so designated in the Agreement, and which together comprise the Contract. 14. Contract Price—The money that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. . 15. Contract Times—The number of days or the dates by which Contractor shall: (a) achieve Milestones, if any; (b) achieve Substantial Completion; and (c) complete the Work. 16. Contractor—The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. 17. Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 13.01 for definition. 18. Drawings—The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. 19. Effective Date of the Contract—The date, indicated in the Agreement, on which the Contract becomes effective. 20. Engineer—The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. 21. Field Order—A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 22. Hazardous Environmental Condition—The presence at the Site of Constituents of Concern in such quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed thereto. The presence at the Site of materials that are necessary for the execution of the Work, or that are to be incorporated in the Work, and that are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract, does not establish a Hazardous Environmental Condition. 23. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 65 24. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract‐related funds, real property, or personal property. 25. Milestone—A principal event in the performance of the Work that the Contract requires Contractor to achieve by an intermediate completion date or by a time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 26. Notice of Award—The written notice by Owner to a Bidder of Owner’s acceptance of the Bid. 27. Notice to Proceed—A written notice by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work. 28. Owner—The individual or entity with which Contractor has contracted regarding the Work, and which has agreed to pay Contractor for the performance of the Work, pursuant to the terms of the Contract. 29. Progress Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor’s plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 30. Project—The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner by engineers, contractors, and others, including planning, study, design, construction, testing, commissioning, and start‐up, and of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents is a part. 31. Project Manual—The written documents prepared for, or made available for, procuring and constructing the Work, including but not limited to the Bidding Documents or other construction procurement documents, geotechnical and existing conditions information, the Agreement, bond forms, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specifications. The contents of the Project Manual may be bound in one or more volumes. 32. Resident Project Representative—The authorized representative of Engineer assigned to assist Engineer at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative or “RPR” includes any assistants or field staff of Resident Project Representative. 33. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and that establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 34. Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements for Engineer’s review of the submittals and the performance of related construction activities. 35. Schedule of Values—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor’s Applications for Payment. 36. Shop Drawings—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 4 of 65 37. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights‐of‐way and easements, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor. 38. Specifications—The part of the Contract that consists of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 39. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. 40. Substantial Completion—The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms “substantially complete” and “substantially completed” as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 41. Successful Bidder—The Bidder whose Bid the Owner accepts, and to which the Owner makes an award of contract, subject to stated conditions. 42. Supplementary Conditions—The part of the Contract that amends or supplements these General Conditions. 43. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or a Subcontractor. 44. Technical Data—Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions, with respect to either (a) subsurface conditions at the Site, or physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) or (b) Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. If no such express identifications of Technical Data have been made with respect to conditions at the Site, then the data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, laboratory test results, and other factual, objective information regarding conditions at the Site that are set forth in any geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are hereby defined as Technical Data with respect to conditions at the Site under Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.06. 45. Underground Facilities—All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including but not limited to those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 46. Unit Price Work—Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 47. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction; furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction; and may include related services such as testing, start‐up, and commissioning, all as required by the Contract Documents. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 5 of 65 48. Work Change Directive—A written directive to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract, signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in the following paragraphs are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives: 1. The Contract Documents include the terms “as allowed,” “as approved,” “as ordered,” “as directed” or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of professional judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,” “satisfactory,” or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Article 10 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. C. Day: 1. The word “day” means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. Defective: 1. The word “defective,” when modifying the word “Work,” refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. has been damaged prior to Engineer’s recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 or 15.04). E. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide: 1. The word “furnish,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word “install,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 6 of 65 3. The words “perform” or “provide,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 4. If the Contract Documents establish an obligation of Contractor with respect to specific services, materials, or equipment, but do not expressly use any of the four words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” or “provide,” then Contractor shall furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. F. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well‐ known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Bonds: When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish. B. Evidence of Contractor’s Insurance: When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract), the certificates and other evidence of insurance required to be provided by Contractor in accordance with Article 6. C. Evidence of Owner’s Insurance: After receipt of the executed counterparts of the Agreement and all required bonds and insurance documentation, Owner shall promptly deliver to Contractor, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise), the certificates and other evidence of insurance required to be provided by Owner under Article 6. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor four printed copies of the Contract (including one fully executed counterpart of the Agreement), and one copy in electronic portable document format (PDF). Additional printed copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. B. Owner shall maintain and safeguard at least one original printed record version of the Contract, including Drawings and Specifications signed and sealed by Engineer and other design professionals. Owner shall make such original printed record version of the Contract available to Contractor for review. Owner may delegate the responsibilities under this provision to Engineer. 2.03 Before Starting Construction A. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract (or as otherwise specifically required by the Contract Documents), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review: 1. a preliminary Progress Schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract; 2. a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 7 of 65 3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.03.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings, Samples, and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, electronic or digital transmittals, and maintaining required records. B. At this conference Owner and Contractor each shall designate, in writing, a specific individual to act as its authorized representative with respect to the services and responsibilities under the Contract. Such individuals shall have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of each respective party. 2.05 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. At least 10 days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference, attended by Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate, will be held to review for acceptability to Engineer as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with Paragraph 2.03.A. Contractor shall have an additional 10 days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer. 1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on Engineer responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work, nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor’s full responsibility therefor. 2. Contractor’s Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. Contractor’s Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to the component parts of the Work. 2.06 Electronic Transmittals A. Except as otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract, the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor may transmit, and shall accept, Project‐related correspondence, text, data, documents, drawings, information, and graphics, including but not limited to Shop Drawings and other submittals, in electronic media or digital format, either directly, or through access to a secure Project website. B. If the Contract does not establish protocols for electronic or digital transmittals, then Owner, Engineer, and Contractor shall jointly develop such protocols. C. When transmitting items in electronic media or digital format, the transmitting party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of the items resulting from the recipient’s use of software application packages, operating systems, or EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 8 of 65 computer hardware differing from those used in the drafting or transmittal of the items, or from those established in applicable transmittal protocols. ARTICLE 3 – DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, if there is a discrepancy between the electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents (including any printed copies derived from such electronic or digital versions) and the printed record version, the printed record version shall govern. D. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, and agreements, whether written or oral. E. Engineer will issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents as provided herein. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard specification, manual, reference standard, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Contract if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or any instruction of a Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to Owner, Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Contractor’s Verification of Figures and Field Measurements: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study the Contract Documents, and check and verify pertinent figures and dimensions therein, particularly with respect to applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy that Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall not proceed with any Work affected thereby until the conflict, EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 9 of 65 error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved, by a clarification or interpretation by Engineer, or by an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents: If, before or during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable Law or Regulation, (b) actual field conditions, (c) any standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or (d) any instruction of any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15) until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved, by a clarification or interpretation by Engineer, or by an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies: 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between such provisions of the Contract Documents and: a. the provisions of any standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or the instruction of any Supplier (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference as a Contract Document); or b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). 3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents A. During the performance of the Work and until final payment, Contractor and Owner shall submit to the Engineer all matters in question concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents (sometimes referred to as requests for information or interpretation—RFIs), or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents, as soon as possible after such matters arise. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written clarification, interpretation, or decision on the issue submitted, or initiate an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents. Engineer’s written clarification, interpretation, or decision will be final and binding on Contractor, unless it appeals by submitting a Change Proposal, and on Owner, unless it appeals by filing a Claim. C. If a submitted matter in question concerns terms and conditions of the Contract Documents that do not involve (1) the performance or acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents, (2) the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or (3) other engineering or technical matters, then Engineer will promptly give written notice to Owner and Contractor that Engineer is unable to provide a decision or interpretation. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on resolution of such a matter in question, either party may pursue resolution as provided in Article 12. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 10 of 65 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor and its Subcontractors and Suppliers shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or its consultants, including electronic media editions, or reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer; or 2. have or acquire any title or ownership rights in any other Contract Documents, reuse any such Contract Documents for any purpose without Owner’s express written consent, or violate any copyrights pertaining to such Contract Documents. B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Contract or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Contract. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Contract, whichever date is earlier. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to such date. 4.03 Reference Points A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer’s judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.04 Progress Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.05 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.05) proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 11 of 65 2. Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, or during any appeal process, except as permitted by Paragraph 16.04, or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 4.05 Delays in Contractor’s Progress A. If Owner, Engineer, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times and Contract Price. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. B. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. Delay, disruption, and interference attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be within the control of Contractor. C. If Contractor’s performance or progress is delayed, disrupted, or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of Owner, Contractor, and those for which they are responsible, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph. Causes of delay, disruption, or interference that may give rise to an adjustment in Contract Times under this paragraph include but are not limited to the following: 1. severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes such as fires, floods, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. abnormal weather conditions; 3. acts or failures to act of utility owners (other than those performing other work at or adjacent to the Site by arrangement with the Owner, as contemplated in Article 8); and 4. acts of war or terrorism. D. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition, an Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated by the Contract Documents, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, and those resulting from Hazardous Environmental Conditions, are governed by Article 5. E. Paragraph 8.03 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. F. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for any delay, disruption, or interference if such delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 12 of 65 G. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times under this paragraph within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. ARTICLE 5 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which permanent improvements are to be made and Owner’s interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic’s or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site, adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or otherwise, and other adjacent areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and such other adjacent areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for (a) damage to the Site; (b) damage to any such other adjacent areas used for Contractor’s operations; (c) damage to any other adjacent land or areas; and (d) for injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of any such land or areas; provided that such damage or injuries result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible. 2. If a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of any such land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible, Contractor shall (a) take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.12, or otherwise; (b) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding, or at law; and (c) to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against any such claim, and against all costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused directly or indirectly, in whole or in part EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 13 of 65 by, or based upon, Contractor’s performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work the Contractor shall keep the Site and other adjacent areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site and adjacent areas all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading of Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent structures or land to stresses or pressures that will endanger them. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. those drawings known to Owner of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities); and 3. Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings. B. Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data expressly identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. If no such express identification has been made, then Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data (as defined in Article 1) contained in any geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor. Except for such reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any Technical Data or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 14 of 65 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice by Contractor: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Drawings or Specifications; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15), notify Owner and Engineer in writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except with respect to an emergency) until receipt of a written statement permitting Contractor to do so. B. Engineer’s Review: After receipt of written notice as required by the preceding paragraph, Engineer will promptly review the subsurface or physical condition in question; determine the necessity of Owner’s obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect to the condition; conclude whether the condition falls within any one or more of the differing site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A above; obtain any pertinent cost or schedule information from Contractor; prepare recommendations to Owner regarding the Contractor’s resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question and the need for any change in the Drawings or Specifications; and advise Owner in writing of Engineer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C. Owner’s Statement to Contractor Regarding Site Condition: After receipt of Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, Owner shall issue a written statement to Contractor (with a copy to Engineer) regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question, addressing the resumption of Work in connection with such condition, indicating whether any change in the Drawings or Specifications will be made, and adopting or rejecting Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, in whole or in part. D. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that the existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition, or any related delay, disruption, or interference, causes an increase or decrease in Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. such condition must fall within any one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A; b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03; and, EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 15 of 65 c. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. 2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of such condition at the time Contractor made a commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract, or otherwise; or b. the existence of such condition reasonably could have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor’s making such commitment; or c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. If Owner and Contractor agree regarding Contractor’s entitlement to and the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, then any such adjustment shall be set forth in a Change Order. 4. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, no later than 30 days after Owner’s issuance of the Owner’s written statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. Contractor’s Responsibilities: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Owner and Engineer do not warrant or guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data provided by others; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents as being at the Site; c. coordination of the Work with the owners (including Owner) of such Underground Facilities, during construction; and d. the safety and protection of all existing Underground Facilities at the Site, and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Notice by Contractor: If Contractor believes that an Underground Facility that is uncovered or revealed at the Site was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, then Contractor shall, promptly after EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 16 of 65 becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner and Engineer. C. Engineer’s Review: Engineer will promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether such Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; obtain any pertinent cost or schedule information from Contractor; prepare recommendations to Owner regarding the Contractor’s resumption of Work in connection with the Underground Facility in question; determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and advise Owner in writing of Engineer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility. D. Owner’s Statement to Contractor Regarding Underground Facility: After receipt of Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, Owner shall issue a written statement to Contractor (with a copy to Engineer) regarding the Underground Facility in question, addressing the resumption of Work in connection with such Underground Facility, indicating whether any change in the Drawings or Specifications will be made, and adopting or rejecting Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and recommendations in whole or in part. E. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that any existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, or any related delay, disruption, or interference, causes an increase or decrease in Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated the existence or actual location of the Underground Facility in question; b. With respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03; c. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times; and d. Contractor gave the notice required in Paragraph 5.05.B. 2. If Owner and Contractor agree regarding Contractor’s entitlement to and the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, then any such adjustment shall be set forth in a Change Order. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, no later than 30 days after Owner’s issuance of the Owner’s written statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 17 of 65 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports and drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings. B. Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data expressly identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. If no such express identification has been made, then Contractor may rely on the accuracy of the Technical Data (as defined in Article 1) contained in any geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor. Except for such reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any Technical Data or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for removing or remediating any Hazardous Environmental Condition encountered, uncovered, or revealed at the Site unless such removal or remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. D. Contractor shall be responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing all Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible, and for any associated costs; and for the costs of removing and remediating any Hazardous Environmental Condition created by the presence of any such Constituents of Concern. E. If Contractor encounters, uncovers, or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition whose removal or remediation is not expressly identified in the Contract Documents as being within the scope of the Work, or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, then Contractor shall immediately: (1) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (2) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15); and (3) notify Owner and Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. Promptly after consulting with Engineer, Owner shall take such actions as are necessary to permit Owner to timely obtain required permits and provide Contractor the written notice required by Paragraph 5.06.F. If Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible created the Hazardous Environmental Condition in question, then Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition, and impose a set‐off against payments to account for the associated costs. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 18 of 65 F. Contractor shall not resume Work in connection with such Hazardous Environmental Condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto, and delivered written notice to Contractor either (1) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or (2) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. G. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by Contractor, then within 30 days of Owner’s written notice regarding the resumption of Work, Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may impose a set‐off. H. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work, following the contractual change procedures in Article 11. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner’s own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. I. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition (1) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings, Specifications, or other Contract Documents, identified as Technical Data entitled to limited reliance pursuant to Paragraph 5.06.B, or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (2) was not created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 5.06.H shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or entity’s own negligence. J. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the failure to control, contain, or remove a Constituent of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible, or to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 5.06.J shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or entity’s own negligence. K. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 19 of 65 ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish a performance bond and a payment bond, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor’s obligations under the Contract. These bonds shall remain in effect until one year after the date when final payment becomes due or until completion of the correction period specified in Paragraph 15.08, whichever is later, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, the Supplementary Conditions, or other specific provisions of the Contract. Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions or other specific provisions of the Contract. B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Circular 570 (as amended and supplemented) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. A bond signed by an agent or attorney‐in‐fact must be accompanied by a certified copy of that individual’s authority to bind the surety. The evidence of authority shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney‐in‐fact signed the accompanying bond. C. Contractor shall obtain the required bonds from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds in the required amounts. D. If the surety on a bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent, or its right to do business is terminated in any state or jurisdiction where any part of the Project is located, or the surety ceases to meet the requirements above, then Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the bond and surety requirements above. E. If Contractor has failed to obtain a required bond, Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner’s termination rights under Article 16. F. Upon request, Owner shall provide a copy of the payment bond to any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or entity claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work. 6.02 Insurance—General Provisions A. Owner and Contractor shall obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions. B. All insurance required by the Contract to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized, in the state or jurisdiction in which the Project is located, to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Unless a different standard is indicated in the Supplementary Conditions, all companies that provide insurance policies required under this Contract shall have an A.M. Best rating of A‐VII or better. C. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in this Article, in the Supplementary Conditions, or elsewhere in the Contract), certificates of insurance establishing that Contractor has obtained and is EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 20 of 65 maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Upon request by Owner or any other insured, Contractor shall also furnish other evidence of such required insurance, including but not limited to copies of policies and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self‐insured retentions and deductibles. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this provision. D. Owner shall deliver to Contractor, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in this Article, the Supplementary Conditions, or elsewhere in the Contract), certificates of insurance establishing that Owner has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required of Owner by the Contract (if any). Upon request by Contractor or any other insured, Owner shall also provide other evidence of such required insurance (if any), including but not limited to copies of policies and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self‐insured retentions and deductibles. Owner may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this provision. E. Failure of Owner or Contractor to demand such certificates or other evidence of the other party’s full compliance with these insurance requirements, or failure of Owner or Contractor to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided, shall not be construed as a waiver of the other party’s obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance. F. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the insurance required of such party by the Contract, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. G. If Contractor has failed to obtain and maintain required insurance, Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site, impose an appropriate set‐off against payment, and exercise Owner’s termination rights under Article 16. H. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if a party has failed to obtain required insurance, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent insurance to protect such other party’s interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and the Contract Price shall be adjusted accordingly. I. Owner does not represent that insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract necessarily will be adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor’s interests. J. The insurance and insurance limits required herein shall not be deemed as a limitation on Contractor’s liability under the indemnities granted to Owner and other individuals and entities in the Contract. 6.03 Contractor’s Insurance A. Workers’ Compensation: Contractor shall purchase and maintain workers’ compensation and employer’s liability insurance for: 1. claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. 2. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers’ Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage (if applicable). 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor’s employees (by stop‐gap endorsement in monopolist worker’s compensation states). EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 21 of 65 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Commercial General Liability—Claims Covered: Contractor shall purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance, covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor, on an occurrence basis, against: 1. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor’s employees. 2. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage. 3. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom. C. Commercial General Liability—Form and Content: Contractor’s commercial liability policy shall be written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage: a. Such insurance shall be maintained for three years after final payment. b. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured (as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract) evidence of continuation of such insurance at final payment and three years thereafter. 2. Blanket contractual liability coverage, to the extent permitted by law, including but not limited to coverage of Contractor’s contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.18. 3. Broad form property damage coverage. 4. Severability of interest. 5. Underground, explosion, and collapse coverage. 6. Personal injury coverage. 7. Additional insured endorsements that include both ongoing operations and products and completed operations coverage through ISO Endorsements CG 20 10 10 01 and CG 20 37 10 01 (together); or CG 20 10 07 04 and CG 20 37 07 04 (together); or their equivalent. 8. For design professional additional insureds, ISO Endorsement CG 20 32 07 04, “Additional Insured—Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured” or its equivalent. D. Automobile liability: Contractor shall purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of any motor vehicle. The automobile liability policy shall be written on an occurrence basis. E. Umbrella or excess liability: Contractor shall purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer’s liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Subject to industry‐standard exclusions, the coverage afforded shall follow form as to each and every one of the underlying policies. F. Contractor’s pollution liability insurance: Contractor shall purchase and maintain a policy covering third‐party injury and property damage claims, including clean‐up costs, as a result EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 22 of 65 of pollution conditions arising from Contractor’s operations and completed operations. This insurance shall be maintained for no less than three years after final completion. G. Additional insureds: The Contractor’s commercial general liability, automobile liability, umbrella or excess, and pollution liability policies shall include and list as additional insureds Owner and Engineer, and any individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions; include coverage for the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds; and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby (including as applicable those arising from both ongoing and completed operations) on a non‐contributory basis. Contractor shall obtain all necessary endorsements to support these requirements. H. Contractor’s professional liability insurance: If Contractor will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract, through a delegation of professional design services or otherwise, then Contractor shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining applicable professional liability insurance. This insurance shall provide protection against claims arising out of performance of professional design or related services, and caused by a negligent error, omission, or act for which the insured party is legally liable. It shall be maintained throughout the duration of the Contract and for a minimum of two years after Substantial Completion. If such professional design services are performed by a Subcontractor, and not by Contractor itself, then the requirements of this paragraph may be satisfied through the purchasing and maintenance of such insurance by such Subcontractor. I. General provisions: The policies of insurance required by this Paragraph 6.03 shall: 1. include at least the specific coverages provided in this Article. 2. be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions, or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater. 3. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed, or renewal refused until at least 10 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor. Within three days of receipt of any such written notice, Contractor shall provide a copy of the notice to Owner, Engineer, and each other insured under the policy. 4. remain in effect at least until final payment (and longer if expressly required in this Article) and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work as a warranty or correction obligation, or otherwise, or returning to the Site to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 5. be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims that may arise out of or result from Contractor’s performance of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met by such policies, and not by reference to excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 23 of 65 6.04 Owner’s Liability Insurance A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under Paragraph 6.03, Owner, at Owner’s option, may purchase and maintain at Owner’s expense Owner’s own liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. B. Owner’s liability policies, if any, operate separately and independently from policies required to be provided by Contractor, and Contractor cannot rely upon Owner’s liability policies for any of Contractor’s obligations to the Owner, Engineer, or third parties. 6.05 Property Insurance A. Builder’s Risk: Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall purchase and maintain builder’s risk insurance upon the Work on a completed value basis, in the amount of the full insurable replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 1. include the Owner and Contractor as named insureds, and all Subcontractors, and any individuals or entities required by the Supplementary Conditions to be insured under such builder’s risk policy, as insureds or named insureds. For purposes of the remainder of this Paragraph 6.05, Paragraphs 6.06 and 6.07, and any corresponding Supplementary Conditions, the parties required to be insured shall collectively be referred to as “insureds.” 2. be written on a builder’s risk “all risk” policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available under builder’s risk policies, by endorsement or otherwise, such insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. cover, as insured property, at least the following: (a) the Work and all materials, supplies, machinery, apparatus, equipment, fixtures, and other property of a similar nature that are to be incorporated into or used in the preparation, fabrication, construction, erection, or completion of the Work, including Owner‐furnished or assigned property; (b) spare parts inventory required within the scope of the Contract; and (c) temporary works which are not intended to form part of the permanent constructed Work but which are intended to provide working access to the Site, or to the Work under construction, or which are intended to provide temporary support for the Work under construction, including scaffolding, form work, fences, shoring, falsework, and temporary structures. 4. cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects). EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 24 of 65 5. extend to cover damage or loss to insured property while in temporary storage at the Site or in a storage location outside the Site (but not including property stored at the premises of a manufacturer or Supplier). 6. extend to cover damage or loss to insured property while in transit. 7. allow for partial occupation or use of the Work by Owner, such that those portions of the Work that are not yet occupied or used by Owner shall remain covered by the builder’s risk insurance. 8. allow for the waiver of the insurer’s subrogation rights, as set forth below. 9. provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 10. not include a co‐insurance clause. 11. include an exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions. 12. include performance/hot testing and start‐up. 13. be maintained in effect, subject to the provisions herein regarding Substantial Completion and partial occupancy or use of the Work by Owner, until the Work is complete. B. Notice of Cancellation or Change: All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with this Paragraph 6.05 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 10 days prior written notice has been given to the purchasing policyholder. Within three days of receipt of any such written notice, the purchasing policyholder shall provide a copy of the notice to each other insured. C. Deductibles: The purchaser of any required builder’s risk or property insurance shall pay for costs not covered because of the application of a policy deductible. D. Partial Occupancy or Use by Owner: If Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 15.04, then Owner (directly, if it is the purchaser of the builder’s risk policy, or through Contractor) will provide notice of such occupancy or use to the builder’s risk insurer. The builder’s risk insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy; rather, those portions of the Work that are occupied or used by Owner may come off the builder’s risk policy, while those portions of the Work not yet occupied or used by Owner shall remain covered by the builder’s risk insurance. E. Additional Insurance: If Contractor elects to obtain other special insurance to be included in or supplement the builder’s risk or property insurance policies provided under this Paragraph 6.05, it may do so at Contractor’s expense. F. Insurance of Other Property: If the express insurance provisions of the Contract do not require or address the insurance of a property item or interest, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property owned by Contractor, a Subcontractor, or an employee of Contractor or a Subcontractor, then the entity or individual owning such property item will be responsible for deciding whether to insure it, and if so in what amount. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 25 of 65 6.06 Waiver of Rights A. All policies purchased in accordance with Paragraph 6.05, expressly including the builder’s risk policy, shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any insureds thereunder, or against Engineer or its consultants, or their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors. Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Engineer, its consultants, all Subcontractors, all individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner or Contractor as trustee or fiduciary, or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. B. Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, for: 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner’s property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other perils whether or not insured by Owner; and 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial occupancy or use pursuant to Paragraph 15.04, after Substantial Completion pursuant to Paragraph 15.03, or after final payment pursuant to Paragraph 15.06. C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in Paragraph 6.06.B shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against Contractor, Subcontractors, or Engineer, or the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors of each and any of them. D. Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that the agreement under which a Subcontractor performs a portion of the Work contains provisions whereby the Subcontractor waives all rights against Owner, Contractor, all individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as insureds, the Engineer and its consultants, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder’s risk insurance and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. 6.07 Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds A. Any insured loss under the builder’s risk and other policies of insurance required by Paragraph 6.05 will be adjusted and settled with the named insured that purchased the EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 26 of 65 policy. Such named insured shall act as fiduciary for the other insureds, and give notice to such other insureds that adjustment and settlement of a claim is in progress. Any other insured may state its position regarding a claim for insured loss in writing within 15 days after notice of such claim. B. Proceeds for such insured losses may be made payable by the insurer either jointly to multiple insureds, or to the named insured that purchased the policy in its own right and as fiduciary for other insureds, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause. A named insured receiving insurance proceeds under the builder’s risk and other policies of insurance required by Paragraph 6.05 shall distribute such proceeds in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or as otherwise required under the dispute resolution provisions of this Contract or applicable Laws and Regulations. C. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the money so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by Change Order, if needed. ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent resident superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours, Monday through Friday. Contractor will not perform Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday. Contractor may perform Work outside regular working hours or on Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays only with Owner’s written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld. 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start up, and completion of the Work, whether or not such items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 27 of 65 guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. 7.04 “Or Equals” A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the Contract Price has been based upon Contractor furnishing such item as specified. The specification or description of such an item is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or “or equal” item is permitted, Contractor may request that Engineer authorize the use of other items of material or equipment, or items from other proposed suppliers under the circumstances described below. 1. If Engineer in its sole discretion determines that an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, Engineer shall deem it an “or equal” item. For the purposes of this paragraph, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and 4) it is not objectionable to Owner. b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times; and 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. B. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed “or equal” item at Contractor’s expense. C. Engineer’s Evaluation and Determination: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each “or‐equal” request. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed “or‐equal” item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No “or‐equal” item will be ordered, furnished, installed, or utilized until Engineer’s review is complete and Engineer determines that the proposed item is an “or‐equal”, which will be evidenced by an approved Shop Drawing or other written communication. Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 28 of 65 D. Effect of Engineer’s Determination: Neither approval nor denial of an “or‐equal” request shall result in any change in Contract Price. The Engineer’s denial of an “or‐equal” request shall be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract Documents. E. Treatment as a Substitution Request: If Engineer determines that an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an “or‐equal” item, Contractor may request that Engineer considered the proposed item as a substitute pursuant to Paragraph 7.05. 7.05 Substitutes A. Unless the specification or description of an item of material or equipment required to be furnished under the Contract Documents contains or is followed by words reading that no substitution is permitted, Contractor may request that Engineer authorize the use of other items of material or equipment under the circumstances described below. To the extent possible such requests shall be made before commencement of related construction at the Site. 1. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is functionally equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Engineer will not accept requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment from anyone other than Contractor. 2. The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 7.05.B, as supplemented by the Specifications, and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. 3. Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application: a. shall certify that the proposed substitute item will: 1) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, 2) be similar in substance to that specified, and 3) be suited to the same use as that specified. b. will state: 1) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will necessitate a change in Contract Times, 2) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item, and 3) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. c. will identify: 1) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified, and EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 29 of 65 2) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services. d. shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including but not limited to changes in Contract Price, shared savings, costs of redesign, and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change. B. Engineer’s Evaluation and Determination: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each substitute request, and to obtain comments and direction from Owner. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No substitute will be ordered, furnished, installed, or utilized until Engineer’s review is complete and Engineer determines that the proposed item is an acceptable substitute. Engineer’s determination will be evidenced by a Field Order or a proposed Change Order accounting for the substitution itself and all related impacts, including changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. C. Special Guarantee: Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor’s expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. D. Reimbursement of Engineer’s Cost: Engineer will record Engineer’s costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor. Whether or not Engineer approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. E. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute at Contractor’s expense. F. Effect of Engineer’s Determination: If Engineer approves the substitution request, Contractor shall execute the proposed Change Order and proceed with the substitution. The Engineer’s denial of a substitution request shall be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract Documents. Contractor may challenge the scope of reimbursement costs imposed under Paragraph 7.05.D, by timely submittal of a Change Proposal. 7.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. Such Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor shall retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required by the Contract to do so. C. Subsequent to the submittal of Contractor’s Bid or final negotiation of the terms of the Contract, Owner may not require Contractor to retain any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against which Contractor has reasonable objection. D. Prior to entry into any binding subcontract or purchase order, Contractor shall submit to Owner the identity of the proposed Subcontractor or Supplier (unless Owner has already deemed such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier acceptable, during the bidding process or otherwise). Such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within five days. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 30 of 65 E. Owner may require the replacement of any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity retained by Contractor to perform any part of the Work. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements; provided, however, that Owner may not require a replacement to which Contractor has a reasonable objection. If Contractor has submitted the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for acceptance by Owner, and Owner has accepted it (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto), then Owner may subsequently revoke the acceptance of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified solely on the basis of substantive, reasonable objection after due investigation. Contractor shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. F. If Owner requires the replacement of any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity retained by Contractor to perform any part of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, with respect to the replacement; and Contractor shall initiate a Change Proposal for such adjustment within 30 days of Owner’s requirement of replacement. G. No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of the right of Owner to the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. On a monthly basis Contractor shall submit to Engineer a complete list of all Subcontractors and Suppliers having a direct contract with Contractor, and of all other Subcontractors and Suppliers known to Contractor at the time of submittal. I. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor’s own acts and omissions. J. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and all other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work. K. Contractor shall restrict all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work from communicating with Engineer or Owner, except through Contractor or in case of an emergency, or as otherwise expressly allowed herein. L. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. M. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be pursuant to an appropriate contractual agreement that specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. N. Owner may furnish to any Subcontractor or Supplier, to the extent practicable, information about amounts paid to Contractor on account of Work performed for Contractor by the particular Subcontractor or Supplier. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 31 of 65 O. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity; nor 2. shall create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any money due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer, its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals, and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device specified in the Contract Documents, but not identified as being subject to payment of any license fee or royalty to others required by patent rights or copyrights. C. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 7.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of the submission of Contractor’s Bid (or when Contractor became bound under a negotiated contract). Owner shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 32 of 65 7.09 Taxes A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 7.10 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor’s compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work or takes any other action knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all resulting costs and losses, and shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work or other action. It shall not be Contractor’s responsibility to make certain that the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor’s obligations under Paragraph 3.03. C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of any changes after the submission of Contractor’s Bid (or after the date when Contractor became bound under a negotiated contract) in Laws or Regulations having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work, including but not limited to changes in Laws or Regulations having an effect on procuring permits and on sales, use, value‐added, consumption, and other similar taxes. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from such changes, then within 30 days of such notice Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may initiate a Claim. 7.11 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one printed record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, written interpretations and clarifications, and approved Shop Drawings. Contractor shall keep such record documents in good order and annotate them to show changes made during construction. These record documents, together with all approved Samples, will be available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, Contractor shall deliver these record documents to Engineer. 7.12 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 33 of 65 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site, when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of Owner’s safety programs, if any. The Supplementary Conditions identify any Owner’s safety programs that are applicable to the Work. D. Contractor shall inform Owner and Engineer of the specific requirements of Contractor’s safety program with which Owner’s and Engineer’s employees and representatives must comply while at the Site. E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 7.12.A.2 or 7.12.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor at its expense (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them). F. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 15.06.B that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). G. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection shall resume whenever Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations, or to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 7.13 Safety Representative A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. 7.14 Hazard Communication Programs A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 34 of 65 exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.15 Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. 7.16 Shop Drawings, Samples, and Other Submittals A. Shop Drawing and Sample Submittal Requirements: 1. Before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have: a. reviewed and coordinated the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; b. determined and verified all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; c. determined and verified the suitability of all materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and d. determined and verified all information relative to Contractor’s responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor’s review of that submittal, and that Contractor approves the submittal. 3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any variations that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be set forth in a written communication separate from the Shop Drawings or Sample submittal; and, in addition, in the case of Shop Drawings by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. B. Submittal Procedures for Shop Drawings and Samples: Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals. Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may require. 1. Shop Drawings: a. Contractor shall submit the number of copies required in the Specifications. b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show Engineer the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 35 of 65 provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 7.16.D. 2. Samples: a. Contractor shall submit the number of Samples required in the Specifications. b. Contractor shall clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 7.16.D. 3. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to Engineer’s review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. Other Submittals: Contractor shall submit other submittals to Engineer in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals, and pursuant to the applicable terms of the Specifications. D. Engineer’s Review: 1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer’s review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Engineer’s review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. 3. Engineer’s review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 4. Engineer’s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 7.16.A.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer will document any such approved variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents in a Field Order. 5. Engineer’s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 7.16.A and B. 6. Engineer’s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample, or of a variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall not, under any circumstances, change the Contract Times or Contract Price, unless such changes are included in a Change Order. 7. Neither Engineer’s receipt, review, acceptance or approval of a Shop Drawing, Sample, or other submittal shall result in such item becoming a Contract Document. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 36 of 65 8. Contractor shall perform the Work in compliance with the requirements and commitments set forth in approved Shop Drawings and Samples, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7.16.D.4. E. Resubmittal Procedures: 1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. 2. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with sufficient information and accuracy to obtain required approval of an item with no more than three submittals. Engineer will record Engineer’s time for reviewing a fourth or subsequent submittal of a Shop Drawings, sample, or other item requiring approval, and Contractor shall be responsible for Engineer’s charges to Owner for such time. Owner may impose a set‐ off against payments due to Contractor to secure reimbursement for such charges. 3. If Contractor requests a change of a previously approved submittal item, Contractor shall be responsible for Engineer’s charges to Owner for its review time, and Owner may impose a set‐off against payments due to Contractor to secure reimbursement for such charges, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 7.17 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on Contractor’s warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor’s warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor’s obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by Engineer; 2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto by Owner; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner; 5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal; 6. the issuance of a notice of acceptability by Engineer; 7. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 8. any correction of defective Work by Owner. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 37 of 65 D. If the Contract requires the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract entered into by Owner, then the specific warranties, guarantees, and correction obligations contained in the assigned contract shall govern with respect to Contractor’s performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in the assigned contract. 7.18 Indemnification A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, and in addition to any other obligations of Contractor under the Contract or otherwise, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. B. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 7.18.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. C. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 7.18.A shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer’s officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors arising out of: 1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 7.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 38 of 65 Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional’s written approval when submitted to Engineer. C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this paragraph, Engineer’s review and approval of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Engineer’s review and approval of Shop Drawings and other submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 7.16.D.1. E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by Owner or Engineer. ARTICLE 8 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. In addition to and apart from the Work under the Contract Documents, the Owner may perform other work at or adjacent to the Site. Such other work may be performed by Owner’s employees, or through contracts between the Owner and third parties. Owner may also arrange to have third‐party utility owners perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. B. If Owner performs other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner’s employees, or through contracts for such other work, then Owner shall give Contractor written notice thereof prior to starting any such other work. If Owner has advance information regarding the start of any utility work at or adjacent to the Site, Owner shall provide such information to Contractor. C. Contractor shall afford each other contractor that performs such other work, each utility owner performing other work, and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with Owner’s employees, proper and safe access to the Site, and provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. D. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor’s Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 8, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor’s Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 39 of 65 8.02 Coordination A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work at or adjacent to the Site, to perform other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner’s employees, or to arrange to have utility owners perform work at or adjacent to the Site, the following will be set forth in the Supplementary Conditions or provided to Contractor prior to the start of any such other work: 1. the identity of the individual or entity that will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors; 2. an itemization of the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. If, in the course of performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the Owner’s employees, any other contractor working for Owner, or any utility owner causes damage to the Work or to the property of Contractor or its Subcontractors, or delays, disrupts, interferes with, or increases the scope or cost of the performance of the Work, through actions or inaction, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times under this paragraph within 30 days of the damaging, delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. The entitlement to, and extent of, any such equitable adjustment shall take into account information (if any) regarding such other work that was provided to Contractor in the Contract Documents prior to the submittal of the Bid or the final negotiation of the terms of the Contract. When applicable, any such equitable adjustment in Contract Price shall be conditioned on Contractor assigning to Owner all Contractor’s rights against such other contractor or utility owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor’s ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. B. Contractor shall take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damaging, delaying, disrupting, or interfering with the work of Owner, any other contractor, or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. If Contractor fails to take such measures and as a result damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of any such other contractor or utility owner, then Owner may impose a set‐off against payments due to Contractor, and assign to such other contractor or utility owner the Owner’s contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations set forth in this paragraph. C. When Owner is performing other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner’s employees, Contractor shall be liable to Owner for damage to such other work, and for the reasonable direct delay, disruption, and interference costs incurred by Owner as a result of Contractor’s failure to take reasonable and customary measures with respect to Owner’s other work. In response to such damage, delay, disruption, or interference, Owner may impose a set‐off against payments due to Contractor. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 40 of 65 D. If Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of any other contractor, or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, through Contractor’s failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid such impacts, or if any claim arising out of Contractor’s actions, inactions, or negligence in performance of the Work at or adjacent to the Site is made by any such other contractor or utility owner against Contractor, Owner, or Engineer, then Contractor shall (1) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such other contractor or utility owner, or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law, and (2) indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against any such claims, and against all costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such damage, delay, disruption, or interference. ARTICLE 9 – OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer. 9.02 Replacement of Engineer A. Owner may at its discretion appoint an engineer to replace Engineer, provided Contractor makes no reasonable objection to the replacement engineer. The replacement engineer’s status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Engineer. 9.03 Furnish Data A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in the Agreement. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports, Tests, and Drawings A. Owner’s duties with respect to providing lands and easements are set forth in Paragraph 5.01. B. Owner’s duties with respect to providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraph 4.03. C. Article 5 refers to Owner’s identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the Site, and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site. 9.06 Insurance A. Owner’s responsibilities, if any, with respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 6. 9.07 Change Orders A. Owner’s responsibilities with respect to Change Orders are set forth in Article 11. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 41 of 65 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. Owner’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 14.02.B. 9.09 Limitations on Owner’s Responsibilities A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. Owner’s responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A. Upon request of Contractor, Owner shall furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner’s obligations under the Contract Documents (including obligations under proposed changes in the Work). 9.12 Safety Programs A. While at the Site, Owner’s employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor’s safety programs of which Owner has been informed. B. Owner shall furnish copies of any applicable Owner safety programs to Contractor. ARTICLE 10 – ENGINEER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner’s Representative A. Engineer will be Owner’s representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner’s representative during construction are set forth in the Contract. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor’s executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer’s efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work. B. Engineer’s visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on Engineer’s authority and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 10.08. Particularly, but without limitation, during EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 42 of 65 or as a result of Engineer’s visits or observations of Contractor’s Work, Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 10.03 Project Representative A. If Owner and Engineer have agreed that Engineer will furnish a Resident Project Representative to represent Engineer at the Site and assist Engineer in observing the progress and quality of the Work, then the authority and responsibilities of any such Resident Project Representative will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as provided in Paragraph 10.08. If Owner designates another representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who is not Engineer’s consultant, agent, or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. Engineer has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 14. 10.05 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments A. Engineer’s authority, and limitations thereof, as to Shop Drawings and Samples, are set forth in Paragraph 7.16. B. Engineer’s authority, and limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services, if any, are set forth in Paragraph 7.19. C. Engineer’s authority as to Change Orders is set forth in Article 11. D. Engineer’s authority as to Applications for Payment is set forth in Article 15. 10.06 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor as set forth in Paragraph 13.03. 10.07 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. Engineer will render decisions regarding the requirements of the Contract Documents, and judge the acceptability of the Work, pursuant to the specific procedures set forth herein for initial interpretations, Change Proposals, and acceptance of the Work. In rendering such decisions and judgments, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor, and will not be liable to Owner, Contractor, or others in connection with any proceedings, interpretations, decisions, or judgments conducted or rendered in good faith. 10.08 Limitations on Engineer’s Authority and Responsibilities A. Neither Engineer’s authority or responsibility under this Article 10 or under any other provision of the Contract, nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer, shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 43 of 65 B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work. D. Engineer’s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by Paragraph 15.06.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals, that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 10.08 shall also apply to the Resident Project Representative, if any. 10.09 Compliance with Safety Program A. While at the Site, Engineer’s employees and representatives will comply with the specific applicable requirements of Owner’s and Contractor’s safety programs (if any) of which Engineer has been informed. ARTICLE 11 – AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended or supplemented by a Change Order, a Work Change Directive, or a Field Order. 1. Change Orders: a. If an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents includes a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, such amendment or supplement must be set forth in a Change Order. A Change Order also may be used to establish amendments and supplements of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. b. Owner and Contractor may amend those terms and conditions of the Contract Documents that do not involve (1) the performance or acceptability of the Work, (2) the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or (3) other engineering or technical matters, without the recommendation of the Engineer. Such an amendment shall be set forth in a Change Order. 2. Work Change Directives: A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the modification ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order, following negotiations by the parties as to the Work Change Directive’s effect, if any, on the Contract Price and Contract Times; or, if negotiations are unsuccessful, by a determination under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraph 11.04 regarding change of Contract Price. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 44 of 65 adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive. Owner must submit any Claim seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, no later than 60 days after issuance of the Work Change Directive. 3. Field Orders: Engineer may authorize minor changes in the Work if the changes do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Such changes will be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, which shall perform the Work involved promptly. If Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, then before proceeding with the Work at issue, Contractor shall submit a Change Proposal as provided herein. 11.02 Owner‐Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work. Such changes shall be supported by Engineer’s recommendation, to the extent the change involves the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or other engineering or technical matters. Such changes may be accomplished by a Change Order, if Owner and Contractor have agreed as to the effect, if any, of the changes on Contract Times or Contract Price; or by a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved; or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, promptly cease construction activities with respect to such deleted Work. Added or revised Work shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. Nothing in this paragraph shall obligate Contractor to undertake work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor’s safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.15 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price shall comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, then by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03); or 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, then by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 11.04.C.2); or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and the parties do not reach mutual agreement to a lump sum, then on EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 45 of 65 the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 13.01) plus a Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.04.C). C. Contractor’s Fee: When applicable, the Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.B.1 and 13.01.B.2, the Contractor’s fee shall be 15 percent; b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 13.01.B.3, the Contractor’s fee shall be five percent; c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 11.01.C.2.a and 11.01.C.2.b is that the Contractor’s fee shall be based on: (1) a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.A.1 and 13.01.A.2 by the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, and (2) with respect to Contractor itself and to any Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, a fee of five percent of the amount (fee plus underlying costs incurred) attributable to the next lower tier Subcontractor; provided, however, that for any such subcontracted work the maximum total fee to be paid by Owner shall be no greater than 27 percent of the costs incurred by the Subcontractor that actually performs the work; d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 13.01.B.4, 13.01.B.5, and 13.01.C; e. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor’s fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor’s fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 11.04.C.2.a through 11.04.C.2.e, inclusive. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Paragraph 4.05, concerning delays in Contractor’s progress. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Contractor shall submit a Change Proposal to Engineer to request an adjustment in the Contract Times or Contract Price; appeal an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; contest a set‐off against payment due; or seek other relief under EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 46 of 65 the Contract. The Change Proposal shall specify any proposed change in Contract Times or Contract Price, or both, or other proposed relief, and explain the reason for the proposed change, with citations to any governing or applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. 1. Procedures: Contractor shall submit each Change Proposal to Engineer promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto, or after such initial decision. The Contractor shall submit supporting data, including the proposed change in Contract Price or Contract Time (if any), to the Engineer and Owner within 15 days after the submittal of the Change Proposal. The supporting data shall be accompanied by a written statement that the supporting data are accurate and complete, and that any requested time or price adjustment is the entire adjustment to which Contractor believes it is entitled as a result of said event. Engineer will advise Owner regarding the Change Proposal, and consider any comments or response from Owner regarding the Change Proposal. 2. Engineer’s Action: Engineer will review each Change Proposal and, within 30 days after receipt of the Contractor’s supporting data, either deny the Change Proposal in whole, approve it in whole, or deny it in part and approve it in part. Such actions shall be in writing, with a copy provided to Owner and Contractor. If Engineer does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days, then either Owner or Contractor may at any time thereafter submit a letter to the other party indicating that as a result of Engineer’s inaction the Change Proposal is deemed denied, thereby commencing the time for appeal of the denial under Article 12. 3. Binding Decision: Engineer’s decision will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor appeals the decision by filing a Claim under Article 12. B. Resolution of Certain Change Proposals: If the Change Proposal does not involve the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), the acceptability of the Work, or other engineering or technical matters, then Engineer will notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Change Proposal. For purposes of further resolution of such a Change Proposal, such notice shall be deemed a denial, and Contractor may choose to seek resolution under the terms of Article 12. 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering: 1. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; 2. changes in Contract Price resulting from an Owner set‐off, unless Contractor has duly contested such set‐off; 3. changes in the Work which are: (a) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02, (b) required because of Owner’s acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 14.04 or Owner’s correction of defective Work under Paragraph 14.07, or (c) agreed to by the parties, subject to the need for Engineer’s recommendation if the change in the Work involves the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or other engineering or technical matters; and 4. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes, which embody the substance of any final and binding results under Paragraph 11.06, or Article 12. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 47 of 65 B. If Owner or Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07, it shall be deemed to be of full force and effect, as if fully executed. 11.08 Notification to Surety A. If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor’s responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. ARTICLE 12 – CLAIMS 12.01 Claims A. Claims Process: The following disputes between Owner and Contractor shall be submitted to the Claims process set forth in this Article: 1. Appeals by Owner or Contractor of Engineer’s decisions regarding Change Proposals; 2. Owner demands for adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other relief under the Contract Documents; and 3. Disputes that Engineer has been unable to address because they do not involve the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), the acceptability of the Work, or other engineering or technical matters. B. Submittal of Claim: The party submitting a Claim shall deliver it directly to the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto; in the case of appeals regarding Change Proposals within 30 days of the decision under appeal. The party submitting the Claim shall also furnish a copy to the Engineer, for its information only. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. In the case of a Claim by Contractor seeking an increase in the Contract Times or Contract Price, or both, Contractor shall certify that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data are accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor’s knowledge and belief the amount of time or money requested accurately reflects the full amount to which Contractor is entitled. C. Review and Resolution: The party receiving a Claim shall review it thoroughly, giving full consideration to its merits. The two parties shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. The parties may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. All actions taken on a Claim shall be stated in writing and submitted to the other party, with a copy to Engineer. D. Mediation: 1. At any time after initiation of a Claim, Owner and Contractor may mutually agree to mediation of the underlying dispute. The agreement to mediate shall stay the Claim submittal and response process. 2. If Owner and Contractor agree to mediation, then after 60 days from such agreement, either Owner or Contractor may unilaterally terminate the mediation process, and the Claim submittal and decision process shall resume as of the date of the termination. If the mediation proceeds but is unsuccessful in resolving the dispute, the Claim EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 48 of 65 submittal and decision process shall resume as of the date of the conclusion of the mediation, as determined by the mediator. 3. Owner and Contractor shall each pay one‐half of the mediator’s fees and costs. E. Partial Approval: If the party receiving a Claim approves the Claim in part and denies it in part, such action shall be final and binding unless within 30 days of such action the other party invokes the procedure set forth in Article 17 for final resolution of disputes. F. Denial of Claim: If efforts to resolve a Claim are not successful, the party receiving the Claim may deny it by giving written notice of denial to the other party. If the receiving party does not take action on the Claim within 90 days, then either Owner or Contractor may at any time thereafter submit a letter to the other party indicating that as a result of the inaction, the Claim is deemed denied, thereby commencing the time for appeal of the denial. A denial of the Claim shall be final and binding unless within 30 days of the denial the other party invokes the procedure set forth in Article 17 for the final resolution of disputes. G. Final and Binding Results: If the parties reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim, whether through approval of the Claim, direct negotiations, mediation, or otherwise; or if a Claim is approved in part and denied in part, or denied in full, and such actions become final and binding; then the results of the agreement or action on the Claim shall be incorporated in a Change Order to the extent they affect the Contract, including the Work, the Contract Times, or the Contract Price. ARTICLE 13 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 13.01 Cost of the Work A. Purposes for Determination of Cost of the Work: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessary for the proper performance of the Work at issue, as further defined below. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price, under cost‐plus‐fee, time‐and‐materials, or other cost‐based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set‐off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. When the value of any such adjustment is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment. B. Costs Included: Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, costs included in the Cost of the Work shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 13.01.C, and shall include only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers’ compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, and vacation and holiday pay applicable EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 49 of 65 thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers’ field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner, who will then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor’s Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor’s Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 13.01. 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor’s employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof, whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable, as imposed by Laws and Regulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with Paragraph 6.05), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 50 of 65 other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor’s fee. g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as communication service at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance that Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. C. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor’s officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor’s principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 13.01.B.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 13.01.B.4. The payroll costs and other compensation excluded here are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor’s fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor’s principal and branch offices other than Contractor’s office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor’s capital expenses, including interest on Contractor’s capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraph 13.01.B. D. Contractor’s Fee: When the Work as a whole is performed on the basis of cost‐plus, Contractor’s fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set‐off, or other adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor’s fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 11.04.C. E. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to this Article 13, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 13.02 Allowances A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 51 of 65 B. Cash Allowances: Contractor agrees that: 1. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and 2. Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance: Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 13.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work will be based on actual quantities. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer’s preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). Engineer’s written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of the following paragraph. E. Within 30 days of Engineer’s written decision under the preceding paragraph, Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may file a Claim, seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price if: 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 3. Contractor believes that it is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price, and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 52 of 65 ARTICLE 14 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 14.01 Access to Work A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner, independent testing laboratories, and authorities having jurisdiction will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor’s safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work (or specific parts thereof) for all required inspections and tests, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections and tests. B. Owner shall retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform all inspections and tests expressly required by the Contract Documents to be furnished and paid for by Owner, except that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections of covered Work shall be governed by the provisions of Paragraph 14.05. C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval. D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging, obtaining, and paying for all inspections and tests required: 1. by the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to Owner; 2. to attain Owner’s and Engineer’s acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. by manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. for testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; and 5. for acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections and tests shall be performed by independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to Owner and Engineer. E. If the Contract Documents require the Work (or part thereof) to be approved by Owner, Engineer, or another designated individual or entity, then Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such approvals. F. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, Contractor shall, if requested by Engineer, uncover such Work for observation. Such uncovering shall be at Contractor’s expense unless Contractor had given Engineer timely notice of Contractor’s intention to EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 53 of 65 cover the same and Engineer had not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 14.03 Defective Work A. Contractor’s Obligation: It is Contractor’s obligation to assure that the Work is not defective. B. Engineer’s Authority: Engineer has the authority to determine whether Work is defective, and to reject defective Work. C. Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. D. Correction, or Removal and Replacement: Promptly after receipt of written notice of defective Work, Contractor shall correct all such defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if Engineer has rejected the defective Work, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. E. Preservation of Warranties: When correcting defective Work, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner’s special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. F. Costs and Damages: In addition to its correction, removal, and replacement obligations with respect to defective Work, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to defective Work, including but not limited to the cost of the inspection, testing, correction, removal, replacement, or reconstruction of such defective Work, fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because the Work is defective, and the costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from defective Work. Prior to final payment, if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the measure of such claims, costs, losses, and damages resulting from defective Work, then Owner may impose a reasonable set‐off against payments due under Article 15. 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner prefers to accept it, Owner may do so (subject, if such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, to Engineer’s confirmation that such acceptance is in general accord with the design intent and applicable engineering principles, and will not endanger public safety). Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages attributable to Owner’s evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness), and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor. If any such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work shall be incorporated in a Change Order. If the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted, then Owner may impose a reasonable set‐off against payments due under Article 15. If the acceptance of defective Work occurs after final payment, Contractor shall pay an appropriate amount to Owner. 14.05 Uncovering Work A. Engineer has the authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 54 of 65 B. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, then Contractor shall, if requested by Engineer, uncover such Work for Engineer’s observation, and then replace the covering, all at Contractor’s expense. C. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, then Contractor, at Engineer’s request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, and provide all necessary labor, material, and equipment. 1. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall be responsible for all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and pending Contractor’s full discharge of this responsibility the Owner shall be entitled to impose a reasonable set‐off against payments due under Article 15. 2. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, then Contractor may submit a Change Proposal within 30 days of the determination that the Work is not defective. 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, then Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, then Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor’s services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner’s representatives, agents and employees, Owner’s other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer’s consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07 will be charged against Contractor as set‐ offs against payments due under Article 15. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 55 of 65 include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor’s defective Work. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner’s rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07. ARTICLE 15 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET‐OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 15.01 Progress Payments A. Basis for Progress Payments: The Schedule of Values established as provided in Article 2 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed during the pay period, as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. Progress payments for cost‐based Work will be based on Cost of the Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Applications for Payments: 1. At least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens, and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance, a warehouse bond, or other arrangements to protect Owner’s interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. 2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor’s legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. C. Review of Applications: 1. Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, including each resubmittal, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner, or return the Application to Contractor indicating in writing Engineer’s reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. Engineer’s recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer’s observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional, and on Engineer’s review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Engineer’s knowledge, information and belief: EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 56 of 65 a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 13.03, and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c. the conditions precedent to Contractor’s being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer’s responsibility to observe the Work. 3. By recommending any such payment Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the Contract; or b. there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor. 4. Neither Engineer’s review of Contractor’s Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer’s recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer: a. to supervise, direct, or control the Work, or b. for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or c. for Contractor’s failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor’s performance of the Work, or d. to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the money paid on account of the Contract Price, or e. to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens. 5. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer’s opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner stated in Paragraph 15.01.C.2. 6. Engineer will recommend reductions in payment (set‐offs) necessary in Engineer’s opinion to protect Owner from loss because: a. the Work is defective, requiring correction or replacement; b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; c. Owner has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 14.04; d. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; or EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 57 of 65 e. Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents. D. Payment Becomes Due: 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer’s recommendation, the amount recommended (subject to any Owner set‐offs) will become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor. E. Reductions in Payment by Owner: 1. In addition to any reductions in payment (set‐offs) recommended by Engineer, Owner is entitled to impose a set‐off against payment based on any of the following: a. claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor’s conduct in the performance or furnishing of the Work, or Owner has incurred costs, losses, or damages on account of Contractor’s conduct in the performance or furnishing of the Work, including but not limited to claims, costs, losses, or damages from workplace injuries, adjacent property damage, non‐compliance with Laws and Regulations, and patent infringement; b. Contractor has failed to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site; c. Contractor has failed to provide and maintain required bonds or insurance; d. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; e. Owner has incurred extra charges or engineering costs related to submittal reviews, evaluations of proposed substitutes, tests and inspections, or return visits to manufacturing or assembly facilities; f. the Work is defective, requiring correction or replacement; g. Owner has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 14.04; h. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; i. an event that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify a termination for cause has occurred; j. liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor’s failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or final completion of the Work; k. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; l. there are other items entitling Owner to a set off against the amount recommended. 2. If Owner imposes any set‐off against payment, whether based on its own knowledge or on the written recommendations of Engineer, Owner will give Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and the specific amount of the reduction, and promptly pay Contractor any amount EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 58 of 65 remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, if Contractor remedies the reasons for such action. The reduction imposed shall be binding on Contractor unless it duly submits a Change Proposal contesting the reduction. 3. Upon a subsequent determination that Owner’s refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 15.01.C.1 and subject to interest as provided in the Agreement. 15.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract will pass to Owner free and clear of (1) all Liens and other title defects, and (2) all patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations, no later than seven days after the time of payment by Owner. 15.03 Substantial Completion A. When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Contractor shall at the same time submit to Owner and Engineer an initial draft of punch list items to be completed or corrected before final payment. B. Promptly after Contractor’s notification, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. C. If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a preliminary certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. Engineer shall attach to the certificate a punch list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the preliminary certificate during which to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached punch list. If, after considering the objections to the provisions of the preliminary certificate, Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will, within 14 days after submission of the preliminary certificate to Owner, notify Contractor in writing that the Work is not substantially complete, stating the reasons therefor. If Owner does not object to the provisions of the certificate, or if despite consideration of Owner’s objections Engineer concludes that the Work is substantially complete, then Engineer will, within said 14 days, execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a final certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised punch list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the preliminary certificate as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner. D. At the time of receipt of the preliminary certificate of Substantial Completion, Owner and Contractor will confer regarding Owner’s use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion, review the builder’s risk insurance policy with respect to the end of the builder’s risk coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner. Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise in writing, Owner shall bear responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, property insurance, maintenance, heat, and utilities upon Owner’s use or occupancy of the Work. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 59 of 65 E. After Substantial Completion the Contractor shall promptly begin work on the punch list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. In appropriate cases Contractor may submit monthly Applications for Payment for completed punch list items, following the progress payment procedures set forth above. F. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to remove its property and complete or correct items on the punch list. 15.04 Partial Use or Occupancy A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor’s performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following conditions: 1. At any time Owner may request in writing that Contractor permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Work that Owner believes to be substantially complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor, Owner, and Engineer will follow the procedures of Paragraph 15.03.A through E for that part of the Work. 2. At any time Contractor may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 3. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 15.03 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 4. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 6.05 regarding builder’s risk or other property insurance. 15.05 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work, or agreed portion thereof, is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 15.06 Final Payment A. Application for Payment: 1. After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance, certificates of EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 60 of 65 inspection, annotated record documents (as provided in Paragraph 7.11), and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents; b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; c. satisfactory evidence that all title issues have been resolved such that title to all Work, materials, and equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens or other title defects, or will so pass upon final payment. d. a list of all disputes that Contractor believes are unsettled; and e. complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Lien rights arising out of the Work, and of Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in Paragraph 15.06.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (a) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (b) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner might in any way be responsible, or which might in any way result in liens or other burdens on Owner's property, have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien, or Owner at its option may issue joint checks payable to Contractor and specified Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. Engineer’s Review of Application and Acceptance: 1. If, on the basis of Engineer’s observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer’s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer’s recommendation of final payment and present the Application for Payment to Owner for payment. Such recommendation shall account for any set‐offs against payment that are necessary in Engineer’s opinion to protect Owner from loss for the reasons stated above with respect to progress payments. At the same time Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.07. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application for Payment to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. C. Completion of Work: The Work is complete (subject to surviving obligations) when it is ready for final payment as established by the Engineer’s written recommendation of final payment. D. Payment Becomes Due: Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the amount recommended by Engineer (less any further sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer’s recommendation, EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 61 of 65 including but not limited to set‐offs for liquidated damages and set‐offs allowed under the provisions above with respect to progress payments) will become due and shall be paid by Owner to Contractor. 15.07 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment will not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 15.05, from Contractor’s failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, from outstanding Claims by Owner, or from Contractor’s continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. The acceptance of final payment by Contractor will constitute a waiver by Contractor of all claims and rights against Owner other than those pending matters that have been duly submitted or appealed under the provisions of Article 17. 15.08 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents, or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the Site, adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or otherwise, and other adjacent areas used by Contractor as permitted by Laws and Regulations, is found to be defective, then Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner’s written instructions: 1. correct the defective repairs to the Site or such other adjacent areas; 2. correct such defective Work; 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others, or to other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner’s written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications. D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this paragraph, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 62 of 65 E. Contractor’s obligations under this paragraph are in addition to all other obligations and warranties. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 16 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 16.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by written notice to Contractor and Engineer. Such notice will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension. Any Change Proposal seeking such adjustments shall be submitted no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will constitute a default by Contractor and justify termination for cause: 1. Contractor’s persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule); 2. Failure of Contractor to perform or otherwise to comply with a material term of the Contract Documents; 3. Contractor’s disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; or 4. Contractor’s repeated disregard of the authority of Owner or Engineer. B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 16.02.A occurs, then after giving Contractor (and any surety) ten days written notice that Owner is considering a declaration that Contractor is in default and termination of the contract, Owner may proceed to: 1. declare Contractor to be in default, and give Contractor (and any surety) notice that the Contract is terminated; and 2. enforce the rights available to Owner under any applicable performance bond. C. Subject to the terms and operation of any applicable performance bond, if Owner has terminated the Contract for cause, Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient. D. Owner may not proceed with termination of the Contract under Paragraph 16.02.B if Contractor within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate begins to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure. E. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 16.02.B, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the cost to complete the Work, including all related claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals) sustained by Owner, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If the cost to complete the Work including such related claims, costs, losses, EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 63 of 65 and damages exceeds such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph, Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. F. Where Contractor’s services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue, or any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or any surety under any payment bond or performance bond. Any retention or payment of money due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. G. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 6.01.A, the provisions of that bond shall govern over any inconsistent provisions of Paragraphs 16.02.B and 16.02.D. 16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; and 3. other reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. B. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated overhead, profits, or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 16.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (1) the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or (2) Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (3) Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the contract and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 16.03. B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may, seven days after written notice to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to preclude Contractor from submitting a Change Proposal for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 64 of 65 expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor’s stopping the Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 17 – FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 17.01 Methods and Procedures A. Disputes Subject to Final Resolution: The following disputed matters are subject to final resolution under the provisions of this Article: 1. A timely appeal of an approval in part and denial in part of a Claim, or of a denial in full; and 2. Disputes between Owner and Contractor concerning the Work or obligations under the Contract Documents, and arising after final payment has been made. B. Final Resolution of Disputes: For any dispute subject to resolution under this Article, Owner or Contractor may: 1. elect in writing to invoke the dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; or 2. agree with the other party to submit the dispute to another dispute resolution process; or 3. if no dispute resolution process is provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or mutually agreed to, give written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction. ARTICLE 18 – MISCELLANEOUS 18.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: 1. delivered in person, by a commercial courier service or otherwise, to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for which it is intended; or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the sender of the notice. 18.02 Computation of Times A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 18.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract. The provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. EJCDC® C‐700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 65 of 65 18.04 Limitation of Damages A. With respect to any and all Change Proposals, Claims, disputes subject to final resolution, and other matters at issue, neither Owner nor Engineer, nor any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, shall be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 18.05 No Waiver A. A party’s non‐enforcement of any provision shall not constitute a waiver of that provision, nor shall it affect the enforceability of that provision or of the remainder of this Contract. 18.06 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 18.07 Controlling Law A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located. 18.08 Headings A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00800-1 Supplementary Conditions SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PART 1 AMENDMENTS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC C-700, 2013 Edition) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings indicated below, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. The address system used in the Supplementary Conditions is the same as the address system used in the General Conditions, with the prefix “SC” added thereto. ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY SC-1.01 Delete paragraph 1.01A.38 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 1.01A.38. Specifications – Sections included under Division 1 through Division 16 of the Project Manual. SC-1.01 Add the following language at the end of the first sentence of paragraph 1.01A.40: or has been completed except for work having a contract price of less than one percent of the then adjusted total Contract Price. ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS SC-2.02 Delete paragraph 2.02A in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 2.02A Owner shall furnish to Contractor up to one printed or hard copies of the Drawings and Project Manual, and one copy in electronic portable document format (PDF). Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. ARTICLE 3 –DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE SC-3.01 Replace paragraph 3.01E with the following paragraph: 3.01E In the event of conflicts, inconsistencies or discrepancies among the Contract Documents, to the extent applicable, the better quality or greater quantity of work shall be provided without change to the Contract Price. In the event of such conflicts, inconsistencies or discrepancies which do not relate to the quality or quantity of work, the Contractor shall request clarifications or interpretations from the Engineer as provided herein. SC-3.01 Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 3.01E: Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00800-2 Supplementary Conditions 3.01F Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract Documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as though it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK SC-4.01 Delete paragraph 4.01A in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 4.01A The Contract Times will commence to run on the date specified in the Notice to Proceed. ARTICLE 5 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS SC-5.03 Add the following new paragraphs immediately after paragraph 5.03B.3: 5.03C In the preparation of Drawings and Specifications, Engineer has relied upon the data obtained from previous reports of subsurface and latent physical conditions of the site. Such data is in the form of a Notice of Activity and Use Limitation, a Utility Release Abatement Measure Plan, and a Partial Permanent Solution with Conditions related to Site Number 1-0014222 which can be viewed on the Massachusetts Executive Office of Energy & Environmental Affairs website at: https://eeaonline.eea.state.ma.us/portal#!/search/wastesite. Such reports are not part of the Contract Documents. 5.03C.1 The subsurface data are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness. 5.03C.2 Bidders are cautioned that the subsurface data have been utilized for general design purposes only. No explicit or implicit representation is made as to the nature of the materials which may be encountered below the surface of the ground. 5.03C.3 The making available of this subsurface data to Bidders is not intended to relieve them from their responsibility to familiarize themselves with subsurface and other site conditions. SC-5.04 Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 5.04D.4: 5.04D.5 Adjustment resulting from subsurface or latent physical conditions will be in accordance with Massachusetts General Law Chapter 30, Section 39N referenced in Part II of the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 6 - BONDS AND INSURANCE SC-6.03 Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 6.03B.3: Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00800-3 Supplementary Conditions 6.03B.4 Insurance certificate(s) shall also contain the following: 1. Confirmation that the General Liability policy covers only the Work under this Contract, with project specific limits. 2. Confirmation that automobile insurance covers all Scheduled, Hired and Non-Owned vehicles. 3. Names of all additional insureds as specified herein. SC-6.03 Add the words “and Paragraph 6.04” after the words “Paragraph 6.03” in Paragraph 6.03I. SC 6.03 Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 6.03.J: 6.03.K The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph 6.03 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations: 1. Workers’ Compensation, and related coverages under Paragraphs 6.03.A.1 and A.2 of the General Conditions: State: Statutory Employer’s Liability: Bodily injury, each accident $1,000,000 Bodily injury by disease, each employee $1,000,000 Bodily injury/disease aggregate $2,000,000 2. Contractor’s Commercial General Liability under Paragraphs 6.03.B and 6.03.C of the General Conditions: General Aggregate $2,000,000 Products - Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000 Each Occurrence (Bodily Injury and Property Damage) $1,000,000 3. Automobile Liability under Paragraph 6.03.D. of the General Conditions: Bodily Injury: Each person $500,000 Each accident $1,000,000 Property Damage: Each accident $1,000,000 [or] Combined Single Limit of $2,000,000 Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00800-4 Supplementary Conditions 4. Excess or Umbrella Liability: Per Occurrence $1,000,000 General Aggregate $1,000,000 5. Contractor’s Pollution Liability: Each Occurrence N/A General Aggregate N/A If box is checked, Contractor is not required to provide Contractor’s Pollution Liability insurance under this Contract 6. Additional Insureds: In addition to Owner and Engineer, include as additional insureds the following: N/A SC-6.04 Delete paragraph 6.04 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 6.04 Contractor shall purchase and maintain a separate Owner’s Protective Liability policy, issued to Owner at the expense of Contractor, including Owner and Engineer as named insureds. This insurance shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts: Bodily Injury $5,000,000 Each Occurrence $5,000,000 Aggregate Property Damage $5,000,000 Each Occurrence $5,000,000 Aggregate A. Insurance coverage for the Contractor’s Comprehensive General and Excess Liability policies and for the Owner’s Protective Liability policy shall be written by one and the same insurance company to avoid the expense of duplicate and/or overlapping coverage and to facilitate and expedite the settlement of claims. B. The Owner’s Protective Liability policy shall protect from claims which may arise from operations under the Contract, including operations performed for a named insured by independent contractors and general inspection or monitoring by a named insured. The policy also shall protect against Automobile Non-Ownership Liability in connection with the Contractor’s operations under the Contract, whether such operations be by itself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. SC-6.05 Add the following new subparagraph after subparagraph 6.05.A.1: 6.05. Not used. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00800-5 Supplementary Conditions ARTICLE 7 - CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES SC-7.02 Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 7.02B. 7.02C Whenever Owner shall notify Contractor in writing that any person on the Work appears to be incompetent, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the Project and shall not again be employed on it except with the consent of Owner. SC-7.06 Add the following language at the end of paragraph 7.06O.2: Contractor shall make payments to Subcontractors in accordance with Massachusetts General Law Chapter 30, Section 39F which is referenced in PART II of these Supplementary Conditions. SC-7.06 Add the following language at the end of Paragraph 7.06L: except as required otherwise by Massachusetts General Law Chapter 149, Section 44F. SC-7.08 Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph SC-7.08A: 7.08B The Owner has obtained the following permits and approvals for the Project. The Contractor is required to comply with the permit provisions. Copies of the permits are appended to this section. A. City of Northampton Planning Board Site Plan Approval B. City of Northampton Stormwater Permit SC-7.09 Add the following sentence at the end of paragraph 7.09.A. All materials provided under this Contract are exempt from the Sales and Use Taxes of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The tax exemption number will be provided to the Contractor. SC-7.10 Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 7.10C. 7.10D Contractor shall comply with all applicable provisions of Chapter 30, Section 39R of the Massachusetts General Laws regarding Contractor’s records. SC-7.12 Delete the second sentence of paragraph 7.12C and insert the following: The following Owner programs are applicable to the Work: A. City of Northampton Board of Health COVID-19 Mandatory Policies and Procedures for all Construction Sites and Construction Workers in Northampton B. City of Northampton Board of Health COVID-19 Mandatory Policies and Procedures for all Construction Sites and Construction Workers in Northampton – Employee Handout Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00800-6 Supplementary Conditions SC-7.18 Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 7.18.C. 7.18D If, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor shall suffer loss or damage on the Work, Contractor shall settle with such other Contractor or Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against Owner on account of any such damage alleged to have been sustained, Owner shall notify Contractor, who shall indemnify, defend, and save harmless Owner against any such claim. ARTICLE 10 – ENGINEER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION SC-10.03 Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 10.03.A: B. On this Project, by agreement with the Owner, Engineer will not furnish a Resident Project Representative to represent Engineer at the Site or assist Engineer in observing the progress and quality of the Work. ARTICLE 13 - COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK SC-13.01 Delete the word “superintendents,” in the second sentence after the word “limitation,” in paragraph 13.01B.1. SC-13.01 Delete paragraph 13.01B.5.c in its entirety and replace with the following: 13.01B.5.c The fair rental and operating cost of all machinery and equipment used on the extra work for the period of such use. The fair rental and operating cost for all machinery and equipment shall be based upon the most recent edition of “Rental Rate Bluebook for Construction Equipment” (the “Bluebook”), published by Equipment Watch (equipmentwatch.com), or a similar publication approved by Engineer and adjusted for regional and age adjustments as specified in the “Bluebook.” Rental periods corresponding to the overall period of use shall be used, except if a piece of equipment used on extra work is already on the job, or has previously been rented for a long period of time (months), then the long-term rental rate (monthly) shall be used in determining costs. The hourly rental rate for long-term rental equipment will be determined by the monthly rental rate divided by 176. For the situation where equipment is on the job and available for use but cannot be used due to a delay or suspension of a portion or all of the Contract activities, a rental standby rate may be paid if the Contractor can conclusively demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that: (1) the equipment cannot be used elsewhere on the Project or demobilized and remobilized at a cost lower than the cost of standby time, (2) that the equipment cannot be put in use due to factors beyond the Contractor’s control, and (3) the equipment on standby would have been used as part of the Work that is suspended or put on hold. The standby rate will be calculated as no more than 50% of the rental rate as listed in the “Bluebook” and adjusted for regional and age adjustments. Lesser standby rates may apply if the Owner or Engineer can demonstrate that Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00800-7 Supplementary Conditions the Contractor’s standby cost is less than this rate. The standby rate will not include operating costs. A standby rate will not be paid for equipment which is being employed for portions of the Work which are still underway. A standby rate will also not be paid for equipment which is readily demobilized including construction equipment categorized as “shop tools” or “miscellaneous” in the “Bluebook.” Standby rates for durations of less than four hours will not be considered. SC-13.01 Insert in the first sentence after the word “architects,” the word “superintendents,” in paragraph 13.01C.1 SC-13.01 Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 13.01C.5: 13.01C.6 Costs of or rental of small tools; costs of or rental of buildings. SC-13.03 Delete paragraph 13.03B in its entirety and replace it with the following: 13.03B Since subject to change upon determination of actual quantities, estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and serve to facilitate comparison of Bids and to determine an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work will be based on actual quantities. ARTICLE 14 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK SC-14.02 Insert after the word “notice” the words “(minimum 24 hours)” in paragraph 14.02A. SC-14.03 Delete paragraph 14.03B in its entirety and replace with the following: 14.03B Engineer’s Authority: At any time during the progress of the Work, Engineer shall have the authority to determine whether Work is defective, and reject defective Work, even though such work has been previously inspected and paid for. SC-14.06 Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 14.06A. 14.06B If Owner stops work under Paragraph 14.06, Contractor shall not be entitled to an extension of Contract Time nor to an increase in Contract Price. ARTICLE 15 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD SC-15.01 Delete paragraph 15.01C.1 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 15.01C.1 Progress Payments will be made in accordance with Massachusetts General Law Chapter 30, Section 39G, which is referenced in Part II of these Supplementary Conditions. SC-15.01 Delete paragraph 15.01D.1 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00800-8 Supplementary Conditions 15.01D.1 Progress Payments will be made in accordance with Massachusetts General Law Chapter 30, Section 39G, which is referenced in Part II of these Supplementary Conditions. SC-15.03 Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 15.03A: 15.03A.1 Substantial Completion shall be as defined in Chapter 30, Section 39G of the Massachusetts General Laws. SC-15.03 Delete paragraph 15.03C in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 15.03C If, after consultation with Owner, Engineer considers and the Owner agrees that the Work is substantially complete, Engineer will prepare and deliver to Contractor, in a form approved by Owner, a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be included with the certificate a list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. SC-15.03 Delete the word “preliminary” from paragraph 15.03D. SC-15.03 Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 15.03F: 15.03G. The procedure for Substantial Completion shall be in accordance with Chapter 30, Section 39G of the Massachusetts General Laws. SC-15.04 Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 15.04A.3: 15.04A.4 Owner may at any time request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to take over operation of any part of the Work although it is not substantially complete. A copy of such request will be sent to Engineer, and within a reasonable time thereafter Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion and will prepare a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected thereon before final payment. If Contractor does not object in writing to Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is not ready for separate operation by Owner, Engineer will finalize the list of items to be completed or corrected and will deliver such lists to Owner and Contractor together with a written recommendation as to the division of responsibilities pending final payment between Owner and Contractor with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, utilities, insurance, warranties, and guarantees for that part of the Work which will become binding upon Owner and Contractor at the time when Owner takes over such operation (unless they shall have otherwise agreed in writing and so informed Engineer). During such operation and prior to Substantial Completion of such part of the Work, Owner shall allow Contractor reasonable access to complete or correct items on said list and to complete other related Work. Paragraph 15.04.A.4 shall be renumbered to 15.04.A.5 SC-15.06 Delete paragraph 15.06.D in its entirety and insert the following in its place: Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00800-9 Supplementary Conditions D. Payment Becomes Due: Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, or other time period in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, the amount recommended by Engineer (less any further sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer’s recommendation, including but not limited to set-offs for liquidated damages and set-offs allowed under the provisions above with respect to progress payments) will become due and shall be paid by Owner to Contractor. ARTICLE 16 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION SC-16.01 Delete paragraph 16.01.A in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 16.01.A Owner may order, at any time and without cause, suspension of the Work in accordance with Massachusetts General Law Chapter 30, Section 39O, which is referenced in Part II of the Supplementary Conditions. SC- 16.02 Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 16.02.A.4: 16.02.A.5 If Contractor abandons the Work, or sublets this Contract or any part thereof, without the previous written consent of Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder shall be assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified. ARTICLE 17 – FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES SC-17.01 Add the following paragraph after paragraph 17.01: 17.02 Venue A. Any suit by either party arising under this Contract shall be brought only in the Superior Court in the county where the Project is located. The parties hereto waive any argument that this venue is improper or that the forum is inconvenient. ARTICLE 18 - MISCELLANEOUS SC-18.08 Add the following new paragraphs immediately after paragraph 18.08. 18.09 Wage Rates A. The requirements and provisions of all applicable laws and any amendments thereof or additions thereto as to the employment of labor, and to the schedule of minimum wage rates established in compliance with laws shall be a part of these Contract Documents. Copies of the wage schedules are included in Part II of these Supplementary Conditions. If it becomes necessary to employ any person in a trade or occupation not classified in the wage determinations, such person shall be paid at not less than such rates as shall be determined by the officials administrating the laws mentioned above. Such approved minimum rate shall be retroactive to the time of the initial employment of such person in such trade or occupation. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00800-10 Supplementary Conditions B. The schedules of wages referred to above are minimum rates only, and Owner will not consider any claims for additional compensation made by Contractor because of payment by Contractor of any wage rate in excess of the applicable rate contained in these Contract Documents. All disputes in regard to the payment of wages in excess of those specified in the schedules shall be resolved by Contractor. C. Per MGL Chapter 149, Section 27, Contractor shall comply with annual updates to the prevailing wage schedule which shall be effective on the anniversary date of the execution of the Contract. D. The said schedules of wages shall continue to be the minimum rates to be paid during the life of this Agreement and a legible copy of said schedules shall be kept posted in a conspicuous place at the site of the work. PART II –STATE GOVERNMENT PROVISIONS State Government Provisions referenced or included herein, have been selected from those to which specific references have been made elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Each and every other provision of law or clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be also inserted herein in accordance with paragraph 3.01.F of the Supplementary Conditions. 1.0 COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS PROVISIONS 1.1 The Owner and Contractor agree that the following Commonwealth of Massachusetts Provisions apply to the work to be performed under this Contract and that these provisions supersede any conflicting provisions of this Contract. 1.2 Massachusetts General Laws 2.3.1 Chapter 30, Section 39F 2.3.2 Chapter 30, Section 39G 2.3.3 Chapter 30, Section 39I 2.3.4 Chapter 30, Section 39J 2.3.5 Chapter 30, Section 39L 2.3.6 Chapter 30, Section 39M 2.3.7 Chapter 30, Section 39N 2.3.8 Chapter 30, Section 39O 2.3.9 Chapter 30, Section39P 2.3.10 Chapter 30, Section 39Q 2.3.11 Chapter 30, Section 39R 2.3.12 Chapter 44, Section 31C 2.3.13 Chapter 82, Section 40 2.3.14 Chapter 149, Section 34 Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 00800-11 Supplementary Conditions 1.3 520 CMR 14.00 Excavation Trench Safety 1.4 State Wage Rates END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 0\00800.doc Tighe&Bond ATTACHMENT A MASSACHUSETTS STATE WAGE RATES THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS As determined by the Director under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27H EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT Prevailing Wage Rates CHARLES D. BAKER ROSALIN ACOSTA SecretaryGovernor MICHAEL FLANAGAN Roundhouse Parking Lot - Reclamation and expansion of an existing parking lot, reconfiguration of the Manhan Rail Trail, modifications to the stormwater management system, and new site lighting. Director Awarding Authority:City of Northampton Dept. of Central Services City/Town:Contract Number:NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Job Location:Old South Street Information about Prevailing Wage Schedules for Awarding Authorities and Contractors •This wage schedule applies only to the specific project referenced at the top of this page and uniquely identified by the “Wage Request Number” on all pages of this schedule. •An Awarding Authority must request an updated wage schedule from the Department of Labor Standards (“DLS”) if it has not opened bids or selected a contractor within 90 days of the date of issuance of the wage schedule. For CM AT RISK projects (bid pursuant to G.L. c.149A), the earlier of: (a) the execution date of the GMP Amendment, or (b) the bid for the first construction scope of work must be within 90-days of the wage schedule issuance date. •The wage schedule shall be incorporated in any advertisement or call for bids for the project as required by M.G.L. c. 149, § 27. The wage schedule shall be made a part of the contract awarded for the project. The wage schedule must be posted in a conspicuous place at the work site for the life of the project in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149 § 27. The wages listed on the wage schedule must be paid to employees performing construction work on the project whether they are employed by the prime contractor, a filed sub-bidder, or any sub-contractor. •All apprentices working on the project are required to be registered with the Massachusetts Department of Labor Standards, Division of Apprentice Standards (DLS/DAS). Apprentice must keep his/her apprentice identification card on his/her person during all work hours on the project. An apprentice registered with DAS may be paid the lower apprentice wage rate at the applicable step as provided on the prevailing wage schedule. Any apprentice not registered with DLS/DAS regardless of whether or not they are registered with any other federal , state, local, or private agency must be paid the journeyworker's rate for the trade. •The wage rates will remain in effect for the duration of the project, except in the case of multi-year public construction projects. For construction projects lasting longer than one year, awarding authorities must request an updated wage schedule. Awarding authorities are required to request these updates no later than two weeks before the anniversary of the date the contract was executed by the awarding authority and the general contractor. For multi-year CM AT RISK projects, awarding authority must request an annual update no later than two weeks before the anniversary date, determined as the earlier of: (a) the execution date of the GMP Amendment, or (b) the execution date of the first amendment to permit procurement of construction services. Contractors are required to obtain the wage schedules from awarding authorities, and to pay no less than these rates to covered workers. The annual update requirement is not applicable to 27F “rental of equipment” contracts. •Every contractor or subcontractor which performs construction work on the project is required to submit weekly payroll reports and a Statement of Compliance directly to the awarding authority by mail or email and keep them on file for three years. Each weekly payroll report must contain: the employee’s name, address, occupational classification, hours worked, and wages paid. Do not submit weekly payroll reports to DLS. A sample of a payroll reporting form may be obtained at http://www.mass.gov/dols/pw. •Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at (617) 626-6953. •Employees not receiving the prevailing wage rate set forth on the wage schedule may report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the office of the Attorney General at (617) 727-3465. •Failure of a contractor or subcontractor to pay the prevailing wage rates listed on the wage schedule to all employees who perform construction work on the project is a violation of the law and subjects the contractor or subcontractor to civil and criminal penalties. KARYN E. POLITO Lt. Governor Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date Construction (2 AXLE) DRIVER - EQUIPMENT TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B $62.88 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.15 $14.82 $63.68 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $35.95 $14.82 $64.18 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $35.95 $14.82 $65.37 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $35.95 $16.01 (3 AXLE) DRIVER - EQUIPMENT TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B $62.95 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.22 $14.82 $63.75 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $36.02 $14.82 $64.25 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.02 $14.82 $65.44 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.02 $16.01 (4 & 5 AXLE) DRIVER - EQUIPMENT TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B $63.07 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.34 $14.82 $63.87 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $36.14 $14.82 $64.37 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.14 $14.82 $65.56 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.14 $16.01 ADS/SUBMERSIBLE PILOT PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 3) $135.57 08/01/2020 $9.40 $0.00 $103.05 $23.12 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PILE DRIVER" AIR TRACK OPERATOR LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $56.75 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.65 $15.50 $57.59 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.49 $15.50 $58.42 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $34.32 $15.50 $59.04 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.94 $15.50 $59.67 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $35.57 $15.50 $60.29 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.19 $15.50 $60.92 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.82 $15.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" AIR TRACK OPERATOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $54.69 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.65 $13.44 $55.53 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.49 $13.44 $56.36 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $34.32 $13.44 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) ASBESTOS WORKER (PIPES & TANKS) HEAT & FROST INSULATORS LOCAL 6 (SPRINGFIELD) $56.04 12/01/2020 $12.80 $0.00 $34.29 $8.95 ASPHALT RAKER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $56.25 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.15 $15.50 $57.09 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.99 $15.50 $57.92 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.82 $15.50 $58.54 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.44 $15.50 $59.17 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $35.07 $15.50 $59.79 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $35.69 $15.50 $60.42 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.32 $15.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" ASPHALT RAKER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $54.19 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.15 $13.44 $55.03 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.99 $13.44 $55.86 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.82 $13.44 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 2 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date AUTOMATIC GRADER-EXCAVATOR (RECLAIMER) OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $63.19 12/01/2020 $12.47 $0.00 $36.22 $14.50 $64.01 06/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $37.04 $14.50 $64.84 12/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $37.87 $14.50 $65.71 06/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $38.74 $14.50 $66.59 12/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $39.62 $14.50 $67.54 06/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.57 $14.50 $68.49 12/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $41.52 $14.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" BACKHOE/FRONT-END LOADER OPERATOR OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $63.19 12/01/2020 $12.47 $0.00 $36.22 $14.50 $64.01 06/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $37.04 $14.50 $64.84 12/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $37.87 $14.50 $65.71 06/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $38.74 $14.50 $66.59 12/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $39.62 $14.50 $67.54 06/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.57 $14.50 $68.49 12/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $41.52 $14.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" BARCO-TYPE JUMPING TAMPER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $56.25 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.15 $15.50 $57.09 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.99 $15.50 $57.92 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.82 $15.50 $58.54 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.44 $15.50 $59.17 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $35.07 $15.50 $59.79 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $35.69 $15.50 $60.42 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.32 $15.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" BATCH/CEMENT PLANT - ON SITE OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $62.66 12/01/2020 $12.47 $0.00 $35.69 $14.50 $63.48 06/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $36.51 $14.50 $64.31 12/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $37.34 $14.50 $65.18 06/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $38.21 $14.50 $66.06 12/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $39.09 $14.50 $67.01 06/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.04 $14.50 $67.96 12/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.99 $14.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" BLOCK PAVER, RAMMER / CURB SETTER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $56.75 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.65 $15.50 $57.59 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.49 $15.50 $58.42 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $34.32 $15.50 $59.04 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.94 $15.50 $59.67 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $35.57 $15.50 $60.29 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.19 $15.50 $60.92 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.82 $15.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" BLOCK PAVER, RAMMER / CURB SETTER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $54.69 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.65 $13.44 $55.53 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.49 $13.44 $56.36 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $34.32 $13.44 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) BOILER MAKER BOILERMAKERS LOCAL 29 $71.15 01/01/2020 $7.07 $0.00 $46.10 $17.98 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 3 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date BOILERMAKER - Local 29Apprentice - 01/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $29.97 $7.07 $11.69 $0.00 $48.73 65 2 $29.97 $7.07 $11.69 $0.00 $48.73 65 3 $32.27 $7.07 $12.59 $0.00 $51.93 70 4 $34.58 $7.07 $13.49 $0.00 $55.14 75 5 $36.88 $7.07 $14.38 $0.00 $58.33 80 6 $39.19 $7.07 $15.29 $0.00 $61.55 85 7 $41.49 $7.07 $16.18 $0.00 $64.74 90 8 $43.80 $7.07 $17.09 $0.00 $67.96 95 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:4 BRICK/STONE/ARTIFICIAL MASONRY (INCL. MASONRY WATERPROOFING) BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 (SPRINGFIELD/PITTSFIELD) $75.57 02/01/2021 $11.39 $0.00 $44.16 $20.02 $77.13 08/01/2021 $11.39 $0.00 $45.56 $20.18 $77.66 02/01/2022 $11.39 $0.00 $46.09 $20.18 BRICK/PLASTER/CEMENT MASON - Local 3 Springfield/PittsfieldApprentice - 02/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $22.08 $11.39 $20.02 $0.00 $53.49 50 2 $26.50 $11.39 $20.02 $0.00 $57.91 60 3 $30.91 $11.39 $20.02 $0.00 $62.32 70 4 $35.33 $11.39 $20.02 $0.00 $66.74 80 5 $39.74 $11.39 $20.02 $0.00 $71.15 90 08/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $22.78 $11.39 $20.18 $0.00 $54.35 50 2 $27.34 $11.39 $20.18 $0.00 $58.91 60 3 $31.89 $11.39 $20.18 $0.00 $63.46 70 4 $36.45 $11.39 $20.18 $0.00 $68.02 80 5 $41.00 $11.39 $20.18 $0.00 $72.57 90 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 4 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date BULLDOZER/POWER SHOVEL/TREE SHREDDER /CLAM SHELL OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $63.19 12/01/2020 $12.47 $0.00 $36.22 $14.50 $64.01 06/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $37.04 $14.50 $64.84 12/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $37.87 $14.50 $65.71 06/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $38.74 $14.50 $66.59 12/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $39.62 $14.50 $67.54 06/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.57 $14.50 $68.49 12/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $41.52 $14.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" CAISSON & UNDERPINNING BOTTOM MAN LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE $67.12 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $41.05 $17.47 $68.14 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $42.07 $17.47 $69.15 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $43.08 $17.47 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" CAISSON & UNDERPINNING LABORER LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE $65.97 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $39.90 $17.47 $66.99 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $40.92 $17.47 $68.00 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $41.93 $17.47 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" CAISSON & UNDERPINNING TOP MAN LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE $65.97 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $39.90 $17.47 $66.99 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $40.92 $17.47 $68.00 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $41.93 $17.47 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" CARBIDE CORE DRILL OPERATOR LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $56.25 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.15 $15.50 $57.09 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.99 $15.50 $57.92 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.82 $15.50 $58.54 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.44 $15.50 $59.17 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $35.07 $15.50 $59.79 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $35.69 $15.50 $60.42 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.32 $15.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" CARPENTER CARPENTERS LOCAL 336 - HAMPDEN HAMPSHIRE FRANKLIN $63.59 03/01/2021 $7.84 $0.00 $38.48 $17.27 $64.09 09/01/2021 $7.84 $0.00 $38.98 $17.27 $64.59 03/01/2022 $7.84 $0.00 $39.48 $17.27 $65.09 09/01/2022 $7.84 $0.00 $39.98 $17.27 $65.59 03/01/2023 $7.84 $0.00 $40.48 $17.27 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 5 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date CARPENTER - Local 336 Hampden Hampshire FranklinApprentice - 03/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $19.24 $7.84 $1.40 $0.00 $28.48 50 2 $23.09 $7.84 $1.40 $0.00 $32.33 60 3 $26.94 $7.84 $13.07 $0.00 $47.85 70 4 $28.86 $7.84 $13.07 $0.00 $49.77 75 5 $30.78 $7.84 $14.47 $0.00 $53.09 80 6 $30.78 $7.84 $14.47 $0.00 $53.09 80 7 $34.63 $7.84 $15.87 $0.00 $58.34 90 8 $34.63 $7.84 $15.87 $0.00 $58.34 90 09/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $19.49 $7.84 $1.40 $0.00 $28.73 50 2 $23.39 $7.84 $1.40 $0.00 $32.63 60 3 $27.29 $7.84 $13.07 $0.00 $48.20 70 4 $29.24 $7.84 $13.07 $0.00 $50.15 75 5 $31.18 $7.84 $14.47 $0.00 $53.49 80 6 $31.18 $7.84 $14.47 $0.00 $53.49 80 7 $35.08 $7.84 $15.87 $0.00 $58.79 90 8 $35.08 $7.84 $15.87 $0.00 $58.79 90 Notes: % Indentured After 10/1/17; 45/45/55/55/70/70/80/80 Step 1&2 $26.54/ 3&4 $31.76/ 5&6 $49.23/ 7&8 $54.48 Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 CARPENTER WOOD FRAME CARPENTERS-ZONE 3 (Wood Frame) $35.17 04/01/2021 $7.21 $0.00 $23.16 $4.80 $35.67 04/01/2022 $7.21 $0.00 $23.66 $4.80 $36.17 04/01/2023 $7.21 $0.00 $24.16 $4.80 All Aspects of New Wood Frame Work Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 6 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date CARPENTER (Wood Frame) - Zone 3Apprentice - 04/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $13.90 $7.21 $0.00 $0.00 $21.11 60 2 $13.90 $7.21 $0.00 $0.00 $21.11 60 3 $15.05 $7.21 $0.00 $0.00 $22.26 65 4 $16.21 $7.21 $0.00 $0.00 $23.42 70 5 $17.37 $7.21 $3.80 $0.00 $28.38 75 6 $18.53 $7.21 $3.80 $0.00 $29.54 80 7 $19.69 $7.21 $3.80 $0.00 $30.70 85 8 $20.84 $7.21 $3.80 $0.00 $31.85 90 04/01/2022 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $14.20 $7.21 $0.00 $0.00 $21.41 60 2 $14.20 $7.21 $0.00 $0.00 $21.41 60 3 $15.38 $7.21 $0.00 $0.00 $22.59 65 4 $16.56 $7.21 $0.00 $0.00 $23.77 70 5 $17.75 $7.21 $3.80 $0.00 $28.76 75 6 $18.93 $7.21 $3.80 $0.00 $29.94 80 7 $20.11 $7.21 $3.80 $0.00 $31.12 85 8 $21.29 $7.21 $3.80 $0.00 $32.30 90 Notes: % Indentured After 10/1/17; 45/45/55/55/70/70/80/80 Step 1&2 $17.63/ 3&4 $19.95/ 5&6 $27.22/ 7&8 $29.54 Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 CEMENT MASONRY/PLASTERING BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 (SPRINGFIELD/PITTSFIELD) $72.90 01/01/2020 $12.70 $0.62 $41.94 $17.64 CEMENT MASONRY/PLASTERING - Springfield/PittsfieldApprentice - 01/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $20.97 $12.70 $15.41 $0.00 $49.08 50 2 $25.16 $12.70 $17.64 $0.62 $56.12 60 3 $27.26 $12.70 $17.64 $0.62 $58.22 65 4 $29.36 $12.70 $17.64 $0.62 $60.32 70 5 $31.46 $12.70 $17.64 $0.62 $62.42 75 6 $33.55 $12.70 $17.64 $0.62 $64.51 80 7 $37.75 $12.70 $17.64 $0.62 $68.71 90 Notes: Steps 3,4 are 500 hrs. All other steps are 1,000 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 7 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date CHAIN SAW OPERATOR LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $56.25 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.15 $15.50 $57.09 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.99 $15.50 $57.92 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.82 $15.50 $58.54 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.44 $15.50 $59.17 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $35.07 $15.50 $59.79 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $35.69 $15.50 $60.42 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.32 $15.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" COMPRESSOR OPERATOR OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $62.66 12/01/2020 $12.47 $0.00 $35.69 $14.50 $63.48 06/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $36.51 $14.50 $64.31 12/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $37.34 $14.50 $65.18 06/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $38.21 $14.50 $66.06 12/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $39.09 $14.50 $67.01 06/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.04 $14.50 $67.96 12/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.99 $14.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" CRANE OPERATOR OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $66.69 12/01/2020 $12.47 $0.00 $39.72 $14.50 $67.51 06/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $40.54 $14.50 $68.34 12/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $41.37 $14.50 $69.21 06/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $42.24 $14.50 $70.09 12/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $43.12 $14.50 $71.04 06/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $44.07 $14.50 $71.99 12/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $45.02 $14.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" DELEADER (BRIDGE) PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 3 $83.06 01/01/2021 $8.25 $0.00 $52.06 $22.75 PAINTER Local 35 - BRIDGES/TANKSApprentice - 01/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $26.03 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $34.28 50 2 $28.63 $8.25 $6.16 $0.00 $43.04 55 3 $31.24 $8.25 $6.72 $0.00 $46.21 60 4 $33.84 $8.25 $7.28 $0.00 $49.37 65 5 $36.44 $8.25 $19.39 $0.00 $64.08 70 6 $39.05 $8.25 $19.95 $0.00 $67.25 75 7 $41.65 $8.25 $20.51 $0.00 $70.41 80 8 $46.85 $8.25 $21.63 $0.00 $76.73 90 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 8 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date DEMO: ADZEMAN LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $65.97 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $40.05 $17.32 $66.99 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $41.07 $17.32 $68.00 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $42.08 $17.32 $69.00 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $43.08 $17.32 $70.00 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $44.08 $17.32 $71.00 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $45.08 $17.32 $72.25 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $46.33 $17.32 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" DEMO: BACKHOE/LOADER/HAMMER OPERATOR LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $66.97 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $41.05 $17.32 $67.99 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $42.07 $17.32 $69.00 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $43.08 $17.32 $70.00 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $44.08 $17.32 $71.00 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $45.08 $17.32 $72.00 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $46.08 $17.32 $73.25 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $47.33 $17.32 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" DEMO: BURNERS LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $66.72 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $40.80 $17.32 $67.74 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $41.82 $17.32 $68.75 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $42.83 $17.32 $69.75 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $43.83 $17.32 $70.75 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $44.83 $17.32 $71.75 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $45.83 $17.32 $73.00 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $47.08 $17.32 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" DEMO: CONCRETE CUTTER/SAWYER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $66.97 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $41.05 $17.32 $67.99 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $42.07 $17.32 $69.00 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $43.08 $17.32 $70.00 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $44.08 $17.32 $71.00 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $45.08 $17.32 $72.00 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $46.08 $17.32 $73.25 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $47.33 $17.32 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" DEMO: JACKHAMMER OPERATOR LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $66.72 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $40.80 $17.32 $67.74 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $41.82 $17.32 $68.75 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $42.83 $17.32 $69.75 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $43.83 $17.32 $70.75 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $44.83 $17.32 $71.75 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $45.83 $17.32 $73.00 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $47.08 $17.32 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 9 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date DEMO: WRECKING LABORER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $65.97 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $40.05 $17.32 $66.99 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $41.07 $17.32 $68.00 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $42.08 $17.32 $69.00 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $43.08 $17.32 $70.00 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $44.08 $17.32 $71.00 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $45.08 $17.32 $72.25 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $46.33 $17.32 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" DIVER PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 3) $101.22 08/01/2020 $9.40 $0.00 $68.70 $23.12 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PILE DRIVER" DIVER TENDER PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 3) $81.59 08/01/2020 $9.40 $0.00 $49.07 $23.12 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PILE DRIVER" DIVER TENDER (EFFLUENT) PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 3) $106.12 08/01/2020 $9.40 $0.00 $73.60 $23.12 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PILE DRIVER" DIVER/SLURRY (EFFLUENT) PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 3) $135.57 08/01/2020 $9.40 $0.00 $103.05 $23.12 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PILE DRIVER" DRAWBRIDGE OPERATOR (Construction) DRAWBRIDGE - SEIU LOCAL 888 $37.53 07/01/2020 $6.67 $0.16 $26.77 $3.93 ELECTRICIAN (Including Core Drilling) ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 $69.10 01/03/2021 $11.50 $0.00 $44.61 $12.99 $70.22 06/27/2021 $11.75 $0.00 $45.21 $13.26 $71.23 01/02/2022 $12.00 $0.00 $45.81 $13.42 $72.35 07/03/2022 $12.25 $0.00 $46.41 $13.69 $73.47 01/01/2023 $12.50 $0.00 $47.01 $13.96 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 10 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date ELECTRICIAN - Local 7Apprentice - 01/03/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $17.84 $6.90 $0.54 $0.00 $25.28 40 2 $20.07 $6.90 $0.60 $0.00 $27.57 45 3 $22.31 $11.50 $7.02 $0.00 $40.83 50 4 $24.54 $11.50 $7.09 $0.00 $43.13 55 5 $29.00 $11.50 $8.81 $0.00 $49.31 65 6 $31.23 $11.50 $9.94 $0.00 $52.67 70 06/27/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $18.08 $7.05 $0.54 $0.00 $25.67 40 2 $20.34 $7.05 $0.61 $0.00 $28.00 45 3 $22.61 $11.75 $7.08 $0.00 $41.44 50 4 $24.87 $11.75 $7.15 $0.00 $43.77 55 5 $29.39 $11.75 $8.93 $0.00 $50.07 65 6 $31.65 $11.75 $10.10 $0.00 $53.50 70 Notes: Steps 1-2 are 1000 hrs; Steps 3-6 are 1500 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:2:3**** ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS LOCAL 41 $91.88 01/01/2021 $15.88 $0.00 $56.69 $19.31 $94.86 01/01/2022 $16.03 $0.00 $58.62 $20.21 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 11 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR - Local 41Apprentice - 01/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $28.35 $15.88 $0.00 $0.00 $44.23 50 2 $31.18 $15.88 $19.31 $0.00 $66.37 55 3 $36.85 $15.88 $19.31 $0.00 $72.04 65 4 $39.68 $15.88 $19.31 $0.00 $74.87 70 5 $45.35 $15.88 $19.31 $0.00 $80.54 80 01/01/2022 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $29.31 $16.03 $0.00 $0.00 $45.34 50 2 $32.24 $16.03 $20.21 $0.00 $68.48 55 3 $38.10 $16.03 $20.21 $0.00 $74.34 65 4 $41.03 $16.03 $20.21 $0.00 $77.27 70 5 $46.90 $16.03 $20.21 $0.00 $83.14 80 Notes: Steps 1-2 are 6 mos.; Steps 3-5 are 1 year Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR HELPER ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS LOCAL 41 $74.87 01/01/2021 $15.88 $0.00 $39.68 $19.31 $77.27 01/01/2022 $16.03 $0.00 $41.03 $20.21 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice - ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR" FENCE & GUARD RAIL ERECTOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $54.19 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.15 $13.44 $55.03 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.99 $13.44 $55.86 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.82 $13.44 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) FIELD ENG.INST/ROD-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $27.74 06/01/1999 $4.80 $0.00 $18.84 $4.10 FIELD ENG.PARTY CHIEF:BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $30.23 06/01/1999 $4.80 $0.00 $21.33 $4.10 FIELD ENG.SURVEY CHIEF-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $31.23 06/01/1999 $4.80 $0.00 $22.33 $4.10 FIRE ALARM INSTALLER ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 $69.10 01/03/2021 $11.50 $0.00 $44.61 $12.99 $70.22 06/27/2021 $11.75 $0.00 $45.21 $13.26 $71.23 01/02/2022 $12.00 $0.00 $45.81 $13.42 $72.35 07/03/2022 $12.25 $0.00 $46.41 $13.69 $73.47 01/01/2023 $12.50 $0.00 $47.01 $13.96 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- ELECTRICIAN" FIRE ALARM REPAIR / MAINTENANCE / COMMISSIONING ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 $69.10 01/03/2021 $11.50 $0.00 $44.61 $12.99 $70.22 06/27/2021 $11.75 $0.00 $45.21 $13.26 $71.23 01/02/2022 $12.00 $0.00 $45.81 $13.42 $72.35 07/03/2022 $12.25 $0.00 $46.41 $13.69 $73.47 01/01/2023 $12.50 $0.00 $47.01 $13.96 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- TELECOMMUNICATIONS TECHNICIAN" Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 12 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date FIREMAN OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $62.66 12/01/2020 $12.47 $0.00 $35.69 $14.50 $63.48 06/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $36.51 $14.50 $64.31 12/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $37.34 $14.50 $65.18 06/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $38.21 $14.50 $66.06 12/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $39.09 $14.50 $67.01 06/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.04 $14.50 $67.96 12/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.99 $14.50 OPERATING ENGINEERS - Local 98 Class 3Apprentice - 12/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $21.41 $12.47 $14.50 $0.00 $48.38 60 2 $24.98 $12.47 $14.50 $0.00 $51.95 70 3 $28.55 $12.47 $14.50 $0.00 $55.52 80 4 $32.12 $12.47 $14.50 $0.00 $59.09 90 06/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $21.91 $12.47 $14.50 $0.00 $48.88 60 2 $25.56 $12.47 $14.50 $0.00 $52.53 70 3 $29.21 $12.47 $14.50 $0.00 $56.18 80 4 $32.86 $12.47 $14.50 $0.00 $59.83 90 Notes: Steps 1-2 are 1000 hrs.; Steps 3-4 are 2000 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:6 FLAGGER & SIGNALER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $46.54 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $24.50 $13.44 $46.54 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $24.50 $13.44 $46.54 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $24.50 $13.44 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) FLOORCOVERER FLOORCOVERERS LOCAL 2168 ZONE III $62.99 09/01/2020 $7.84 $0.00 $37.88 $17.27 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 13 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date FLOORCOVERER - Local 2168 Zone IIIApprentice - 09/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $18.94 $7.84 $1.40 $0.00 $28.18 50 2 $20.83 $7.84 $1.40 $0.00 $30.07 55 3 $22.73 $7.84 $13.07 $0.00 $43.64 60 4 $24.62 $7.84 $13.07 $0.00 $45.53 65 5 $26.52 $7.84 $14.47 $0.00 $48.83 70 6 $28.41 $7.84 $14.47 $0.00 $50.72 75 7 $30.30 $7.84 $15.87 $0.00 $54.01 80 8 $32.20 $7.84 $15.87 $0.00 $55.91 85 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. % After 09/1/17; 45/45/55/55/70/70/80/80 (1500hr Steps) Step 1&2 $26.29/ 3&4 $31.43/ 5&6 $48.83/ 7&8 $54.01 Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 FORK LIFT OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $62.88 12/01/2020 $12.47 $0.00 $35.91 $14.50 $63.70 06/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $36.73 $14.50 $64.53 12/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $37.56 $14.50 $65.40 06/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $38.43 $14.50 $66.28 12/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $39.31 $14.50 $67.23 06/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.26 $14.50 $68.18 12/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $41.21 $14.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" GENERATORS/LIGHTING PLANTS OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $59.43 12/01/2020 $12.47 $0.00 $32.46 $14.50 $60.25 06/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $33.28 $14.50 $61.08 12/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $34.11 $14.50 $61.95 06/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $34.98 $14.50 $62.83 12/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $35.86 $14.50 $63.78 06/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $36.81 $14.50 $64.73 12/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $37.76 $14.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" GLAZIER (GLASS PLANK/AIR BARRIER/INTERIOR SYSTEMS) GLAZIERS LOCAL 1333 $60.43 06/01/2020 $10.80 $0.00 $39.18 $10.45 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 14 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date GLAZIER - Local 1333Apprentice - 06/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $19.59 $10.80 $1.80 $0.00 $32.19 50 2 $22.04 $10.80 $1.80 $0.00 $34.64 56 3 $24.49 $10.80 $2.45 $0.00 $37.74 63 4 $26.94 $10.80 $2.45 $0.00 $40.19 69 5 $29.39 $10.80 $3.15 $0.00 $43.34 75 6 $31.83 $10.80 $3.15 $0.00 $45.78 81 7 $34.28 $10.80 $10.45 $0.00 $55.53 88 8 $36.73 $10.80 $10.45 $0.00 $57.98 94 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 GRADER/TRENCHING MACHINE/DERRICK OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $63.19 12/01/2020 $12.47 $0.00 $36.22 $14.50 $64.01 06/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $37.04 $14.50 $64.84 12/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $37.87 $14.50 $65.71 06/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $38.74 $14.50 $66.59 12/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $39.62 $14.50 $67.54 06/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.57 $14.50 $68.49 12/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $41.52 $14.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" HVAC (DUCTWORK) SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL 63 $67.17 01/01/2021 $10.64 $1.96 $37.24 $17.33 $68.25 07/01/2021 $10.64 $1.99 $38.29 $17.33 $69.28 01/01/2022 $10.64 $2.02 $39.29 $17.33 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- SHEET METAL WORKER" HVAC (ELECTRICAL CONTROLS) ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 $69.10 01/03/2021 $11.50 $0.00 $44.61 $12.99 $70.22 06/27/2021 $11.75 $0.00 $45.21 $13.26 $71.23 01/02/2022 $12.00 $0.00 $45.81 $13.42 $72.35 07/03/2022 $12.25 $0.00 $46.41 $13.69 $73.47 01/01/2023 $12.50 $0.00 $47.01 $13.96 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- ELECTRICIAN" HVAC (TESTING AND BALANCING - AIR) SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL 63 $67.17 01/01/2021 $10.64 $1.96 $37.24 $17.33 $68.25 07/01/2021 $10.64 $1.99 $38.29 $17.33 $69.28 01/01/2022 $10.64 $2.02 $39.29 $17.33 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- SHEET METAL WORKER" HVAC (TESTING AND BALANCING -WATER) PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 $69.11 03/17/2021 $9.30 $0.00 $43.21 $16.60 $70.11 09/17/2021 $9.30 $0.00 $44.21 $16.60 $71.36 03/17/2022 $9.30 $0.00 $45.46 $16.60 $72.36 09/17/2022 $9.30 $0.00 $46.46 $16.60 $73.61 03/17/2023 $9.30 $0.00 $47.71 $16.60 $74.61 09/17/2023 $9.30 $0.00 $48.71 $16.60 $75.86 03/17/2024 $9.30 $0.00 $49.96 $16.60 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 15 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PIPEFITTER" or "PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER" HVAC MECHANIC PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 $69.11 03/17/2021 $9.30 $0.00 $43.21 $16.60 $70.11 09/17/2021 $9.30 $0.00 $44.21 $16.60 $71.36 03/17/2022 $9.30 $0.00 $45.46 $16.60 $72.36 09/17/2022 $9.30 $0.00 $46.46 $16.60 $73.61 03/17/2023 $9.30 $0.00 $47.71 $16.60 $74.61 09/17/2023 $9.30 $0.00 $48.71 $16.60 $75.86 03/17/2024 $9.30 $0.00 $49.96 $16.60 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PIPEFITTER" or "PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER" HYDRAULIC DRILLS (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $54.69 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.65 $13.44 $55.53 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.49 $13.44 $56.36 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $34.32 $13.44 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) INSULATOR (PIPES & TANKS) HEAT & FROST INSULATORS LOCAL 6 (SPRINGFIELD) $70.14 09/01/2020 $13.80 $0.00 $39.20 $17.14 $72.54 09/01/2021 $13.80 $0.00 $41.60 $17.14 $74.99 09/01/2022 $13.80 $0.00 $44.05 $17.14 ASBESTOS INSULATOR (Pipes & Tanks) - Local 6 SpringfieldApprentice - 09/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $19.60 $13.80 $12.42 $0.00 $45.82 50 2 $23.52 $13.80 $13.36 $0.00 $50.68 60 3 $27.44 $13.80 $14.31 $0.00 $55.55 70 4 $31.36 $13.80 $15.25 $0.00 $60.41 80 09/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $20.80 $13.80 $12.42 $0.00 $47.02 50 2 $24.96 $13.80 $13.36 $0.00 $52.12 60 3 $29.12 $13.80 $14.31 $0.00 $57.23 70 4 $33.28 $13.80 $15.25 $0.00 $62.33 80 Notes: Steps are 1 year Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:4 IRONWORKER/WELDER IRONWORKERS LOCAL 7 (SPRINGFIELD AREA) $66.42 03/16/2021 $8.10 $0.00 $36.67 $21.65 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 16 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date IRONWORKER - Local 7 SpringfieldApprentice - 03/16/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $22.00 $8.10 $21.65 $0.00 $51.75 60 2 $25.67 $8.10 $21.65 $0.00 $55.42 70 3 $27.50 $8.10 $21.65 $0.00 $57.25 75 4 $29.34 $8.10 $21.65 $0.00 $59.09 80 5 $31.17 $8.10 $21.65 $0.00 $60.92 85 6 $33.00 $8.10 $21.65 $0.00 $62.75 90 Notes: Structural 1:6; Ornamental 1:4 Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio: JACKHAMMER & PAVING BREAKER OPERATOR LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $56.25 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.15 $15.50 $57.09 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.99 $15.50 $57.92 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.82 $15.50 $58.54 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.44 $15.50 $59.17 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $35.07 $15.50 $59.79 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $35.69 $15.50 $60.42 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.32 $15.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" LABORER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $56.00 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $31.90 $15.50 $56.84 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.74 $15.50 $57.67 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.57 $15.50 $58.29 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.19 $15.50 $58.92 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.82 $15.50 $59.54 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $35.44 $15.50 $60.17 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.07 $15.50 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 17 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date LABORER - Zone 3 Building & SiteApprentice - 12/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $19.14 $8.60 $15.50 $0.00 $43.24 60 2 $22.33 $8.60 $15.50 $0.00 $46.43 70 3 $25.52 $8.60 $15.50 $0.00 $49.62 80 4 $28.71 $8.60 $15.50 $0.00 $52.81 90 06/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $19.64 $8.60 $15.50 $0.00 $43.74 60 2 $22.92 $8.60 $15.50 $0.00 $47.02 70 3 $26.19 $8.60 $15.50 $0.00 $50.29 80 4 $29.47 $8.60 $15.50 $0.00 $53.57 90 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 LABORER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $53.94 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $31.90 $13.44 $54.78 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.74 $13.44 $55.61 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.57 $13.44 LABORER (Heavy & Highway) - Zone 3Apprentice - 12/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $19.14 $8.60 $13.44 $0.00 $41.18 60 2 $22.33 $8.60 $13.44 $0.00 $44.37 70 3 $25.52 $8.60 $13.44 $0.00 $47.56 80 4 $28.71 $8.60 $13.44 $0.00 $50.75 90 06/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $19.64 $8.60 $13.44 $0.00 $41.68 60 2 $22.92 $8.60 $13.44 $0.00 $44.96 70 3 $26.19 $8.60 $13.44 $0.00 $48.23 80 4 $29.47 $8.60 $13.44 $0.00 $51.51 90 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 18 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date LABORER: CARPENTER TENDER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $56.00 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $31.90 $15.50 $56.84 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.74 $15.50 $57.67 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.57 $15.50 $58.29 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.19 $15.50 $58.92 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.82 $15.50 $59.54 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $35.44 $15.50 $60.17 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.07 $15.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" LABORER: CEMENT FINISHER TENDER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $56.25 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.15 $15.50 $57.09 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.99 $15.50 $57.92 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.82 $15.50 $58.54 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.44 $15.50 $59.17 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $35.07 $15.50 $59.79 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $35.69 $15.50 $60.42 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.32 $15.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" LABORER: HAZARDOUS WASTE/ASBESTOS REMOVER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $56.10 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.00 $15.50 $56.94 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.84 $15.50 $57.77 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.67 $15.50 $58.39 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.29 $15.50 $59.02 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.92 $15.50 $59.64 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $35.54 $15.50 $60.27 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.17 $15.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" LABORER: MASON TENDER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $57.00 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.90 $15.50 $57.84 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.74 $15.50 $58.67 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $34.57 $15.50 $59.29 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $35.19 $15.50 $59.92 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $35.82 $15.50 $60.54 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.44 $15.50 $61.17 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $37.07 $15.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" LABORER: MASON TENDER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $54.19 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.15 $13.44 $55.03 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.99 $13.44 $55.86 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.82 $13.44 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) LABORER: MULTI-TRADE TENDER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $56.00 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $31.90 $15.50 $56.84 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.74 $15.50 $57.67 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.57 $15.50 $58.29 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.19 $15.50 $58.92 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.82 $15.50 $59.54 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $35.44 $15.50 $60.17 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.07 $15.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 19 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date LABORER: TREE REMOVER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $56.00 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $31.90 $15.50 $56.84 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.74 $15.50 $57.67 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.57 $15.50 $58.29 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.19 $15.50 $58.92 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.82 $15.50 $59.54 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $35.44 $15.50 $60.17 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.07 $15.50 This classification applies to the removal of standing trees, and the trimming and removal of branches and limbs when related to public works construction or site clearance incidental to construction . For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" LASER BEAM OPERATOR LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $56.25 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.15 $15.50 $57.09 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.99 $15.50 $57.92 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.82 $15.50 $58.54 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.44 $15.50 $59.17 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $35.07 $15.50 $59.79 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $35.69 $15.50 $60.42 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.32 $15.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" LASER BEAM OPERATOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $54.19 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.15 $13.44 $55.03 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.99 $13.44 $55.86 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.82 $13.44 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) MARBLE & TILE FINISHERS BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 (SPR/PITT) - MARBLE & TILE $66.91 02/01/2021 $11.39 $0.00 $36.17 $19.35 $68.04 08/01/2021 $11.39 $0.00 $37.17 $19.48 $68.49 02/01/2022 $11.39 $0.00 $37.62 $19.48 MARBLE-TILE FINISHER-Local 3 Marble/Tile (Spr/Pitt)Apprentice - 02/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $18.09 $11.39 $19.35 $0.00 $48.83 50 2 $21.70 $11.39 $19.35 $0.00 $52.44 60 3 $25.32 $11.39 $19.35 $0.00 $56.06 70 4 $28.94 $11.39 $19.35 $0.00 $59.68 80 5 $32.55 $11.39 $19.35 $0.00 $63.29 90 08/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $18.59 $11.39 $19.48 $0.00 $49.46 50 2 $22.30 $11.39 $19.48 $0.00 $53.17 60 3 $26.02 $11.39 $19.48 $0.00 $56.89 70 4 $29.74 $11.39 $19.48 $0.00 $60.61 80 5 $33.45 $11.39 $19.48 $0.00 $64.32 90 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 20 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date MARBLE MASON/TILE LAYER(SP/PT)SeeBrick BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 (SPR/PITT) - MARBLE & TILE See "BRICK/STONE/ARTIFICIAL MASONRY(INCL.MASONRY WATERPROOFING) MECH. SWEEPER OPERATOR (ON CONST. SITES) OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $63.19 12/01/2020 $12.47 $0.00 $36.22 $14.50 $64.01 06/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $37.04 $14.50 $64.84 12/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $37.87 $14.50 $65.71 06/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $38.74 $14.50 $66.59 12/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $39.62 $14.50 $67.54 06/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.57 $14.50 $68.49 12/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $41.52 $14.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" MECHANIC/WELDER/BOOM TRUCK OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $62.66 12/01/2020 $12.47 $0.00 $35.69 $14.50 $63.48 06/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $36.51 $14.50 $64.31 12/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $37.34 $14.50 $65.18 06/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $38.21 $14.50 $66.06 12/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $39.09 $14.50 $67.01 06/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.04 $14.50 $67.96 12/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.99 $14.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" MILLWRIGHT (Zone 3) MILLWRIGHTS LOCAL 1121 - Zone 3 $67.81 01/04/2021 $9.40 $0.00 $37.96 $20.45 $69.06 01/03/2022 $9.40 $0.00 $39.21 $20.45 $70.31 01/02/2023 $9.40 $0.00 $40.46 $20.45 MILLWRIGHT - Local 1121 Zone 3Apprentice - 01/04/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $20.88 $9.40 $5.58 $0.00 $35.86 55 2 $24.67 $9.40 $16.90 $0.00 $50.97 65 3 $28.47 $9.40 $17.92 $0.00 $55.79 75 4 $32.27 $9.40 $18.93 $0.00 $60.60 85 01/03/2022 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $21.57 $9.40 $5.58 $0.00 $36.55 55 2 $25.49 $9.40 $16.90 $0.00 $51.79 65 3 $29.41 $9.40 $17.92 $0.00 $56.73 75 4 $33.33 $9.40 $18.93 $0.00 $61.66 85 Notes: Step 1&2 Appr. indentured after 1/1/2020 receive no pension, but do receive annuity. (Step 1 $5.58, Step 2 $6.50) Steps are 2,000 hours Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 21 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date MORTAR MIXER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $56.25 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.15 $15.50 $57.09 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.99 $15.50 $57.92 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.82 $15.50 $58.54 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.44 $15.50 $59.17 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $35.07 $15.50 $59.79 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $35.69 $15.50 $60.42 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.32 $15.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" OILER OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $58.35 12/01/2020 $12.47 $0.00 $31.38 $14.50 $59.17 06/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $32.20 $14.50 $60.00 12/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $33.03 $14.50 $60.87 06/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $33.90 $14.50 $61.75 12/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $34.78 $14.50 $62.70 06/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $35.73 $14.50 $63.65 12/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $36.68 $14.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" OTHER POWER DRIVEN EQUIPMENT - CLASS VI OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $56.37 12/01/2020 $12.47 $0.00 $29.40 $14.50 $57.19 06/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $30.22 $14.50 $58.02 12/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $31.05 $14.50 $58.89 06/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $31.92 $14.50 $59.77 12/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $32.80 $14.50 $60.72 06/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $33.75 $14.50 $61.67 12/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $34.70 $14.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" PAINTER (BRIDGES/TANKS) PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 3 $83.06 01/01/2021 $8.25 $0.00 $52.06 $22.75 PAINTER Local 35 - BRIDGES/TANKSApprentice - 01/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $26.03 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $34.28 50 2 $28.63 $8.25 $6.16 $0.00 $43.04 55 3 $31.24 $8.25 $6.72 $0.00 $46.21 60 4 $33.84 $8.25 $7.28 $0.00 $49.37 65 5 $36.44 $8.25 $19.39 $0.00 $64.08 70 6 $39.05 $8.25 $19.95 $0.00 $67.25 75 7 $41.65 $8.25 $20.51 $0.00 $70.41 80 8 $46.85 $8.25 $21.63 $0.00 $76.73 90 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER (SPRAY OR SANDBLAST, NEW) * * If 30% or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction, NEW paint rate shall be used.PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 3 $62.53 01/01/2021 $8.25 $0.00 $35.43 $18.85 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 22 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date PAINTER Local 35 Zone 3 - Spray/Sandblast - NewApprentice - 01/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $17.72 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $25.97 50 2 $19.49 $8.25 $4.02 $0.00 $31.76 55 3 $21.26 $8.25 $4.38 $0.00 $33.89 60 4 $23.03 $8.25 $4.75 $0.00 $36.03 65 5 $24.80 $8.25 $16.66 $0.00 $49.71 70 6 $26.57 $8.25 $17.03 $0.00 $51.85 75 7 $28.34 $8.25 $17.39 $0.00 $53.98 80 8 $31.89 $8.25 $18.12 $0.00 $58.26 90 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER (SPRAY OR SANDBLAST, REPAINT) PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 3 $59.85 01/01/2021 $8.25 $0.00 $32.75 $18.85 PAINTER Local 35 Zone 3 - Spray/Sandblast - RepaintApprentice - 01/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $16.38 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $24.63 50 2 $18.01 $8.25 $4.02 $0.00 $30.28 55 3 $19.65 $8.25 $4.38 $0.00 $32.28 60 4 $21.29 $8.25 $4.75 $0.00 $34.29 65 5 $22.93 $8.25 $16.66 $0.00 $47.84 70 6 $24.56 $8.25 $17.03 $0.00 $49.84 75 7 $26.20 $8.25 $17.39 $0.00 $51.84 80 8 $29.48 $8.25 $18.12 $0.00 $55.85 90 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER / TAPER (BRUSH, NEW) * * If 30% or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction, NEW paint rate shall be used.PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 3 $61.13 01/01/2021 $8.25 $0.00 $34.03 $18.85 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 23 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date PAINTER - Local 35 Zone 3 - BRUSH NEWApprentice - 01/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $17.02 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $25.27 50 2 $18.72 $8.25 $4.02 $0.00 $30.99 55 3 $20.42 $8.25 $4.38 $0.00 $33.05 60 4 $22.12 $8.25 $4.75 $0.00 $35.12 65 5 $23.82 $8.25 $16.66 $0.00 $48.73 70 6 $25.52 $8.25 $17.03 $0.00 $50.80 75 7 $27.22 $8.25 $17.39 $0.00 $52.86 80 8 $30.63 $8.25 $18.12 $0.00 $57.00 90 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER / TAPER (BRUSH, REPAINT) PAINTERS LOCAL 35 - ZONE 3 $58.45 01/01/2021 $8.25 $0.00 $31.35 $18.85 PAINTER Local 35 Zone 3 - BRUSH REPAINTApprentice - 01/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $15.68 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $23.93 50 2 $17.24 $8.25 $4.02 $0.00 $29.51 55 3 $18.81 $8.25 $4.38 $0.00 $31.44 60 4 $20.38 $8.25 $4.75 $0.00 $33.38 65 5 $21.95 $8.25 $16.66 $0.00 $46.86 70 6 $23.51 $8.25 $17.03 $0.00 $48.79 75 7 $25.08 $8.25 $17.39 $0.00 $50.72 80 8 $28.22 $8.25 $18.12 $0.00 $54.59 90 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER TRAFFIC MARKINGS (HEAVY/HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $53.94 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $31.90 $13.44 $54.78 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.74 $13.44 $55.61 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.57 $13.44 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) PANEL & PICKUP TRUCKS DRIVER TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B $62.71 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $34.98 $14.82 $63.51 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $35.78 $14.82 $64.01 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $35.78 $14.82 $65.20 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $35.78 $16.01 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 24 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date PIER AND DOCK CONSTRUCTOR (UNDERPINNING AND DECK) PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 3) $76.05 08/01/2020 $9.40 $0.00 $43.53 $23.12 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PILE DRIVER" PILE DRIVER PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56 (ZONE 3) $76.05 08/01/2020 $9.40 $0.00 $43.53 $23.12 PILE DRIVER - Local 56 Zone 3Apprentice - 08/01/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 0 Notes: Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following Steps; (Same as set in Zone 1) 1$57.06/2$61.96/3$66.87/4$69.32/5$71.78/6$71.78/7$76.68/8$76.68 Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 PIPELAYER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $56.25 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.15 $15.50 $57.09 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.99 $15.50 $57.92 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.82 $15.50 $58.54 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.44 $15.50 $59.17 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $35.07 $15.50 $59.79 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $35.69 $15.50 $60.42 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.32 $15.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" PIPELAYER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $54.19 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.15 $13.44 $55.03 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.99 $13.44 $55.86 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.82 $13.44 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) PLUMBER & PIPEFITTER PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 $69.11 03/17/2021 $9.30 $0.00 $43.21 $16.60 $70.11 09/17/2021 $9.30 $0.00 $44.21 $16.60 $71.36 03/17/2022 $9.30 $0.00 $45.46 $16.60 $72.36 09/17/2022 $9.30 $0.00 $46.46 $16.60 $73.61 03/17/2023 $9.30 $0.00 $47.71 $16.60 $74.61 09/17/2023 $9.30 $0.00 $48.71 $16.60 $75.86 03/17/2024 $9.30 $0.00 $49.96 $16.60 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 25 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER - Local 104Apprentice - 03/17/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $19.44 $9.30 $9.85 $0.00 $38.59 45 2 $21.61 $9.30 $9.85 $0.00 $40.76 50 3 $23.77 $9.30 $9.85 $0.00 $42.92 55 4 $25.93 $9.30 $9.85 $0.00 $45.08 60 5 $28.09 $9.30 $9.85 $0.00 $47.24 65 6 $30.25 $9.30 $9.85 $0.00 $49.40 70 7 $32.41 $9.30 $9.85 $0.00 $51.56 75 8 $34.57 $9.30 $9.85 $0.00 $53.72 80 9 $34.57 $9.30 $16.60 $0.00 $60.47 80 10 $34.57 $9.30 $16.60 $0.00 $60.47 80 09/17/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $19.89 $9.30 $9.85 $0.00 $39.04 45 2 $22.11 $9.30 $9.85 $0.00 $41.26 50 3 $24.32 $9.30 $9.85 $0.00 $43.47 55 4 $26.53 $9.30 $9.85 $0.00 $45.68 60 5 $28.74 $9.30 $9.85 $0.00 $47.89 65 6 $30.95 $9.30 $9.85 $0.00 $50.10 70 7 $33.16 $9.30 $9.85 $0.00 $52.31 75 8 $35.37 $9.30 $9.85 $0.00 $54.52 80 9 $35.37 $9.30 $16.60 $0.00 $61.27 80 10 $35.37 $9.30 $16.60 $0.00 $61.27 80 Notes: **1:1,2:5,3:9,4:12 Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:** PNEUMATIC CONTROLS (TEMP.) PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 $69.11 03/17/2021 $9.30 $0.00 $43.21 $16.60 $70.11 09/17/2021 $9.30 $0.00 $44.21 $16.60 $71.36 03/17/2022 $9.30 $0.00 $45.46 $16.60 $72.36 09/17/2022 $9.30 $0.00 $46.46 $16.60 $73.61 03/17/2023 $9.30 $0.00 $47.71 $16.60 $74.61 09/17/2023 $9.30 $0.00 $48.71 $16.60 $75.86 03/17/2024 $9.30 $0.00 $49.96 $16.60 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PIPEFITTER" or "PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER" PNEUMATIC DRILL/TOOL OPERATOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $54.19 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.15 $13.44 $55.03 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.99 $13.44 $55.86 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.82 $13.44 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 26 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date POWDERMAN & BLASTER LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $57.00 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.90 $15.50 $57.84 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.74 $15.50 $58.67 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $34.57 $15.50 $59.29 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $35.19 $15.50 $59.92 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $35.82 $15.50 $60.54 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.44 $15.50 $61.17 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $37.07 $15.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" POWDERMAN & BLASTER (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $54.94 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.90 $13.44 $55.78 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.74 $13.44 $56.61 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $34.57 $13.44 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) PUMP OPERATOR (CONCRETE) OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $63.19 12/01/2020 $12.47 $0.00 $36.22 $14.50 $64.01 06/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $37.04 $14.50 $64.84 12/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $37.87 $14.50 $65.71 06/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $38.74 $14.50 $66.59 12/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $39.62 $14.50 $67.54 06/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.57 $14.50 $68.49 12/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $41.52 $14.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" PUMP OPERATOR (DEWATERING, OTHER) OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $62.66 12/01/2020 $12.47 $0.00 $35.69 $14.50 $63.48 06/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $36.51 $14.50 $64.31 12/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $37.34 $14.50 $65.18 06/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $38.21 $14.50 $66.06 12/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $39.09 $14.50 $67.01 06/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.04 $14.50 $67.96 12/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.99 $14.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" READY-MIX CONCRETE DRIVER TEAMSTERS 404 - Construction Service (Northampton) $40.01 05/01/2020 $11.07 $0.00 $22.44 $6.50 RIDE-ON MOTORIZED BUGGY OPERATOR LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $56.25 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.15 $15.50 $57.09 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.99 $15.50 $57.92 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.82 $15.50 $58.54 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.44 $15.50 $59.17 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $35.07 $15.50 $59.79 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $35.69 $15.50 $60.42 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.32 $15.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" ROLLER OPERATOR OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $62.05 12/01/2020 $12.47 $0.00 $35.08 $14.50 $62.87 06/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $35.90 $14.50 $63.70 12/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $36.73 $14.50 $64.57 06/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $37.60 $14.50 $65.45 12/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $38.48 $14.50 $66.40 06/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $39.43 $14.50 $67.35 12/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.38 $14.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 27 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date ROOFER (Coal tar pitch) ROOFERS LOCAL 248 $61.61 07/16/2020 $11.75 $0.00 $33.66 $16.20 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- ROOFER" ROOFER (Inc.Roofer Waterproofng &Roofer Damproofg) ROOFERS LOCAL 248 $60.61 07/16/2020 $11.75 $0.00 $33.16 $15.70 ROOFER - Local 248Apprentice - 07/16/2020 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $19.90 $11.75 $0.00 $0.00 $31.65 60 2 $21.55 $11.75 $15.70 $0.00 $49.00 65 3 $23.21 $11.75 $15.70 $0.00 $50.66 70 4 $24.87 $11.75 $15.70 $0.00 $52.32 75 5 $26.53 $11.75 $15.70 $0.00 $53.98 80 6 $28.19 $11.75 $15.70 $0.00 $55.64 85 7 $29.84 $11.75 $15.70 $0.00 $57.29 90 8 $31.50 $11.75 $15.70 $0.00 $58.95 95 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs.Roofer(Tear Off)1:1; Same as above Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 ROOFER SLATE / TILE / PRECAST CONCRETE ROOFERS LOCAL 248 $61.61 07/16/2020 $11.75 $0.00 $33.66 $16.20 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- ROOFER" SCRAPER OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $62.66 12/01/2020 $12.47 $0.00 $35.69 $14.50 $63.48 06/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $36.51 $14.50 $64.31 12/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $37.34 $14.50 $65.18 06/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $38.21 $14.50 $66.06 12/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $39.09 $14.50 $67.01 06/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.04 $14.50 $67.96 12/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.99 $14.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" SELF-POWERED ROLLERS AND COMPACTORS (TAMPERS) OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $62.05 12/01/2020 $12.47 $0.00 $35.08 $14.50 $62.87 06/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $35.90 $14.50 $63.70 12/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $36.73 $14.50 $64.57 06/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $37.60 $14.50 $65.45 12/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $38.48 $14.50 $66.40 06/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $39.43 $14.50 $67.35 12/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.38 $14.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 28 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date SELF-PROPELLED POWER BROOM OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $59.43 12/01/2020 $12.47 $0.00 $32.46 $14.50 $60.25 06/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $33.28 $14.50 $61.08 12/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $34.11 $14.50 $61.95 06/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $34.98 $14.50 $62.83 12/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $35.86 $14.50 $63.78 06/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $36.81 $14.50 $64.73 12/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $37.76 $14.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" SHEETMETAL WORKER SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL 63 $67.17 01/01/2021 $10.64 $1.96 $37.24 $17.33 $68.25 07/01/2021 $10.64 $1.99 $38.29 $17.33 $69.28 01/01/2022 $10.64 $2.02 $39.29 $17.33 SHEET METAL WORKER - Local 63Apprentice - 01/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $16.76 $4.79 $4.67 $0.79 $27.01 45 2 $18.62 $5.32 $5.19 $0.87 $30.00 50 3 $20.48 $5.85 $9.33 $1.07 $36.73 55 4 $22.34 $6.38 $9.33 $1.14 $39.19 60 5 $24.21 $6.92 $9.33 $1.21 $41.67 65 6 $26.07 $7.45 $9.33 $1.29 $44.14 70 7 $27.93 $7.98 $9.33 $1.36 $46.60 75 8 $29.79 $8.51 $16.29 $1.64 $56.23 80 9 $31.65 $9.04 $16.29 $1.71 $58.69 85 10 $33.52 $9.58 $16.29 $1.78 $61.17 90 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP < 35 TONS TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B $63.17 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.44 $14.82 $63.97 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $36.24 $14.82 $64.47 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.24 $14.82 $65.66 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.24 $16.01 SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP > 35 TONS TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B $63.46 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.73 $14.82 $64.26 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $36.53 $14.82 $64.76 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.53 $14.82 $65.95 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.53 $16.01 SPRINKLER FITTER SPRINKLER FITTERS LOCAL 669 $70.10 04/01/2021 $10.55 $0.00 $43.14 $16.41 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 29 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date SPRINKLER FITTER - Local 669Apprentice - 04/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $19.41 $7.75 $0.00 $0.00 $27.16 45 2 $21.57 $7.75 $0.00 $0.00 $29.32 50 3 $23.73 $10.55 $8.15 $0.00 $42.43 55 4 $25.88 $10.55 $8.15 $0.00 $44.58 60 5 $28.04 $10.55 $8.40 $0.00 $46.99 65 6 $30.20 $10.55 $8.40 $0.00 $49.15 70 7 $32.36 $10.55 $8.40 $0.00 $51.31 75 8 $34.51 $10.55 $8.40 $0.00 $53.46 80 9 $36.67 $10.55 $8.40 $0.00 $55.62 85 10 $38.83 $10.55 $8.40 $0.00 $57.78 90 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 $69.10 01/03/2021 $11.50 $0.00 $44.61 $12.99 $70.22 06/27/2021 $11.75 $0.00 $45.21 $13.26 $71.23 01/02/2022 $12.00 $0.00 $45.81 $13.42 $72.35 07/03/2022 $12.25 $0.00 $46.41 $13.69 $73.47 01/01/2023 $12.50 $0.00 $47.01 $13.96 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 30 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN - Local 7Apprentice - 01/03/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $17.84 $6.90 $0.54 $0.00 $25.28 40 2 $20.07 $6.90 $0.60 $0.00 $27.57 45 3 $22.31 $11.50 $7.02 $0.00 $40.83 50 4 $24.54 $11.50 $7.09 $0.00 $43.13 55 5 $29.00 $11.50 $8.78 $0.00 $49.28 65 6 $31.23 $11.50 $9.89 $0.00 $52.62 70 06/27/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $18.08 $7.05 $0.54 $0.00 $25.67 40 2 $20.34 $7.05 $0.61 $0.00 $28.00 45 3 $22.61 $11.75 $7.08 $0.00 $41.44 50 4 $24.87 $11.75 $7.15 $0.00 $43.77 55 5 $29.39 $11.75 $8.93 $0.00 $50.07 65 6 $31.65 $11.75 $10.10 $0.00 $53.50 70 Notes: Steps are 800 hours Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 TERRAZZO FINISHERS BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 (SPR/PITT) - MARBLE & TILE $88.17 02/01/2021 $11.39 $0.00 $54.69 $22.09 $89.73 08/01/2021 $11.39 $0.00 $56.09 $22.25 $90.32 02/01/2022 $11.39 $0.00 $56.68 $22.25 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 31 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date TERRAZZO FINISHER-Local 3 Marble/Tile (Spr/Ptt)Apprentice - 02/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $27.35 $11.39 $22.09 $0.00 $60.83 50 2 $32.81 $11.39 $22.09 $0.00 $66.29 60 3 $38.28 $11.39 $22.09 $0.00 $71.76 70 4 $43.75 $11.39 $22.09 $0.00 $77.23 80 5 $49.22 $11.39 $22.09 $0.00 $82.70 90 08/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $28.05 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $61.69 50 2 $33.65 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $67.29 60 3 $39.26 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $72.90 70 4 $44.87 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $78.51 80 5 $50.48 $11.39 $22.25 $0.00 $84.12 90 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 TERRAZZO MECHANIC BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3 (SPR/PITT) - MARBLE & TILE $89.24 02/01/2021 $11.39 $0.00 $55.77 $22.08 $90.80 08/01/2021 $11.39 $0.00 $57.17 $22.24 $91.37 02/01/2022 $11.39 $0.00 $57.74 $22.24 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 32 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date TERRAZZO MECH - Local 3 Marble/Tile (Spr/Pitt)Apprentice - 02/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $27.89 $11.39 $22.08 $0.00 $61.36 50 2 $33.46 $11.39 $22.08 $0.00 $66.93 60 3 $39.04 $11.39 $22.08 $0.00 $72.51 70 4 $44.62 $11.39 $22.08 $0.00 $78.09 80 5 $50.19 $11.39 $22.08 $0.00 $83.66 90 08/01/2021 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $28.59 $11.39 $22.24 $0.00 $62.22 50 2 $34.30 $11.39 $22.24 $0.00 $67.93 60 3 $40.02 $11.39 $22.24 $0.00 $73.65 70 4 $45.74 $11.39 $22.24 $0.00 $79.37 80 5 $51.45 $11.39 $22.24 $0.00 $85.08 90 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 TEST BORING DRILLER LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE $67.37 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $41.30 $17.47 $68.39 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $42.32 $17.47 $69.40 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $43.33 $17.47 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" TEST BORING DRILLER HELPER LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE $66.09 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $40.02 $17.47 $67.11 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $41.04 $17.47 $68.12 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $42.05 $17.47 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" TEST BORING LABORER LABORERS - FOUNDATION AND MARINE $65.97 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $39.90 $17.47 $66.99 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $40.92 $17.47 $68.00 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $41.93 $17.47 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" TRACTORS OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 $62.05 12/01/2020 $12.47 $0.00 $35.08 $14.50 $62.87 06/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $35.90 $14.50 $63.70 12/01/2021 $12.47 $0.00 $36.73 $14.50 $64.57 06/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $37.60 $14.50 $65.45 12/01/2022 $12.47 $0.00 $38.48 $14.50 $66.40 06/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $39.43 $14.50 $67.35 12/01/2023 $12.47 $0.00 $40.38 $14.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS" TRAILERS FOR EARTH MOVING EQUIPMENT TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B $63.75 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $36.02 $14.82 $64.55 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $36.82 $14.82 $65.05 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.82 $14.82 $66.24 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.82 $16.01 Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 33 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date TUNNEL WORK - COMPRESSED AIR LABORERS (COMPRESSED AIR) $78.65 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $52.13 $17.92 $79.67 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $53.15 $17.92 $80.68 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $54.16 $17.92 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" TUNNEL WORK - COMPRESSED AIR (HAZ. WASTE) LABORERS (COMPRESSED AIR) $80.65 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $54.13 $17.92 $81.67 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $55.15 $17.92 $82.68 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $56.16 $17.92 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" TUNNEL WORK - FREE AIR LABORERS (FREE AIR TUNNEL) $70.72 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $44.20 $17.92 $71.74 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $45.22 $17.92 $72.75 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $46.23 $17.92 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" TUNNEL WORK - FREE AIR (HAZ. WASTE) LABORERS (FREE AIR TUNNEL) $72.72 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $46.20 $17.92 $73.74 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $47.22 $17.92 $74.75 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $48.23 $17.92 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" VAC-HAUL TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO. 10 ZONE B $63.17 12/01/2020 $12.91 $0.00 $35.44 $14.82 $63.97 06/01/2021 $12.91 $0.00 $36.24 $14.82 $64.47 08/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.24 $14.82 $65.66 12/01/2021 $13.41 $0.00 $36.24 $16.01 WAGON DRILL OPERATOR LABORERS - ZONE 3 (BUILDING & SITE) $56.25 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.15 $15.50 $57.09 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.99 $15.50 $57.92 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.82 $15.50 $58.54 06/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $34.44 $15.50 $59.17 12/01/2022 $8.60 $0.00 $35.07 $15.50 $59.79 06/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $35.69 $15.50 $60.42 12/01/2023 $8.60 $0.00 $36.32 $15.50 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER" WAGON DRILL OPERATOR (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) LABORERS - ZONE 3 (HEAVY & HIGHWAY) $54.19 12/01/2020 $8.60 $0.00 $32.15 $13.44 $55.03 06/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $32.99 $13.44 $55.86 12/01/2021 $8.60 $0.00 $33.82 $13.44 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LABORER (Heavy and Highway) WATER METER INSTALLER PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 $69.11 03/17/2021 $9.30 $0.00 $43.21 $16.60 $70.11 09/17/2021 $9.30 $0.00 $44.21 $16.60 $71.36 03/17/2022 $9.30 $0.00 $45.46 $16.60 $72.36 09/17/2022 $9.30 $0.00 $46.46 $16.60 $73.61 03/17/2023 $9.30 $0.00 $47.71 $16.60 $74.61 09/17/2023 $9.30 $0.00 $48.71 $16.60 $75.86 03/17/2024 $9.30 $0.00 $49.96 $16.60 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER" or "PLUMBER/GASFITTER" Outside Electrical - West EQUIPMENT OPERATOR OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $65.22 09/01/2019 $8.00 $0.00 $44.67 $12.55 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LINEMAN" GROUNDMAN OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $44.06 09/01/2019 $8.00 $0.00 $30.58 $5.48 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LINEMAN" Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 34 of 3520210422-037 Classification Total RateBase Wage Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentEffective Date GROUNDMAN / TRUCK DRIVER OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $58.93 09/01/2019 $8.00 $0.00 $39.97 $10.96 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LINEMAN" HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATOR OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $68.23 09/01/2019 $8.00 $0.00 $47.01 $13.22 For apprentice rates see "Apprentice- LINEMAN" JOURNEYMAN LINEMAN OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $75.26 09/01/2019 $8.00 $0.00 $51.71 $15.55 LINEMAN (Outside Electrical) - West Local 42Apprentice - 09/01/2019 Health Pension Supplemental UnemploymentStepApprentice Base Wage Total Ratepercent Effective Date - 1 $31.03 $8.00 $3.43 $0.00 $42.46 60 2 $33.61 $8.00 $3.51 $0.00 $45.12 65 3 $36.20 $8.00 $3.59 $0.00 $47.79 70 4 $38.78 $8.00 $5.16 $0.00 $51.94 75 5 $41.37 $8.00 $5.24 $0.00 $54.61 80 6 $43.95 $8.00 $5.32 $0.00 $57.27 85 7 $46.54 $8.00 $7.40 $0.00 $61.94 90 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:2 TELEDATA CABLE SPLICER OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $38.60 02/04/2019 $4.70 $0.00 $30.73 $3.17 TELEDATA LINEMAN/EQUIPMENT OPERATOR OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $36.77 02/04/2019 $4.70 $0.00 $28.93 $3.14 TELEDATA WIREMAN/INSTALLER/TECHNICIAN OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $36.77 02/04/2019 $4.70 $0.00 $28.93 $3.14 TRACTOR-TRAILER DRIVER OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS - WEST LOCAL 42 $65.22 09/01/2019 $8.00 $0.00 $44.67 $12.55 Additional Apprentice Information: Minimum wage rates for apprentices employed on public works projects are listed above as a percentage of the pre-determined hourly wage rate established by the Commissioner under the provisions of the M.G.L. c. 149, ss. 26-27D. Apprentice ratios are established by the Division of Apprenticeship Training pursuant to M .G.L. c. 23, ss. 11E-11L. All apprentices must be registered with the Division of Apprenticeship Training in accordance with M .G.L. c. 23, ss. 11E-11L. All steps are six months (1000 hours.) Ratios are expressed in allowable number of apprentices to journeymen or fraction thereof, unless otherwise specified. ** Multiple ratios are listed in the comment field. *** APP to JM; 1:1, 2:2, 2:3, 3:4, 4:4, 4:5, 4:6, 5:7, 6:7, 6:8, 6:9, 7:10, 8:10, 8:11, 8:12, 9:13, 10:13, 10:14, etc. **** APP to JM; 1:1, 1:2, 2:3, 2:4, 3:5, 4:6, 4:7, 5:8, 6:9, 6:10, 7:11, 8:12, 8:13, 9:14, 10:15, 10:16, etc. Issue Date:Wage Request Number:04/22/2021 Page 35 of 3520210422-037 Tighe&Bond ATTACHMENT B CITY OF NORTHAMPTON PLANNING BOARD SITE PLAN APPROVAL CITY OF NORTHAMPTON PERMIT DECISION pg. 1 DATES PROJECT INFORMATION Submitted 3/8/2021 Owner Name/Address City of Northampton 210 Main St Northampton MA 01060 Hearing 4/8/2021 Applicant Name/ Address (if different) Department of Central Services 210 Main St MA 01060 Extension Applicant Contact David Pomerantz 413-587-1306 dpomperantz@northamptonma.gov Hearing Closed 4/8/2021 Site Address Old South St Northampton MA 01060 Decision 4/8/2021 Site Assessor Map ID 31D-246 BK2291 P316 Zoning District Central Business Filed with Clerk 4/16/2021 Permit Type Planning Board Site Plan for Creation of more than six new parking spaces Appeal Deadline 5/6/2021 Project Description Redesign and reconstruct Round House Public Parking Lot An appeal of this decision by the Planning Board may be made by any person within 20 days after the date of the filing of this decision with the City Clerk, as shown. Appeals by any aggrieved party must be pursuant to MGL Chapter 40A, Section 17 as amended and may be made to the Hampshire Superior Court with a certified copy of the appeal sent to the City Clerk of the City of Northampton. Plan Sheets/Supporting Documents by Map ID: 1. Site Plan Review Application Materials, Tighe & Bond Engineers Revised Date March 19, 2021 2. Roundhouse Parking Lot Rehabilitation project Plan Set by Tighe & Bond, Revised April 7, 2021, 13 Sheets BOARD MEMBER PRESENT FAVOR OPPOSED ABSTAIN/NO COUNT VOTE TALLY (Favor-Opposed) George Kohout, Chair   ☐ ☐ Marissa Elkins, Vice Chair   ☐ ☐ Janna White ☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ David Whitehill   ☐ ☐ Christa Grenat   ☐ ☐ Sam Taylor   ☐ ☐ Melissa Fowler   ☐ ☐ Chris Tait, Assoc.   ☐ ☐ , Assoc ☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ 7-0 CITY OF NORTHAMPTON PERMIT DECISION pg. 2 APPLICABLE ZONING APPROVAL CRITERIA /BOARD FINDINGS 350 – 8.8, 8.9, 11.6 The Board approved the Permit for expanded parking upon determining that the Site Plan Approval Criteria in 11. 6 as well as parking space criteria in 8.8/9 had been met including: A. The area shall be effectively screened with suitable planting or site impervious fencing on each side which adjoins or faces the side or rear lot line of a lot situated in any Residential R District. B. The area and access driveways thereto shall be surfaced with bituminous concrete, cement concrete or pervious pavement (not to include any form of gravel or equivalent). The location of spaces shall be suitably marked by painted lines or other appropriate markings. C. A substantial bumper of masonry, steel, or heavy timber, or a concrete curb or berm curb which is backed, shall be placed at the edge of surfaced areas except driveways in order to protect abutting structures, properties and sidewalks and screening materials. D. There shall not be any business operation for vehicle repair for profit or gasoline or oil service facilities or any repair made to any motor vehicles, except on a lot occupied by a permitted automotive use. Any gasoline or oil facilities shall be at least 25 feet from any lot line. E. There shall not be any storage of materials or equipment or display of merchandise within parking areas except as part of approved building operations. F. In surface parking lots with more than 75 parking spaces, the expanse of pavement shall be interrupted by separating rows of parking spaces from each other and from driveways by using planting strips which may also contain pedestrian sidewalks at least six feet in width. Provision of these planting strips shall take into account the need to store snow, to locate light poles, to allow safe pedestrian movement, to maximize emergency access, and to separate different traffic movements. In addition, if an existing parking lot is expanded to over 75 spaces, planting strips shall be required for the entire lot. All proposals to construct or modify such parking lots shall be reviewed by the Planning Board in light of the requirements of this section. The Planning Board may waive planting strips if it deems appropriate only for the portion and number of parking spaces that are covered by one or more photovoltaic canopies. G. Fire lanes or emergency access points required for buildings or other structures shall be protected from unauthorized parking through the provision of curbs, mountable barriers, landscaped areas or such other improvements subject to the approval of the Fire Chief and Chief of Police, which in turn meets the objective of precluding parking in the restricted area. H. Surface parking lots with over 15 parking spaces serving uses located in Business, Industrial or Planned Village Districts must have at least one shade tree (minimum two-inch caliper) for every 15 provided parking spaces. The number of trees per 15 parking spaces shall be tabulated for all spaces unless the Planning Board finds that, for the spaces covered by photovoltaic canopies, there is no adequate location on site to meet the requirement for those covered spaces. CITY OF NORTHAMPTON PERMIT DECISION pg. 3 CONDITIONS Prior to Site Work 1. At least 15 days prior to site work final plans with relevant conditions herein shall be submitted for review. Plans shall include: a. Changes noted by the Tree Warden for tree protection, tree care, root spading and added trees on the east and west side of the southerly parking expansion areas. b. Pollinator beds should be removed away from all critical root zones of trees. c. Note that woodchips should be placed where any protective fence is missing or comes down. d. Type and extent of curb stops for parking areas that abut the bike path. e. Additional details for the drain manhole, bedding material for stormwater system, and electric hand holes. f. Showing elimination of end caps of parking aisles where ADA spots are to be located with clear transition to ramps at bottom of Pulaski Park. 2. Trunk protection should be installed for all trees that will be protected prior to installation of critical root zone protection. 3. Prunus sargenti should be swapped with single stem trees for long term survivability. Minutes Available at WWW.NorthamptonMa.Gov I, Carolyn Misch, as agent to the Planning Board certify that this is an accurate and true decision made by the Planning Board and certify that a copy of this and all plans have been filed with the Board and the City Clerk and that a copy of this decision has been mailed to the Owner, Applicant. Tighe&Bond ATTACHMENT C CITY OF NORTHAMPTON DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS STORMWATER PERMIT Tighe&Bond ATTACHMENT D CITY OF NORTHAMPTON BOARD OF HEALTH COVID-19 SAFETY POLICIES COMMOMWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS CITY OF NORTHAMPTON BOARD OF HEALTH COVID-19 MANDATORY POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION SITES AND CONSTRUCTION WORKERS IN NORTHAMPTON Commencing on March 30, 2020, at 12:01 a.m., the following Policies and Procedures MUST be implemented at all times on all construction sites in the City of Northampton. CONSTRUCTION SAFETY STAND DOWN 1. All construction sites MUST conduct a Safety Stand Down to disseminate these Policies and Procedures to all employees and workers. All employees and workers MUST keep a copy of these Policies and Procedures with them at all times. ZERO TOLERANCE FOR SICK WORKERS REPORTING TO WORK 1. Any employee exhibiting any of the symptoms below, must report such symptoms to a supervisor (via phone, text or email) immediately, and head home from the job site or stay home if already there. 2. Anyone who notices a co-worker showing signs or complaining about such symptoms, shall report such observations to their supervisor (via phone, text or email) and such symptomatic worker shall be directed to leave the project site immediately. 3. COVID-19 Typical Symptoms: • Fever • Cough • Shortness of Breath • Sore Throat 4. Prior to starting a shift, each employee will self-certify to their supervisor that they: • Have no signs of a fever or a measured temperature greater than 100.3 degrees, • Had no cough or trouble breathing within the past 24 hours, • Have not had "close contact" with an individual diagnosed with COVID-19. "Close contact" means living in the same household as a person who has tested positive for COVID- 19, caring for a person who has tested positive for COVID-19, being within 6 feet of a person who has tested positive for COVID-19 for about 15 minutes (this includes riding in a vehicle with), or coming in direct contact with secretions (e.g., sharing utensils, being coughed on) from a person who has tested positive for COVID-19, while that person was symptomatic, • Have not been asked to self-isolate or quarantine by their doctor or a local public health official. Employees exhibiting symptoms or unable to self-certify must be directed to leave the work site and seek medical attention and applicable testing by their health care provider. They are not to return to the work site until cleared by a medical professional. GENERAL ON-THE-JOB PROCEDURES TO PREVENT EXPOSURE AND LIMIT THE TRANSMISSION OF THE VIRUS 1. No handshaking or other touching. 2. Each jobsite must have laminated COVID-19 safety Policies and Procedures and hand washing instructions. 3. All persons on site must wash hands upon entering the worksite and at least four times per shift with soap and water for at least 20 seconds, or shall use an alcohol-based hand sanitizer with at least 60% ethanol or 70% isopropanol. 4. Contractor and other On-Site Field Offices shall be locked down to all but authorized personnel. 5. Each jobsite shall develop cleaning and decontamination procedures that are posted and shared. These Procedures must cover all areas including trailers, gates, equipment, vehicles, etc. and shall be posted at all entry points to the sites, and throughout the project site. 6. A "No Congregation" policy is in effect; individuals must implement social distancing by maintaining a minimum distance of 6-feet from other individuals. 7. No face to face meetings other than in an emergency. Any face to face must follow all social distancing required by these Policies and Procedures. 8. Conduct all meetings via conference calls, if possible. Do not convene meetings of more than 10 people. Recommend use of cell phones, texting, web meeting sites and conference calls for project discussion. 9. All crews and each member of a crew shall be a minimum of 6' apart at all times. In situations in which workers are within 6’ of each other for any period of time, all such workers shall be provided and shall where Personal Protection Equipment (face shield, gown, gloves and mask). 10. All construction sites must have a 100% glove requirement, requiring all construction workers to wear cut-resistant gloves or the equivalent. 11. All construction workers shall use eye protection (safety goggles/face shields) at all times on the jobsite. 12. All employees shall drive to work site/parking area in a single occupant vehicle. Contractors, staff or inspectors shall not ride together in the same vehicle. 13. Where no existing indoor bathroom facilities are available at all times during the construction project, the jobsite shall have adequate porta-potties and hand washing stations (in the opinion of the Health Director). All bathrooms/porta-potties and wash stations shall be cleaned and disinfected with appropriate COVID-19 procedures every hour during the work day. No fire hydrants shall be used to provide any wash station unless specifically permitted by the Director of Public Works. 14. All wash stations shall be provided with soap, hand sanitizer, paper towels and a garbage receptacle with liner. 15. All common areas, all meeting areas, including surfaces, door handles, laptops, etc. shall be cleaned and disinfected at least twice daily. 16. All workers shall have their own water bottle and shall bring food from home. No food or beverage may be shared. 17. Cover coughing or sneezing with a tissue, then throw the tissue in the trash and wash hands, if no tissue is available then cough into your elbow. 18. Avoid touching eyes, nose, and mouth with your hands. 19. To avoid sharing germs, all employees must clean up after themselves. No person shall be responsible for moving, unpacking and packing up tools or other personal belongings of another person. HAZARD ANALYSIS AND COMPLIANCE PLAN AND DESIGNATION OF COVID-19 OFFICER 1. Prior to the issuance of any demolition permit or building permit, the Contractor must file with the Northampton Building Department, with a copy to the Northampton Health Director, a report detailing the hazards posed by the COVID-19 pandemic that are presented at the work site and a plan specifying the methods by which those hazards will be mitigated. In addition, the plan shall specify the methods by which the project will comply with the requirements of these Policies and Procedures, including a sketch plan showing where all required physical elements, such as wash stations and bathroom facilities, will be located. 2. Prior to the issuance of any trench, driveway, utility connection permit, or any other permit issued by the Northampton Department of Public Works (DPW), the Contractor must file with the DPW Director, with a copy to the Northampton Health Director, a report detailing the hazards posed by the COVID-19 pandemic that are presented at the work site and a plan specifying the methods by which those hazards will be mitigated. In addition, the plan shall specify the methods by which the project will comply with the requirements of these Policies and Procedures, including a sketch plan showing where all required physical elements, such as wash stations and bathroom facilities, will be located. 3. Such Compliance Plan shall include the designation of a COVID-19 Officer (who may be the Owner, Contractor or a Health and Safety Officer), who shall certify under the pains and penalties of perjury that the project and jobsite are in compliance with these Policies and Procedures. The COVID-19 Officer shall certify weekly in writing to the Health Director that the project has been compliance for the preceding week or, if not in compliance, all instances of noncompliance and all measures taken to bring the project and jobsite into compliance . 4. Any project permitted prior to the issuance of these mandatory Policies and Procedures shall have three (3) business days to file the report and plan required hereunder showing how the construction site meets these Policies and Procedures or how the site will be modified to meet these Policies and Procedures. Failure to file the report and plan as required will result in immediate suspension of any permit issued and an order to cease and desist. 5. The department head of the department issuing the permit for the project, with the approval of the Health Director, may waive any provision of these Policies and Procedures for a project anticipated to last no more than four (4) hours on a single day. Any Contactor desiring a waiver shall apply in writing, stating the basis for the requested waiver. Any such waiver shall be in writing. FEES FOR PERMITS 1. All fees schedules for permits shall be modified for the duration of the Board of Health’s declaration of state of emergency to be 1.5 times the existing fee plus the cost of any protective equipment provided by the city to its inspectors and used during an inspection of the project. COMMOMWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS CITY OF NORTHAMPTON BOARD OF HEALTH COVID-19 MANDATORY POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION SITES AND CONSTRUCTION WORKERS IN NORTHAMPTON EMPLOYEE HANDOUT Commencing on March 30, 2020, at 12:01 a.m., the following Policies and Procedures MUST be implemented at all times on all construction activities and construction sites in the City of Northampton. ZERO TOLERANCE FOR SICK WORKERS REPORTING TO WORK 1. Any employee exhibiting any of the symptoms below, must report such symptoms to a supervisor (via phone, text or email) immediately, and head home from the job site or stay home if already there. 2. Anyone who notices a co-worker showing signs or complaining about such symptoms, shall report such observations to their supervisor (via phone, text or email) and such symptomatic worker shall be directed to leave the project site immediately. 3. COVID-19 Typical Symptoms: • Fever • Cough • Shortness of Breath • Sore Throat 4. Prior to starting a shift, each employee will self-certify to their supervisor that they: • Have no signs of a fever or a measured temperature greater than 100.3 degrees, • Had no cough or trouble breathing within the past 24 hours, • Have not had "close contact" with an individual diagnosed with COVID-19. "Close contact" means living in the same household as a person who has tested positive for COVID- 19, caring for a person who has tested positive for COVID-19, being within 6 feet of a person who has tested positive for COVID-19 for about 15 minutes (this includes riding in a vehicle with), or coming in direct contact with secretions (e.g., sharing utensils, being coughed on) from a person who has tested positive for COVID-19, while that person was symptomatic, • Have not been asked to self-isolate or quarantine by their doctor or a local public health official. Employees exhibiting symptoms or unable to self-certify must be directed to leave the work site and seek medical attention and applicable testing by their health care provider. They are not to return to the work site until cleared by a medical professional. GENERAL ON-THE-JOB PROCEDURES TO PREVENT EXPOSURE AND LIMIT THE TRANSMISSION OF THE VIRUS 1. No handshaking or other touching. 2. Each jobsite must have laminated COVID-19 safety Policies and Procedures and hand washing instructions. 3. All persons on site must wash hands upon entering the worksite and at least four times per shift with soap and water for at least 20 seconds, or shall use an alcohol-based hand sanitizer with at least 60% ethanol or 70% isopropanol. 4. Contractor and other On-Site Field Offices shall be locked down to all but authorized personnel. 5. Each jobsite shall develop cleaning and decontamination procedures that are posted and shared. These Procedures must cover all areas including trailers, gates, equipment, vehicles, etc. and shall be posted at all entry points to the sites, and throughout the project site. 6. A "No Congregation" policy is in effect; individuals must implement social distancing by maintaining a minimum distance of 6-feet from other individuals. 7. No face to face meetings other than in an emergency. Any face to face must follow all social distancing required by these Policies and Procedures. 8. Conduct all meetings via conference calls, if possible. Do not convene meetings of more than 10 people. Recommend use of cell phones, texting, web meeting sites and conference calls for project discussion. 9. All crews and each member of a crew shall be a minimum of 6' apart at all times. In situations in which workers are within 6’ of each other for any period of time, all such workers shall be provided and shall where Personal Protection Equipment (face shield, gown, gloves and mask). 10. All construction sites must have a 100% glove requirement, requiring all construction workers to wear cut-resistant gloves or the equivalent. 11. All construction workers shall use eye protection (safety goggles/face shields) at all times on the jobsite. 12. All employees shall drive to work site/parking area in a single occupant vehicle. Contractors, staff or inspectors shall not ride together in the same vehicle. 13. Where no existing indoor bathroom facilities are available at all times during the construction project, the jobsite shall have adequate porta-potties and hand washing stations (in the opinion of the Health Director). All bathrooms/porta-potties and wash stations shall be cleaned and disinfected with appropriate COVID-19 procedures every hour during the work day. No fire hydrants shall be used to provide any wash station unless specifically permitted by the Director of Public Works. 14. All wash stations shall be provided with soap, hand sanitizer, paper towels and a garbage receptacle with liner. 15. All common areas, all meeting areas, including surfaces, door handles, laptops, etc. shall be cleaned and disinfected at least twice daily. 16. All workers shall have their own water bottle and shall bring food from home. No food or beverage may be shared. 17. Cover coughing or sneezing with a tissue, then throw the tissue in the trash and wash hands, if no tissue is available then cough into your elbow. 18. Avoid touching eyes, nose, and mouth with your hands. 19. To avoid sharing germs, all employees must clean up after themselves. No person shall be responsible for moving, unpacking and packing up tools or other personal belongings of another person. DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 01110-1 Summary of Work SECTION 01110 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Work of the Contract is shown and described in Drawings and Project Manual entitled: Roundhouse Parking Lot Rehabilitation Project City of Northampton April 2021 Tighe & Bond, Inc. Consulting Engineers Westfield, Massachusetts 2. The Work includes the following major items: a. Full depth pavement reclamation of existing parking lot b. Expansion of parking lot into adjacent wooded area including clearing and grubbing, earthwork, and full depth pavement construction c. Installing new subsurface stormwater drainage structures and piping. d. Installing new subsurface electrical conduits, handholes, light poles, and lighting fixtures. e. Installing new granite curb and cement concrete islands f. New trees and landscaping elements g. New pavement markings and signage including colorized treatment for bike path B. Related Requirements 1. Section 00800 - Supplementary Conditions 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals 1. Submit copies of permits or approvals required for the Work, prior to initiating the Work. 1.3 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Permits 1. Obtain permits and approvals from appropriate jurisdictional agencies and property owners for use of premises not furnished by the Owner, and for all off- site areas. 2. City Trench Permit – Fee will be waived. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 01110-2 Summary of Work 3. Submit copies of permits prior to performance of Work authorized by permits. B. Existing Conditions 1. Use of Premises and Off-site Work a. The Work shall occur on the Owner’s property and within the limits of Work shown on the Drawings. b. Obtain permits and approvals for use of any land and access thereto that is deemed necessary for the Work, where such land is not available for use by the Owner, including land for temporary construction facilities, access and egress, or for storage of materials. Confine apparatus and storage to such additional areas. c. Obtain permits and written approvals from appropriate jurisdictional agencies for the use of premises not available for use by the Owner, including all offsite staging areas, borrow pits and waste areas. Submit copies of all permits and approvals to the Owner prior to using areas. d. Provide for the disposal of waste materials off-site in accordance with all applicable laws. e. Adhere to the limits of Work and traffic control plans as indicated, to minimize obstruction to traffic and inconvenience to the Owner, general public, and residents in the vicinity of the Work, and to protect people and property. Keep fire hydrants on or adjacent to the Work accessible to fire fighting equipment at all times. f. Make temporary provisions for the use of sidewalks and maintain functioning gutters, stormwater systems, drainage ditches, and culverts. g. Maintain public access to businesses and residences including driveways and parking lots at all times during the Work. Access to Roundhouse Plaza and the Northampton Housing Authority property shall be maintained. h. The Manhan Rail Trail closure and detour shall be limited to a maximum of one-month. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS FURNISHED BY OWNER A. The Owner will furnish two maps for the Manhan Rail Trail detour, to be posted by the contractor. PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 1\01110.doc Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/26/21 01140-1 Work Restrictions SECTION 01140 WORK RESTRICTIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Work Schedule 2. Construction Constraints B. Related Requirements 1. Section 01310 - Coordination 2. Section 01325 - Scheduling of Construction 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Incorporate the requirements of this Section in the project schedule submitted under Section 01325. 1.3 WORK SCHEDULE A. Conduct the Work during daylight hours on Monday through Friday, and within the time between 7:00 a.m. and 3:30 p.m. No work is to be done on Owner’s holidays, Saturdays, Sundays or outside of the work hours described above. No equipment or machinery may be started at the sites before 7:00 a.m. and all equipment must be shut off by 3:30 p.m. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION CONSTRAINTS A. The following are constraints for the Work. Incorporate these constraints into the schedule required to be submitted under Section 01325. 1. The busway must remain accessible and no interruptions to the regular bus schedule will be allowed. 2. The Northampton Housing Authority driveway must remain open. 3. Emergency access to the rear of the New South Street apartment complex at the western end of the lot must be maintained and allowed if needed. 4. A safe through-route for bicycles must always be designated (when the detour is not in effect). The detour may only be in effect for one month. END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 1\01140.doc Tighe&Bond N0936-11/05/31/17 01290-1 Application and Certificate for Payment SECTION 01290 APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Definition and description of measurement and payment to be used for the Work 2. Payment procedures 3. Payment requests for stored materials B. Related Requirements 1. Section 01295 - Schedule of Values 1.2 GENERAL A. The following paragraphs describe payment procedures for the work to be done under the respective items in the Bid Form. B. Each lump sum will be deemed to include an amount considered by the Contractor to be adequate to cover the Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item. C. Except as provided for in Section 01295, no separate measurement or payment will be made for Work called for in Division 0 or Division 1 of the Contract Specifications, unless specifically covered under the Bid items listed below. All costs associated with this Work will be considered incidental to the Contract Bid price. D. Division 2 Work will be measured and paid for at the Contractor’s lump sum Bid price as indicated on the Bid form. Those payable Work items, and related prices as Bid, will be the basis for all compensation to the Contractor for Work performed under this Contract. Work not specifically included as a Bid item, but which is required to properly and satisfactorily complete the Work is considered ancillary and incidental to the Bid item Work, and payment for such Work is considered to be included in the values as Bid for payable items. 1.3 LUMP SUM ITEMS A. Each lump sum price stated in the Bid form shall constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment and materials necessary and required to complete the work specified under that particular item, and also all costs for doing related work as set forth in the Contract Documents or implied in carrying out their intent. B. Item 1 – Roundhouse Parking Lot Rehabilitation Project 1. Measurement Tighe&Bond N0936-11/05/31/17 01290-2 Application and Certificate for Payment a. There will be no measurement of quantities for lump sum items. Periodic partial payments for this Work, included under the Agreement, shall be based on the percent completion of each work item listed in the Schedule of Values provided under Section 01295 estimated by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. 2. Payment a. The lump sum payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services necessary for the construction of the Roundhouse Parking Lot Rehabilitation Project, in its entirety as detailed in the Contract Documents. 1.4 PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Informal submittal: Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer: 1. Make an informal submittal of request for payment by filling in, with erasable pencil, pertinent portions of EJCDC C-620, Contractor’s Application for Payment, plus continuation sheet or sheets. 2. Make this preliminary submittal to the Engineer at the last regular job meeting of each month. 3. Revise the preliminary submittal as approved by the Engineer and incorporate the approved payments into the formal submittal. B. Formal submittal: Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer: 1. Make formal submittal of request for payment by filling in the agreed data, by typewriter or electronically on EJCDC C-620, Contractor’s Application for Payment, plus continuation sheet or sheets. 2. Sign and notarize the Application for Payment. 3. Submit the original of the Application for Payment, plus six identical copies of the continuation sheet or sheets, to the Engineer. 4. The Engineer will compare the formal submittal with the approved informal submittal and, if acceptable, will sign the Contractor’s Application for Payment, and present the Application to the Owner. 5. Provide a signed and notarized Certificate for Stored Materials and proof of storage in a dry, watertight, heated and insured warehouse facility. 1.5 PAYMENT REQUESTS FOR STORED MATERIALS A. Requests for payment for stored materials shall be made in accordance with Section 00700 and shall be accompanied by the attached "Certificate for Stored Materials" form. Payment for stored materials shall not exceed the value actually paid by the Contractor for the stored materials as evidenced by the accompanying bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation. B. Partial payment requests for materials stored or so-called "engineering costs" by equipment manufacturers will not be allowed. All such costs shall be distributed proportionately among the various items of equipment/hardware to be furnished. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/05/31/17 01290-3 Application and Certificate for Payment PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 1\01290.docx Tighe&Bond N0936-11/05/31/17 01290-4 Application and Certificate for Payment CERTIFICATE FOR STORED MATERIALS _________________________ Tighe & Bond Project No. We, ________________________________, request payment for materials and/or equipment not incorporated in the work included under our firm's contract with _____________________________________________________ as listed below. We hereby certify under penalty of perjury, that the materials not incorporated in the work have been delivered and are securely stored at the site or at ___________________________ and that we have title to said materials free and clear of all Liens, as evidenced by the attached bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation. We also certify that an inventory of said materials and/or equipment has been compiled for the purposes of this monthly partial payment request. This list of materials and/or equipment, including unit prices for said material not incorporated in the work for which payment is hereby requested, consisting of __________ pages and dated ________________, is signed and attached hereto. We acknowledge that payments made based on this request for materials and/or equipment not incorporated in the work does not relieve the contractor of its responsibility for furnishing all materials and equipment required for the satisfactory completion of the project pursuant to the contractual requirements. We further certify that we can and will adequately protect said materials and/or equipment until they are incorporated in the work; that they meet the requirements of the specifications, and that they will be needed for incorporation in the work in the near future. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we, the said _________________________________ h- ereunto set our hand and seal this ____________ day of __________________, 20__. ______________________________________ Contractor's Firm Name SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED IN THE PRESENCE OF By___________________________________ Title _______________________________ ___________________________ Notary Public Tighe&Bond N0936-11/05/31/17 01290-5 Application and Certificate for Payment SCHEDULE OF STORED MATERIALS Job No. ________________ Contract No. ________________ Contractor: ________________ Location: ________________ Date _____________________ ________________ Pay Estimate ______________ Item Description Supplier/Manufacturer Quantity Stored and not Incorporated Unit $ Certified Value Signature: ____________________________ Total Amount Due for Stored Materials ______________________________ Contractor's Principal Title: ________________________________ Contractor's Application for Payment No.Application Application Date:Period:To From (Contractor): Via (Engineer):(Owner):Project: Contract:Owner's Contract No.: Contractor's Project No.:Engineer's Project No.:1. ORIGINAL CONTRACT PRICE............................................................ $2. Net change by Change Orders...................................................................$3. Current Contract Price (Line 1 ± 2)..........................................................$4. TOTAL COMPLETED AND STORED TO DATE (Column F on Progress Estimate)............................................................. $5. RETAINAGE:a. X Work Completed..........$b. X Stored Material............ $c. Total Retainage (Line 5a + Line 5b)................................ $6. AMOUNT ELIGIBLE TO DATE (Line 4 - Line 5c).............................. $7. LESS PREVIOUS PAYMENTS (Line 6 from prior Application).........$8. AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION................................................... $Application For PaymentDeductionsApproved Change OrdersChange Order SummaryNumberNET CHANGE BYTOTALSAdditionsEJCDC C-620 Contractor's Application for Payment© 2010 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved.Page 1 of 49. BALANCE TO FINISH, PLUS RETAINAGE (Column G on Progress Estimate + Line 5 above)....................................$Contractor's Certification Payment of: $ is recommended by: Payment of: $ is approved by:By: Date: Approved by:Funding Agency (if applicable)(Line 8 or other - attach explanation of the other amount)(Date)(Date)(Owner)(Line 8 or other - attach explanation of the other amount)(Date)(Engineer)CHANGE ORDERSThe undersigned Contractor certifies that to the best of its knowledge: (1) all previous progress payments received from Owner on account of Work done under the Contract have been applied on account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations incurred in connection with Work covered by prior Applications for Payment; (2) title of all Work, materials and equipment incorporated in said Work or otherwise listed in or covered by this Application for Payment will pass to Owner at time of payment free and clear of all Liens, security interests and encumbrances (except such as are covered by a Bond acceptable to Owner indemnifying Owner against any such Liens, security interest or encumbrances); and (3) all Work covered by this Application for Payment is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not defective.EJCDC C-620 Contractor's Application for Payment© 2010 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved.Page 1 of 4 Progress Estimate - Lump Sum WorkFor (Contract):Application Number:Application Period:Application Date:B C D Materials Presently Total Completed Balance to FinishStored (not in C or D) and Stored to Date(B - F)(C + D + E)Contractor's ApplicationTotals% (F / B) GESpecification Section No.DescriptionScheduled Value ($)AThis PeriodFWork CompletedFrom Previous Application (C+D)EJCDC C-620 Contractor's Application for Payment© 2010 National Society of Professional Engineers for EJCDC. All rights reserved.Page 2 of 4 Tighe&Bond N0936-11/05/31/17 01295-1 Schedule of Values SECTION 01295 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Schedule of Values 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals 1. Submit 3 copies of the Schedule of Values for approval within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Schedule of Values shall be a detailed breakdown of the lump sum Work items showing values allocated to the various elements of the Work. B. The format of the Schedule of Values shall be a breakdown by Specification Section and content and shall be submitted on EJCDC C-620, Contractor’s Application for Payment. The Engineer may require additional detailed documentation to support the values in the form of executed purchase orders, subcontracts, or other agreements. C. The Engineer will determine the level of breakdown and detail required. The breakdown shall include materials, installation, and start-up for equipment and controls where applicable. The final document will be the basis of payment requests for the duration of the Contract. No progress payment will be made until the Schedule of Values is approved by the Engineer. D. An unbalanced Schedule of Values providing overpayment on items of work performed first will not be accepted. E. At the Contractor’s option, items for mobilization and demobilization may be included in the Schedule of Values. The combined value shall not exceed 5 percent of the Contract Price, and the values for mobilization and demobilization shall be equal. Payment for mobilization will be included in the first payment request after the Contractor has initiated full-time construction activity. Payment for demobilization will be included in the first payment request after Substantial Completion has been reached and all equipment has been removed from the Site. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 1\01295.docx Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/26/21 01310-1 Coordination SECTION 01310 COORDINATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Project Management 2. Coordination 3. Project Meetings B. Related Requirements 1. Section 01140 - Work Restrictions 2. Section 01325 - Scheduling of Construction C. Related Work Not Included 1. If needed, operation of existing facilities will be performed by the Owner unless otherwise specified. The Owner will assist in arranging operation of any existing facilities or equipment required by the Contractor to connect to existing facilities, and the Contractor shall not operate existing valves or equipment. Only the Owner will operate Owner valves. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Incorporate the requirements of this Section, as well as Work which may impact the existing system operation, or the operations of any adjacent utility, in the project schedule submitted under Section 01325. B. Informational Submittals 1. Submit to the affected utility company, the Owner, and the Engineer, in writing, all requests for temporary shutdowns of facilities or interruption of operations. No shutdowns of the water system or interruptions to existing operations will be permitted except as outlined in this Section. Submit requests at least 2 weeks prior to the beginning of the Work requiring shutdown or interruption. No shutdown shall occur without the approval of the utility company or the Owner. 2. At the pre-construction conference, supply to the Owner the cell phone number of a responsible person who may be contacted during off-hours for emergencies 24 hours a day, seven days a week. 3. Prepare a contact list of phone numbers, including cell phone numbers, and emails for all Project personnel and submit to the Engineer at the pre- construction conference. Include Contractor, Owner, Engineer, and City personnel including police, fire, and ambulance. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Do not interfere with the operation of the existing facilities. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/26/21 01310-2 Coordination B. Coordinate with appropriate utility companies, as well as with the Owner, where the Work crosses or is adjacent to existing utilities. C. Coordinate with the City Electrician prior to proposing a one-line diagram and panel schedule for the new lighting system circuitry. D. Coordinate with Peter Pan Bus Company to avoid service impacts at their terminal during construction and paving. 1.4 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Pre-Construction Conference 1. The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss the following subjects at the Pre- Construction Conference. Documentation for these items is required to be submitted within the time frames included in individual specification sections. a. Project scheduling b. Sequencing of critical path Work items c. Shop Drawing procedures d. Project changes and clarification procedures e. Use of sites, access to Work areas, office and storage areas, security and temporary facilities f. Contractor safety plan and representative g. Progress payments and procedures h. Required documentation i. Project personnel contact list B. Progress Meetings 1. Progress meetings will be held every 2 weeks and at other times as requested by the Owner or as required by the Progress of the Work. 2. The Contractor’s Superintendent shall attend all progress meetings. 3. At a minimum, progress meetings will review Work progress, schedule, Shop Drawing submission schedule, Applications for Payment, and other matters needing discussion and resolution. 4. Review the schedule with all parties to be affected by upcoming work. 5. Review the monthly construction report required under Section 01325. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Notify DIGSAFE at 1-888-344-7233 at least 72 hours prior to any digging, trenching, rock removal, demolition, borings, backfill, grading, landscaping, or any other earth moving operations. 3.2 COORDINATION WITH THE OWNER’S OPERATIONS Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/26/21 01310-3 Coordination A. Notify the Owner and Engineer, in writing, a minimum of 1 week in advance of commencing Work on site. Work on site shall not occur until trench permits are obtained. B. Notify the Owner and Engineer, in writing, a minimum of 1 week before commencing any work which may affect the Owner’s operations. C. Perform all construction activities so as to avoid interference with operations of the facility and the work of others. 3.3 SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION A. Constructing the proposed improvements while maintaining existing operations will require a specific sequence of construction. The Contractor will be allowed reasonable flexibility in scheduling the construction activities. Provide a detailed construction schedule as required in Section 01325. END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 1\01310.doc Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01321-1 Color Audio-Video Documentation Survey SECTION 01321 COLOR AUDIO-VIDEO DOCUMENTATION SURVEY PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Pre-construction color video recording of existing surface features. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Zone of Influence is defined as any area within the immediate construction site which may be affected by equipment traffic, material stock piles, temporary staging areas including a minimum 200 feet along each side of adjoining streets to the construction site. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals 1. Submit audio-video recording of preconstruction areas in the manner described in this section. Do not commence with construction activities until the recordings are submitted and approved. 2. Video documentation must occur within 3 months prior to the start of work on the subject street. If video documentation is more than 3 months prior to the start of work, these areas or streets must be videoed again prior to commencement of work in that area or street, and submitted to the Engineer. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Personnel shall have at least 3 years’ experience actively engaged in color audio- video recording documentation and survey projects. B. Documentation shall be performed during times of good visibility when there is no precipitation or snow cover. The Owner is not responsible for the removal of snow, leaves, debris or parked vehicles. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FORMAT A. Audio-video recording shall be in digital versatile/video disc (DVD) format. Video output from camera(s) used must be capable of producing NTSC-500 lines. Resolution in the Y channel, minimum 500 TV lines at center. Geometric Distortion shall not exceed 2% of picture height at any point in picture area. 2.2 RECORDING INFORMATION A. The audio-video recording shall have the potential to convey 1 video track and 1 audio track. The video and audio tracks shall be recorded simultaneously as original live recordings and shall not be copies of another audio or video recordings. These recordings shall consist of a fixed elevation video record of the Zone of Influence of construction and the commentary of the videographer making the video record. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01321-2 Color Audio-Video Documentation Survey B. Video recordings shall, by electronic means, display continuously and simultaneously generated transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording, the engineering stationing corresponding to the stationing on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer, the name of the street, easement or building being documented, the project name, direction of travel and the viewing side. The date and time shall appear in the upper left hand corner of the picture -- example: Time 8:35:15 Date 9/20/79 C. The project name, name of street or easement, house or building number, engineering stationing, direction of travel and viewing side shall appear on the lower half of the screen -- example: N. on First St. W/E 84+20 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION AUDIO-VIDEO PROCEDURES A. Perform audio-video documentation as follows: 1. Prior to the start of on-site construction activities to depict pre-construction conditions B. Audio-video documentation shall commence at Station 0+00 and proceed to 100 feet beyond the end of the proposed pipeline route along the pipeline route viewing side to side along the direction of progress. C. The average rate of speed in the general direction of the conveyance used during recording shall not exceed 50 feet per minute. Panning and zooming rates shall be controlled sufficiently that playback will produce optimum clarity of the objects being viewed. D. Coverage shall include, but not be limited to, the entire roadway pipeline route, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, ditches, streets (including condition of paving for full width), intersections, landscaping, trees, culverts, catch basins, head walls, fences, mailboxes, retaining walls, visible utilities and all buildings and structures located within the Zone of Influence. Include existing faults, fractures, defects or other imperfections exhibited by the above-mentioned surface features. E. Houses and buildings shall be identified visually by house or building number, when possible, in such manner that the progress of the taping and proposed construction areas may be located by reference to the houses and buildings. F. Recordings produced under this Contract shall be turned over to the Engineer on an every other day basis so the Owner may review and monitor quality and progress. Any portion of the recording coverage deemed unacceptable by the Owner or Engineer shall be re-recorded at no additional cost to the Owner. G. DVDs and cases shall be properly identified by recording number, location, project name, and become the property of the Owner. A record of the contents of each Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01321-3 Color Audio-Video Documentation Survey DVD shall be supplied by a run sheet identifying each segment in the tape by location, i.e., roll number, street or easement viewing, disc time, viewing side, starting point, traveling direction and ending point. END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 1\01321.doc Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01325-1 Scheduling of Construction SECTION 01325 SCHEDULING OF CONSTRUCTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Progress Schedule B. Related Requirements 1. Section 01140 - Work Restrictions 2. Section 01310 - Coordination 1.2 PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Graphically show the order and interdependence of activities, sequence of Work, how the start of a given activity depends on completion of preceding activities, and how completion of an activity may restrain the start of subsequent activities. B. The Work shall be planned by the Contractor and his Project field superintendent in coordination with all Subcontractors and Suppliers whose Work is shown on the Progress Schedule. C. Include, at a minimum, the following activities on the Progress Schedule: 1. Project mobilization 2. Submittal and approval of Shop Drawings 3. Procurement of equipment and critical materials 4. Installation of equipment and critical materials 5. Fabrication of special equipment and material, and its installation and testing 6. Final inspecting and testing 7. Punchlist 8. Final cleanup 9. Other activities that may be critical to the Progress Schedule 10. All activities of the Owner and the Engineer which affect progress and/or affect required dates for completion of the Work D. Take into consideration Shop Drawing submittal and approval time, the delivery times of equipment and materials, Subcontractors' Work, availability and abilities of workmen, weather conditions, any restrictions in operations at the Work site, and all other items that may affect completion of the Work within the Contract Time. E. The Progress Schedule shall reflect the requirements and constraints outlined in Section 01310, Coordination. F. The Progress Schedule shall reflect Work restrictions outlined in Section 01140. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01325-2 Scheduling of Construction G. Show information in such detail that duration times of activities will range from one to 15 days. The selection and number of activities shall be subject to the approval of the Owner and Engineer. H. The Progress Schedule should show description of each activity, and activity duration in calendar days. I. Submit the Progress Schedule on maximum sheet size 30-inches high by the width required. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals 1. Submit four prints of the preliminary Progress Schedule prepared in accordance with Article 2.05 of Section 00700 and the requirements of this section. Progress schedule must be submitted within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Progress Schedule must be approved by the Owner and Engineer before the first progress payment will be made. 2. Revised analyses - Within 10 days after receipt of the review comments, submit four prints of the Progress Schedule revised in accordance with those comments. 3. Periodic reports - On the first progress meeting of each month, submit four prints of the updated Progress Schedule, as well as a report of construction activities in the prior month. 4. Before initiating the Work, submit an estimated monthly rate of Contractor payments for the project. If the payment schedule deviates from the original projection, submit a revised rate of expenditure schedule. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 1\01325.doc Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01330-1 Submittal Procedures SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Action Submittals 2. Informational Submittals 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals – includes written and graphic information submitted by Contractor that requires Engineer’s approval. B. Informational Submittals – includes information submitted by Contractor that does not require Engineer’s approval. The Engineer will acknowledge receipt of such documents and provide comments when the submittals lack the detail required by the Contract Documents. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings 1. Shop Drawings as defined in the General Conditions, and as specified in individual work sections include, but are not necessarily limited to, custom- prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation drawings, schedule information, piece part drawings, actual shopwork manufacturing instructions, special wiring diagrams, coordination drawings, individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including performance curves and certification, as applicable to the Work. 2. Shop Drawings shall be of standardized sizes to enable the Owner to maintain a permanent record of the submissions. Approved standard size drawings shall be a. 24-inches by 36-inches b. 22-inches by 34-inches c. 11-inches by 17-inches d. 8.5-inches by 11-inches 3. Submit Shop Drawings at the proper time so as to prevent delays in delivery of materials. Coordinate submittals for related or interdependent equipment. 4. Advise the Engineer in writing of any deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 5. Check all Shop Drawings regarding measurements, size of members, materials, and details to determine if they conform to the Contract Documents. Shop Drawings found to be inaccurate, not in compliance, or Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01330-2 Submittal Procedures otherwise in error shall be returned to the Subcontractors or Suppliers for correction before submission to the Engineer. Drawings that are current shall be marked with the date, name, and approval stamp of the Contractor. 6. All details on Shop Drawings submitted for approval shall show clearly the relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure, and where correct fabrication of the work depends upon field measurements, such measurements shall be made and noted on the Shop Drawings before being submitted for approval. 7. No material or equipment shall be purchased or fabricated until the required Shop Drawings have been submitted and approved. Materials and equipment and the work involved in their installation or incorporation into the Work shall then be as shown in and represented by the Shop Drawings. 8. Until the necessary approval has been given, do not proceed with any portion of the work, the design or details of which are dependent upon the design or details of work, materials, equipment or other features for which approval is required. 9. If submitted equipment requires modifications to the structures, piping, layout, or other details shown on the Drawings, details of the proposed modifications must also be submitted for approval. If such equipment and modifications are approved, perform all Work necessary to make such modifications at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Product Data: Product data as specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to, standard prepared data for manufactured products (catalog data), such as the manufacturer's product specification and installation instructions, availability of colors and patterns, manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability, roughing-in diagrams and templates, catalog cuts, product photographs, standard wiring diagrams, printed performance curves and operational- range diagrams, production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications, mill reports, product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended spare-parts listing, and printed product warranties, as applicable to the Work. C. Samples and color selection charts: Provide sample, when requested by individual Specification to establish conformance with the Specifications, and as necessary to define color, texture and pattern selections available. D. Product Substitutions: In accordance with Section 01630. E. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: In accordance with Section 01770. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Submittals 1. Submit a preliminary Schedule of Submittals within 10 days of the Effective Date of the Agreement in accordance with Article 2.05 of Section 00700. B. Schedule of Manufacturers and Suppliers Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01330-3 Submittal Procedures 1. Submit a schedule of manufacturers and Suppliers within 7 days after Notice to Proceed including the names and addresses of the manufacturers and Suppliers of materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. C. Schedule of Major Products 1. Submit a schedule of major products within 30 days after Notice to Proceed including a complete list of major products proposed for use, with specification section number, name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product. D. Product Listing and Manufacturers Qualifications 1. For products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation and reference standards. Specifically identify the products, the anticipated schedule for delivery and storage, and the estimated value thereof for materials which the Contractor intends to request approval for off-site storage. E. Certificates of Compliance 1. General: a. Submit sworn certificates from the manufacturer or material supplier that the materials and fabrications provided under the Specification section conform with the Contract Documents. b. Certificates shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturer’s corporation and witnessed by a Notary Public. 2. Installer: Prepare written statements on manufacturer’s letterhead certifying that installer complies with requirements as specified in individual Specification sections. 3. Material Test: Prepared by qualified testing agency, on testing agency’s standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements. 4. Certificates of Successful Testing or Inspection: Submit when testing or inspection is required by Laws and Regulations or governing agency, or when specified in individual Specification sections. 5. Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance: In accordance with individual Specification sections. F. Application for Payment 1. Submit applications for payment in accordance with Section 01270, Measurement and Payment, Application and Certificate for Payment. 2. Submit schedule of stored materials when requesting payment for materials not yet installed. G. Construction Videography: Provide preconstruction, progress, and post-construction videography in accordance with Section 01321. H. Contract Closeout Submittals: In accordance with Section 01770. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01330-4 Submittal Procedures I. Contractor Design Data 1. Written and graphic information 2. List of assumptions 3. List of performance and design criteria 4. Summary of loads or load diagram 5. Calculations 6. List of applicable codes and regulations 7. Name and version of software 8. Information requested in individual Specification section J. Manufacturer’s Instructions: Written or published information that documents manufacturer’s recommendations, guidelines, and procedures in accordance with individual Specification sections. K. Schedules - Submit construction progress schedules and schedule updates in accordance with Section 01325. L. Statement of Qualifications: Submit evidence of qualification, certification, or registration as required in Contract Documents to verify qualifications of professional land surveyor, engineer, materials testing laboratory, specialty subcontractor, trade, specialist, consultant, installer, and other professionals. M. Submittals Required by Laws, Regulations, and Governing Agencies 1. Submit promptly notifications, reports, certifications, payrolls, and other required information as may be required, directly to the applicable federal, state, or local governing agency or their representative. 2. Transmit to Engineer for Owner’s records, one copy of correspondence and transmittals (including enclosures and attachments) between Contractor and governing agency. N. Test and Inspection Reports 1. Submit test and inspection reports as required by individual Specification sections. 2. Test and inspection reports shall contain signature of person responsible for test or report. 3. Reports shall include identification of product and Specification, project name, date and time of test, type of test, location, test results, corrective action required if report indicates test is not in compliance with Contract Documents, interpretation of test results, and other information as required in individual Specification sections. O. Equipment Data: Submit information on equipment to be used in the performance of the Work as required by individual Specification sections. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01330-5 Submittal Procedures P. Submittals stamped by another Professional Engineer: When specified in individual Specification sections, prepare and submit calculations and/or drawings stamped by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State where the work is being performed. Q. Erosion Control Plan: When specified in Contract Documents or required by local ordinances or regulations, prepare and submit copies of erosion control plans. R. Traffic Control/Detour Plan: prepare and submit copies of traffic control/detour plans. S. Shutdown Requests: Submit notification of any shutdowns required as may be required to tie-in new work into existing facilities. Unless otherwise specified, provide outage requests a minimum of 7 days notice shall be provided. T. Equipment Data: When specified in other Specification sections, information on equipment used by the Contractor to complete the Work, such as compaction equipment and closed-circuit television inspection equipment. 1.5 PROCEDURES A. Coordination 1. Prepare and submit documentation in advance of fabrication and product manufacturer, so that the installation will not be delayed, other related work can be properly coordinated, and there is adequate time for review and resubmission, if required. 2. Provide no less than 30 days for review of submittals from the time received by the Engineer. For submittals of major equipment, that require more than 30 days to review, due to complexity and detail or those requiring review by multiple engineering disciplines, Engineer will notify Contractor of the circumstances and identify the anticipated date when the submittal will be returned. 3. Re-submittals will be subject to same review time. 4. No extension of time will be authorized due to failure to provide approvable submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work. B. Review Shop Drawings, product data, and samples prior to submission and verify and determine: 1. Field measurements 2. Conformance with the Contract Documents. Advise the Engineer in writing of any deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. Delete or strike out information that is not applicable to the Work. C. Upload the electronic submittal files via Procore. Access to Procore will be provided by the Engineer. Files must be in .pdf format. The submittals will be returned in electronic .pdf format via Procore. D. Numbering: Submissions shall be accompanied by a transmittal form referencing the project name and applicable Specification section. Submittals shall be numbered sequentially, with the applicable Specification section and a hyphen preceding the Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01330-6 Submittal Procedures number. (e.g. Submittal number 11330-01) Resubmittals shall bear the same transmittal number with a sequential letter suffix commencing with "A". (e.g. Submittal number 11330-01A) E. Provide a copy of the Submittal certification form (copy attached at the end of this section) which shall be attached to every copy of each Submittal as required under Article 7.16 A.2 of Section 00700. Apply the Contractor’s stamp and initials or signature certifying that the submission has been thoroughly reviewed for completeness, compliance with the Contract Documents, coordination with adjacent construction and dimensional compatibility. Items submitted without the stamp or that are incomplete will be returned by the Engineer for rework and resubmission. F. Provide a copy of the P.E. certification form (copy attached at the end of this section) which shall be attached to every copy of each Submittal stamped by another Professional Engineer. Items submitted without the completed certification form will be returned by the Engineer for resubmission. G. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals along with the Engineer’s transmittal to concerned parties with instructions to promptly report any inability to comply with the provisions or integrate the requirements with interfacing work. H. Partial and Incomplete Submittals 1. Shop Drawings shall be submitted as a complete package by Specification section, unless otherwise reviewed and approved by the Engineer. It is the intent that all information, materials, and samples associated with each Specification section be included as a single submittal for the Engineer’s review. 2. Engineer will return entire submittals if preliminary review deems it incomplete including: a. Missing or incomplete Submittal certification form b. Insufficient number of copies c. Missing content 3. Partial submittals may be considered, at Engineer’s option, only when necessary to expedite the Project. 4. Partial submittals shall be clearly identified as such on the transmittal to identify missing components. I. Submittals not required by the Specification will be returned without review or action code. J. Resubmission 1. Make corrections and modifications required by the Engineer and resubmit until approved. 2. Clearly identify changes made to submittals and indicate other changes that have been made other than those requested by the Engineer. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01330-7 Submittal Procedures 3. A maximum of two re-submissions of each shop drawing will be reviewed, checked and commented upon without charge to the Contractor (total of 3 submittals). Any additional submissions which are required by the Engineer to fulfill the stipulations of the Contract Documents will be charged to the Contractor as described in paragraph 7.16.E.2 of Section 00700. K. Distribution 1. Distribute approved Shop Drawings and approved product data to the Project Site and elsewhere as required to communicate the information to Suppliers, Subcontractors, and field personnel. 1.6 ENGINEER’S REVIEW A. The Engineer will review submittals for design, general methods of construction and detailing. The Engineer’s review and approval of submittals shall not be construed as a complete check nor does it relieve the Contractor from responsibility for any departures or deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless he has, in writing, called the Engineer’s attention to such deviations at the time of submission. It will not extend to means, methods, technique, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. B. The Engineer’s review of the submittals shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for proper fitting of the Work, or the responsibility of furnishing any work required by the Contract Documents which may not be indicated on the submittals. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any quantities shown on the submittals. C. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the submittals to constitute a change to the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer at least 7 working days prior to release for manufacture. D. When the submittals have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the Contractor shall carry out the construction in accordance therewith and shall make no further changes therein except upon written instructions from the Engineer. E. Action submittals as defined in paragraph 1.2 will be reviewed and returned under one of the following codes: 1. Approved (Action Code 1) is assigned when there are no notations or comments on the submittal. Equipment or materials may be released for manufacture, provided that it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Approved as Noted (Action Code 2) is assigned when there are notations or comments on the submittal, but the equipment or materials may still be released for manufacture. All notations and comments must be incorporated in the final product. Resubmission is not necessary. 3. Revise and Resubmit (Action Code 3) is assigned when there are notations and comments requiring a resubmittal of the package. Work cannot proceed until the submittal is revised and resubmitted for review. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01330-8 Submittal Procedures 4. Not Approved (Action Code 4) is assigned when the submittal contains non- specified items or does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. It may also be assigned when there is a significant amount of missing material required for the Engineer to perform a complete review. The entire package must be resubmitted, revised to bring the submittal into conformance. It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. F. Informational submittals as defined in paragraph 1.2 do not require approval by the Engineer. Such submittals will be returned under one of the following codes: 1. Receipt Acknowledged (Action Code 5) is assigned when the submittal is provided for documentation purposes and is acknowledged as received. Comments may be noted using this action code. 2. Revise and Resubmit (Action Code 6) is assigned when there are notations and comments requiring a resubmittal of the package. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 1\01330.doc Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01330-9 Submittal Procedures SUBMITTAL CERTIFICATION FORM PROJECT:_____________________________________________________________ ENGINEER:_____________________ ENGINEER’S PROJECT NO.:_______________ CONTRACTOR:__________________ CONTRACTOR’S PROJECT NO.:_____________ TRANSMITTAL NO.:_______________ SUBMITTAL NO.:_______________________ SPECIFICATION NO.:______________ DRAWING NO:_________________________ DESCRIPTION:_________________________________________________________ MANUFACTURER:_______________________________________________________ The above referenced submittal has been reviewed by the undersigned and I/we certify that the materials and/or equipment meets or exceeds the project specification requirements; that field measurements, dimensions, quantities, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and related materials have been verified; that all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the work has been determined and verified; that review includes all information related to the contractor’s sole responsibility for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction and safety; and item has been coordinated with the overall project with: NO DEVIATIONS A COMPLETE LIST OF DEVIATIONS AS FOLLOWS: _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________ SUBMITTED BY:___________________________ DATE:_______________________ GENERAL CONTRACTOR’S STAMP Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01330-10 Submittal Procedures P.E. CERTIFICATION FORM The undersigned hereby certifies that he/she is a professional engineer registered in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and that he/she has been employed by _____________________________________________________________ to design (Name of Contractor) _____________________________________________________________________ (Insert P.E. Responsibilities) In accordance with Specification Section _______________________________for the _____________________________________________________________________ (Name of Project) The undersigned further certifies that he/she has performed the said design in conformance with all applicable local, state and federal codes, rules and regulations; and, that his/her signature and P.E. stamp have been affixed to all calculations and drawings used in, and resulting from, the design. The undersigned hereby agrees to make all original design drawings and calculations available to the _____________________________________________________________________ (Insert Name of Owner) or Owner’s representative within seven days following written request therefor by the Owner. ____________________________ ____________________________ P.E. Name Contractor’s Name ____________________________ ____________________________ Signature Signature ____________________________ ____________________________ Title Title ____________________________ ____________________________ Address Address Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/27/21 01350-1 Health & Safety Plan SECTION 01350 HEALTH & SAFETY PLAN PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The Contractor shall: 1. develop a site-specific Health and Safety Plan (HASP) specifically addressing the potential hazards that may be encountered at the work site. The HASP shall include the information described in this specification (as applicable) and meet all applicable OSHA requirements. 2. furnish all labor, equipment, materials, and employee training for effective implementation of the HASP and worker health and safety protection of all Contractor personnel. 3. furnish all labor, equipment, materials, and employee training to effectively complete any required air monitoring and/or decontamination. 4. review the requirements and data provided for the project and supplement the HASP with any additional measures deemed necessary to fully comply with applicable regulatory requirements and to adequately protect personnel on the site. 5. maintain a copy of the HASP at the worksite, accessible to employees working at the site. 6. post the emergency response plan section of the HASP, inclusive of emergency alerting and response procedures and directions to the nearest hospital, in a visible location for all workers to see. B. Related Sections 1. 02200 – Site Preparation 2. 02315 – Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction 1.2 SITE-SPECIFIC PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall review and understand all existing information as it relates to potential exposure to subsurface site contaminants, environmental data and reports. Reference Section 00800 for copies of applicable environmental data. B. The nature of the materials present at the site may require use of special protective clothing and the possible use of respiratory protective equipment, which is intended to help minimize worker exposure to known or suspected site hazards. 1. Levels of personal protection are established in reference standards and generally described for Levels C and D herein. It is anticipated that a majority of the Work to be performed on this project may be performed at Personnel Protection Level D. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining if a higher level of personnel protection is required based on the criteria outlined in the Contractor's HASP. In Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/27/21 01350-2 Health & Safety Plan the event that the Contractor determines that a level of protection higher than Level D is required, the Contractor's personnel shall take the necessary steps outlined in the Contractor’s HASP. 3. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and Owner in writing prior to implementing any upgrades in personal protection. The Engineer will review the Contractor's notification and d the need to notify other applicable agencies. C. There is a subsurface geomarker on the north side of the project site demarcating the depth at which contaminated soils may be encountered. On the south side of the site, where the marker is not present, the depth to contamination is described in the publicly available recorded environmental documents for the site. 1.3 REFERENCES A. OSHA 29 CFR Part 1910 (General Industry standards) B. OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926 (Construction Standards) 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. CHMM: Certified Hazardous Materials Manager, as certified by the Institute of Hazardous Materials Management. B. CIH: Certified Industrial Hygienist, as certified by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene®. C. CSP: Certified Safety Professional, as certified by the Board of Certified Safety Professionals. D. Site Safety and Health Official (SSHO): The individual located at a job site who is responsible to the Contractor and has the authority and knowledge necessary to implement the HASP and verify compliance with applicable safety and health requirements. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. On-site Work shall not begin until the HASP has been submitted by the Contractor and accepted by the Owner/Engineer. B. Informational Submittals 1. Submit the following within fifteen (15) days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. a. A site-specific HASP, including the information described in this Specification as applicable. 1) The HASP must be reviewed, approved, and signed by Contractor representative, with specific responsibility for safety for the Contracting company. 2) The Engineer’s review is only to determine if the HASP is consistent with the minimum requirements of this specification. Engineer has no control over contractor’s health & safety and the means and methods of health & safety implementation. Engineer also does not perform health & safety monitoring of Contractor’s Work. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/27/21 01350-3 Health & Safety Plan 3) The review will not determine the adequacy of the HASP to address all potential hazards, as that remains the sole responsibility of the Contractor. b. Documentation of qualifications and experience of the SSHO. c. Applicable health and safety training records. 1.6 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Contractor is solely responsible for the health and safety of workers employed by the Contractor, any subcontractor, vendors/manufacturers, site visitors and anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them. B. Provide a designated SSHO for the project. C. Pre-arrange emergency medical care services at a nearby hospital or medical clinic, including establishment of an emergency notification process and emergency routes of travel. D. Conduct pre-entry and weekly safety meetings with all site personnel, documenting attendance and topics covered. E. Develop and implement the site-specific HASP, inclusive of the elements in contained in this specification. F. For projects where contaminated media are known, likely, or suspected to be encountered: 1. monitor air quality in and around the work area using appropriate air monitoring equipment. 2. develop and implement a respiratory protection program per 29 CFR §1910.134 and 29 CFR §1926.103 for all workers authorized to wear respirators. 3. record all air quality readings and maintain records on site. 4. stop work and/or upgrade respiratory protection or personal protective equipment levels if action levels established in the HASP are exceeded. 5. ensure that the degree and type of respiratory protection provided is protective for the monitored concentrations and individual chemical parameters. 6. lawfully dispose of all personal protective equipment that cannot be decontaminated. 1.7 HEALTH & SAFETY PLAN (HASP) REQUIREMENTS A. The following items shall be included/addressed in the HASP: 1. a safety and health risk or hazard analysis for each site task and operation in the workplan; a. a physical hazard evaluation and hazard control plan shall be included covering, but not limited to the following, as applicable: 1) equipment operation; 2) confined space entry; Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/27/21 01350-4 Health & Safety Plan 3) slips, trips, and falls; 4) building collapse; 5) falling debris; 6) encountering unmarked utilities; 7) cold and heat stress; 8) hot work (cutting and welding); 9) drum and container handling; 10) trench and/or excavation entry. 2. the employee safety and health training program covering each site task and operation in the workplan. 3. personal protective equipment to be used for each site task and operation in the workplan. 4. site control measures to address visitors, delivery personnel, and to protect the worksite from unauthorized access. 5. an emergency response plan for the safe and effective response to foreseeable emergencies; a. including, but not limited to the following: 1) a map indicating the route to a nearby hospital or medical clinic for emergency medical care; 2) procedures for emergency medical treatment and first aid; 3) site evacuation routes and procedures; 4) emergency alerting and response procedures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 AIR MONITORING EQUIPMENT A. If organic vapors or total hydrocarbons are known, likely, or suspected to be encountered during the work: 1. provide and maintain a portable photo-ionization detector (PID) or flame- ionization detector (FID) capable of detecting organic vapors or total hydrocarbons. Equipment shall be sensitive to the 0.5 parts per million (PPM) level. B. If hazardous atmospheres (oxygen, hydrogen sulfide, carbon monoxide, methane, etc.) are known, likely, or suspected to be encountered during the work: 1. provide and maintain an applicable multi-gas analyzer to measure concentrations in applicable work environments (i.e. confined spaces, trenches, tunnels, buildings, etc.). C. If there is a potential for the accumulation of explosive gas: Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/27/21 01350-5 Health & Safety Plan 1. provide and maintain an explosimeter (LEL meter). D. If there is a potential for visible dust emissions or the site, dust monitoring must be considered. 1. The Contractor is responsible for monitoring fugitive dust emissions in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal regulations. 2. Equipment shall be sensitive to particulate matter less than 10 micrometer in size (PM10) at a level of 100 micrograms per cubic meter (g/m3). 3. Contractor shall outline the dust monitoring program in their HASP, including applicable action levels. E. All air monitoring equipment shall remain the property of the Contractor. F. All air monitoring equipment readings must be recorded and be available for federal, state, and/or local regulatory personnel to review. Data shall be provided to the Owner and Engineer at the end of every week it is recorded. 2.2 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) A. All PPE must conform to the OSHA requirements, as indicated in the previous Reference Standards Section. Various PPE to be furnished by the Contractor under different levels of protection for their own personnel and subcontractor's personnel include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Level D Protection: a. Coveralls or Tyvek b. Gloves c. Safety boots/shoes d. Safety glasses e. Hearing protection (for high noise operations) f. Hard hat with optional face shield 2. Level C Protection: a. Air-purifying respirator b. Chemical protective overalls or Coveralls (e.g., Saran coated Tyvek) c. Gloves, inner (disposable, surgical type) d. Gloves, outer (Neoprene, Nitrile, Viton or Butyl) e. Boots, chemical protective, steel toe and shank (Neoprene or Nitrile) f. Booties, chemical protective (disposable PVC) g. Hard hat h. Face shield (if necessary) 3. Levels B and A represent increased levels of personal protection and are described in the Reference Standards. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/27/21 01350-6 Health & Safety Plan 4. Contractor is fully responsible for all PPE selection (including the various stages of protection), proper use, maintenance, and continuous monitoring. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 HEALTH AND SAFETY PLANNING AND IMPLEMENTATION A. Implement the HASP throughout the execution of all applicable work. B. The Contractor shall perform all monitoring as detailed in the HASP. C. Contractor(s) shall implement routine health and safety meetings and any follow-up supplemental briefings. D. Provide applicable health and safety training for all personnel who may come in contact with or be exposed to various dangerous, hazardous, or changing site conditions. E. Personnel who have not received applicable training and who are not equipped with the required PPE, shall not be permitted access to the site by the Contractor during the course of the work that may result in potential exposures to unsafe or hazardous site conditions. 3.2 PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION A. All equipment shall be provided to the work site free of contamination. Engineer may prohibit from the site any equipment which in his opinion has not been thoroughly decontaminated prior to arrival. Any decontamination of Contractor’s equipment prior to arrival at the site shall be at the expense of Contractor. Contractor is prohibited from decontaminating equipment on the project site which is not thoroughly decontaminated prior to arrival. B. Contractor shall furnish labor, materials, tools, and equipment for decontamination of all personnel, equipment and supplies which are used to handle contaminated materials. C. Properly store and dispose of contaminated PPE and all other generated decontamination waste. 3.3 INCIDENT REPORTING A. The Contractor shall comply with all accident and/or incident reporting requirements, including the following: 1. Should any unforeseen safety-related factor, hazard, or condition become evident during the course of the work, the Contractor must immediately take action to establish, maintain, and secure the site and working conditions. This shall be followed by immediate notice to the Owner and Engineer. 2. If injury to any person on-site occurs, the Contractor shall immediately report the incident to the Owner and Engineer. Corrective actions shall be implemented. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 1\01350.docx Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01450-1 Quality Control SECTION 01450 QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Quality assurance and control of the Work 2. Testing and inspection services 3. Cooperation with Owner’s independent testing agency 4. Product test reports 5. Manufacturer's field service B. Related Requirements 1. Section 01451 - Independent Testing Services 2. Testing requirements are described in various Sections of the Project Manual. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals 1. Product test reports 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Monitor quality control over Suppliers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship to produce Work of specified quality. B. Comply fully with manufacturer's instructions. Should these instructions conflict with the Specifications, request clarification from the Owner before proceeding. C. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. 1.4 TESTING SERVICES FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR A. Furnish all testing services required for materials and equipment proposed to be used in the Work, and quality control tests made in the field including: 1. Modified proctor analyses for all borrow materials used on the Project 2. Modified proctor analysis of all subgrade material to be compacted during surface preparation and fine grading and compaction work 3. Sieve analyses for all borrow materials used on the Project 4. Soil structure and nutrient analyses for all loam and topsoil used on the Project Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01450-2 Quality Control 5. Compaction tests performed during trench backfilling and compaction, rough grading and site preparation, fine grading and compaction of roadway and sidewalk subgrades, and placement of roadway and sidewalk subbase materials 6. Design of asphalt mixtures 7. Asphalt in place 8. All other tests and engineering data as required in the Contract Documents. B. Testing agencies must meet the requirements of Section 01451. C. An independent commercial testing laboratory, with current Massachusetts certification, shall perform all tests that require the services of a laboratory to determine compliance with the Contract Documents. Independent testing laboratory requirements are defined under Section 01451. D. Secure and deliver the required number of samples to the laboratory as required by the Contract Documents. E. Notify Owner and Engineer of time, location and material being sampled. F. Schedule necessary testing laboratory services. G. Furnish written reports of each test within 48 hours of completion of testing. H. Notify the Engineer 48 hours prior to operations requiring inspections and laboratory testing services so the Engineer may witness testing. All failed test areas shall be re-worked and re-tested until passing results are obtained. I. The Owner may hire its own independent testing laboratory for quality control tests made in the field or laboratory on materials and equipment during and after their incorporation in the Work. Cooperate with the Owner and independent testing laboratory and furnish samples of materials, design, mix, equipment, tools, storage, and assistance as requested. J. Re-work all failed test areas until passing results are obtained. All re-tests required as a result of the Contractor’s failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be at the Contractor’s expense. 1.5 CODE COMPLIANCE TESTING A. Provide inspections and tests required by codes or ordinances, or by a legally constituted authority having jurisdiction over the Work. 1.6 PRODUCT TEST REPORTS A. Submit 2 copies of product test reports where required by the Contract Documents. 1.7 SUPPLIERS’ FIELD SERVICE A. Provide qualified field service and installation personnel from material and equipment Suppliers to observe site conditions, installation techniques, quality of workmanship, equipment start-up, adjustment, and performance test where required by the Contract Documents. Observations are to be reported and incorporated in the Work procedures. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01450-3 Quality Control PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 1\01450.doc Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01451-1 Independent Testing Services SECTION 01451 INDEPENDENT TESTING SERVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Independent testing services including geotechnical, concrete, grout and mortar, and welding inspection and testing 2. Testing laboratory services B. Related Requirements 1. Section 01450 - Quality Control 2. Section 02315 - Excavation, Backfill, Compaction and Dewatering 3. Section 02320 - Borrow Material 4. Section 02740 - Bituminous Concrete Pavement 1.2 REFERENCES A. General 1. ASTM E329 – Standard Specifications for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials used in Construction B. Soil Testing 1. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals 1. Qualifications, experience, and certifications of each proposed testing service 2. Certificate of calibration for testing equipment 3. Inspection and test reports 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General 1. Comply with the requirements of Section 01450, Quality Control, for testing and inspection requirements. 2. Testing services shall have the following general qualifications: a. Minimum five years as a firm with the type of testing specified. b. Ability to provide timely field testing services to minimize the impact of the testing requirements on construction progress. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01451-2 Independent Testing Services c. Certification to perform the specified services in the state in which the Work is to be performed. 3. Testing services proposed by the Contractor shall be subject to review by the Owner and Engineer. Any testing firm not acceptable to the Owner or Engineer will be rejected. B. All testing agencies and laboratories must meet the requirements of ASTM E329. C. Testing company shall have been in business for a minimum of the last 5 years providing applicable testing services. D. Testing equipment shall be calibrated at maximum 12 month intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to National Bureau of Standards. Submit copy of certificate of calibration made by accredited calibration agency. E. Testing shall be in accordance with applicable codes and regulations referenced in individual Specification Sections, and with selected standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 TESTING SERVICES – GENERAL A. Provide testing services meeting the following: 1. Provide qualified personnel promptly on notice. 2. Perform inspections required by the Contract Documents. Sample and test materials and observe methods of construction to determine compliance with applicable standards and with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. Take specimens and samples for testing, as required in individual Specification Sections. Provide all sampling equipment and deliver all specimens and Samples. 4. Promptly notify the Owner and the Engineer of irregularities or deficiencies in the Work which are observed during performance of services. 5. Promptly submit 2 copies of reports of inspections and tests to the Owner, and one copy to the Engineer including: a. Date issued b. Project title and number c. Testing laboratory or agency name and address d. Name and signature of inspector e. Date of inspection or sampling f. Record of temperature and weather g. Date of test h. Identification of product and Specification Section Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01451-3 Independent Testing Services i. Location of Project j. Type of inspection or test k. Results of tests and observations regarding compliance with Contract Documents B. Perform additional tests and services as required to assure compliance with the Contract Documents. C. Obtain Owner’s approval of testing laboratory before performing testing services. D. Coordinate with testing laboratory. 3.2 GEOTECHNICAL TESTING A. Provide field testing and laboratory services for geotechnical soil testing required in Sections 02315 and 02320. 3.3 COORDINATION WITH TESTING LABORATORY A. Provide testing laboratory personnel access to site and manufacturer's operations. B. Provide laboratory with representative samples of materials to be tested in required quantities. C. Furnish labor and facilities: 1. To provide access to Work to be tested. 2. To facilitate inspections and tests. 3. For laboratory's exclusive use for storage and curing of test samples. 4. to provide forms for preparing concrete test beams and cylinders. D. Notify laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests. E. Arrange with laboratory and pay for additional inspections, samples, and tests required for Contractor's convenience. END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 1\01451.doc Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01520-1 Construction Facilities SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Temporary sanitary and first-aid facilities 2. Potable Water 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain temporary construction facilities in proper and safe condition throughout the progress of the Work. 1.3 TEMPORARY SANITARY AND FIRST AID FACILITIES A. Provide suitably enclosed chemical or self-contained toilets for the use of the labor force employed on the Work. Toilets shall be located near the Work sites and secluded from observation insofar as possible. Toilets shall be serviced weekly, kept clean and supplied throughout the course of the Work. 1. The toilets should be clearly marked with the Contractor’s name and locked when not in use. B. Contractor shall enforce proper use of sanitary facilities. C. Use of the Owner’s sanitary facilities by the Contractor is prohibited. D. Provide a first aid station at the site. 1.4 POTABLE WATER A. Provide potable drinking water for employees. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 1\01520.doc Tighe&Bond N0936-11/06/21/17 01550-1 Traffic Regulation SECTION 01550 TRAFFIC REGULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Traffic requirements 2. Traffic officers 1.2 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1. Refer to Section 01290, Application and Certificate for Payment, and the approved schedule of values, for procedures relating to payment for the Work. 2. Uniformed traffic officers will be paid for from the lump sum as part of this contract. Contractor is responsible for scheduling the traffic officers, with Owner’s approval, and for providing all documentation. 3. Owner will deduct from monies due Contractor for the following abnormal and unreasonable expenses: a. Contractor caused delays in the prosecution of work that result in hiring traffic officers for more hours than would have been required during normal prosecution of work. b. Reconstruction and/or reinstallation of any portions of the work, as a result of improper initial installation or defective material, for which traffic officers are required. c. Traffic officers required at a site where Contractor is not working or outside of Contractor’s standard work day as a result of obstructions to traffic that remain in the traveled way. d. All other incidents resulting from Contractor’s operations requiring traffic officers that would not normally be encountered during the progress of a well-organized project employing proper construction methods. e. When traffic officers are requested for the convenience of Contractor and are not otherwise considered necessary to the work. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, U.S. Department of Transportation 1.4 TRAFFIC REQUIREMENTS A. Arrange construction activity so that access to the busway, the housing authority, the Roundhouse, and the bike path remains open during periods of actual work and all other periods. B. Provide a traffic control plan to Engineer for approval showing traffic control signs, barrels, cones, traffic officers, including detour signs, meeting the approval of Tighe&Bond N0936-11/06/21/17 01550-2 Traffic Regulation Engineer, Owner and local Police Departments in accordance with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices. C. Determine the location of each day’s work and implement the approved traffic control plan. If the plan requires the use of traffic officers, notify the Police Department. D. Contractor shall have no claim of delay if he does not notify the Police Department of his scheduled location in time to arrange for traffic officers. E. Hand deliver written notice to individual houses affected by driveway and side road closings or detours a minimum 24 hours in advance. A recommended parking area outside the work limits, identified by the Contractor and approved by the City, shall be included in the notice. 1.5 TRAFFIC OFFICERS A. Uniformed traffic officers shall be required at locations deemed necessary by Owner, working in conjunction with local Police and Fire Departments, for the protection of the public. B. The Police Chief or her representative, in consultation with Owner’s representative, will determine the number of officers required for the work. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 1\01550.doc Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/23/21 01560-1 Temporary Barriers SECTION 01560 TEMPORARY BARRIERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Temporary Fencing System B. Related Requirements 1. Section 01720 - Field Engineering 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals 1. Submit information regarding the proposed temporary fencing system, including material of construction, plan layout, spacing of components, and anchorage. 1.3 TEMPORARY FENCING SYSTEM A. Comply with the requirements of 520 CMR 14.00, and the local and/or regional permit required to be obtained as part of this regulation, for temporary fencing. B. Provide temporary fencing system along the Owner’s property and temporary easement boundaries around the perimeter of the project. Fencing system shall be installed such that the fence system cannot be moved by hand. C. Additional barricades should be placed at the top of the Pulaski Park staircase and ADA ramp. D. The fence should initially allow for use of the Manhan Rail Trail until such time the contractor’s operations require closure of the trail and detour around the site. E. The Contractor will retain ownership of the temporary fencing system after the completion of the Work. 1.4 SITE SECURITY A. Provide 6-foot high chain link temporary fencing system to prevent unauthorized access to construction areas. The location of the temporary fence is shown on the drawings. B. Do not move the fence system under any circumstances until the construction activities are complete. C. Remove the temporary fencing system after the completion of the Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Site security fencing shall be a 6-foot-high chain link fence supported by steel posts a Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/23/21 01560-2 Temporary Barriers minimum of 8 feet on center. Fence shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Posts, Rails, and Framework a. All pipes shall be galvanized cold-formed steel conforming to ASTM Designation A120, Schedule 40 latest requirements, and galvanized in conformance with ASTM A123 latest requirements. b. Member sizes for 6 foot fence are as follows: Nominal Size O.D. Weight/ Lin. Ft. Terminal, corner posts 3 in. 2.875 5.79 lbs. Line posts 2-1/2 in. 2.375 3.65 lbs. 2. Fence Fabric: The fabric shall be woven aluminum-coated steel chain link conforming to ASTM Designation A491 in its entirety. The fabric shall be 9 gauge, 2 inch square mesh. 3. The fence does not need to be installed with buried posts, but should be weighted such that it cannot be moved by hand. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FENCE INSTALLATION A. Install fence according to manufacturer’s instructions at locations specified in Paragraphs 1.3 and 1.4 above. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 1\01560.docx Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/06/21/17 01570-1 Temporary Controls SECTION 01570 TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Dust control 2. Drainage and erosion control 3. Haybales and siltation fence 4. Mulch 5. Sediment trapping devices B. Related Requirements 1. Section 02920 – Lawns and Grasses 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals 1. Materials proposed for use in dust control 2. Haybales, siltation fence, mulch, and sediment trapping devices PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 HAYBALES A. Haybales required for siltation control shall be wire tied bales of the type normally used for siltation or erosion control or construction projects. 2.2 FILTER FABRIC A. Filter fabric siltation fencing shall be a woven filter fabric having a weight of at least 2.5 ounces per square yard, a thickness of at least 17 mils, a coefficient of permeability of not less than 0.0009 centimeters per second and allows a water flow rate of a minimum 40 gallons per minute per square yard. The material shall have a high sediment filtration capacity, high slurry flow and minimum clogging characteristics. The material shall be equal to FW-300 as manufactured by Mirafi, Inc., Charlotte, North Carolina; Amoco 2130 by Nilex, Inc., Centennial, CO; MISF 180 by Mutual Industries, PA; or equal. 2.3 SEDIMENT TRAPPING DEVICES A. Sediment trapping devices shall be Siltsack®, Dandy Bag II®, or equal. 2.4 MULCH A. Hay mulch shall consist of mowed cured grass, clover, alfalfa, timothy, oats, or wheat. No salt hay shall be used. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/06/21/17 01570-2 Temporary Controls PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 DUST CONTROL A. Control dust during the Work. Use a mechanical street sweeper daily. B. Prevent dust from becoming a nuisance or hazard. During construction, excavated material and open or stripped areas are to be policed and controlled to prevent spreading of the material. C. Control dust during the work on-site using calcium chloride and/or water. D. During the Work on-site, all paved road and driveway surfaces shall be scraped and broomed free of excavated materials on a daily basis. The surfaces shall be hosed down or otherwise treated to eliminate active or potential dust conditions and the natural road or wearing surface shall be exposed. E. Ensure that the existing equipment, facilities, and occupied space adjacent to or nearby areas of the work do not come in contact with dust or debris as a result of concrete demolition, excavation or surface preparation for coatings. F. Submit for approval materials proposed for use for dust control, prior to start of the Work. 3.2 DRAINAGE AND EROSION CONTROL A. Control erosion and siltation during the construction through mulching, haybales, siltation fencing, diversion and control of storm water run-off, ponding areas and similar methods. B. Provide and maintain sediment trapping systems. C. Discharge surface runoff from any disturbances to the site into silt containment basins. Utilize siltation prevention measures including haybale and geotextile fences before discharge to drainage systems. D. Install sediment trapping devices in catch basins located in existing paved areas with sediment trapping devices to minimize the transport of sediment through the subsurface stormwater collection system. 3.3 HAYBALES AND SILTATION FENCE A. Place and maintain both haybales and a staked filter fabric siltation fence, or erosion control barrier, as needed during Construction. B. Install haybales by anchoring bales butted together to existing ground with at least 2 stakes per bale. The stake shall be a minimum of 1-inch square cross section and shall be long enough to penetrate 12 inches into the ground. Replace deteriorated haybales. Remove and dispose of the haybales following the successful growth of vegetation in the areas disturbed by the construction. Haybales shall not be removed until their removal is approved by the Engineer. C. Install a filter fabric siltation fence in addition to the staked haybales, prior to construction and remove after full surface restoration has been achieved. Install the siltation fence parallel and immediately adjacent to the haybales. Install as follows: Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/06/21/17 01570-3 Temporary Controls 1. Hand shovel excavate a small trench on the upstream side of the desired fence line location. 2. Unroll the siltation fence system, position the post in the back of the trench (downhill side), and hammer the post at least 1½ feet into the ground. 3. Lay the bottom 6 inches of the fabric into the trench to prevent undermining by storm water run-off. 4. Backfill the trench and compact. 3.4 RESTORATION A. Provide erosion control, seed and mulch and netting for surface restoration of areas disturbed during construction activities. B. Provide temporary stabilization of disturbed areas that remain inactive greater than 14 consecutive days to minimize erosion. Methods to minimize erosion may include but are not limited to: 1. Spreading straw and/or providing temporary planting stabilization. 2. Installing jute netting. 3. Preparing surfaces to increase the runoff flow path, reduce the runoff flow velocity, or create small storage pockets to retain surface flows. Methods of accomplishing this include using mechanical devices such as track equipment or sheep’s foot rollers. C. Restore the ground surface in brush and/or woodland areas by machine spreading of existing stripped surface soils (loam and humus), liming, fertilizing, seeding and mulching, as well as installing jute netting where required by steep slopes. D. Salvage existing loam and topsoil and stockpile this material for re-spreading where originally removed. On backfilling, grading shall be returned to preconstruction contours and the stockpile of loam shall be spread over areas disturbed during construction activities. E. Place mulch on seeded areas. Use jute netting on areas having a slope greater than 3 horizontal to 1 vertical, to anchor the mulch until a satisfactory growth is obtained. If seeding is not possible because of the time of the year, apply mulch and netting to stabilize the area until such time as seed can be sown. F. Provide grading, refertilizing, reseeding, remulching and/or netting to maintain the restored areas until the Work is accepted by the Owner. G. Seed shall be as specified under Section 02920. 3.5 CLEANING A. Remove any sediment that builds up around the haybales or catchbasins. B. Clean sediment trapping devices periodically during the Work. Devices shall be cleaned on a weekly basis, or more frequently if the devices become clogged. C. Clean catchbasins that collect sediment as a result of the Work. END OF SECTION Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/06/21/17 01570-4 Temporary Controls \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 1\01570.doc Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/06/21/17 01600-1 Product Requirements SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Products and Materials 2. Product Delivery Requirements 3. Packaging, Handling and Storage Requirements 4. Inspection of Offsite Work 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Review all contract Drawings and Specifications with respect to specific system characteristics, applicability of materials and equipment for the intended purposes, sizes, orientation, and interface with other systems, both existing and proposed, and certify that the materials and equipment proposed will perform as specified prior to submitting shop drawings. B. Provide sworn certificates as to quality and quantity of materials where specified or requested by the Engineer. C. Obtain concurrence of the Engineer prior to processing, fabricating, or delivering material or equipment. 1.3 PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS A. Furnish products of qualified manufacturers suitable for intended use. Furnish products of each type by a single manufacturer unless specified otherwise. B. Use only new and first quality material in the Work. Material shall conform to the requirements of these Specifications and be approved by the Engineer. If, after trial, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved materials from other approved sources. C. Immediately remove defective materials and equipment from the site, at no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor may be required to furnish sworn certificates as to the quality and quantity of materials before materials are incorporated in the Work. D. Engineer has the right to approve the source of supply of all material prior to delivery. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. B. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/06/21/17 01600-2 Product Requirements C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. D. Progressively deliver materials and equipment to the Site so there will be neither delay in progress of the Work nor an accumulation of material that is not to be used within a reasonable time. E. Deliver products to the Site in their manufacturer's original container, with labels intact and legible. 1. Maintain packaged materials with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. 2. The Engineer may reject as non-complying such material and products that do not bear identification satisfactory to the Engineer as to the manufacturer, grade, quality, source, and other pertinent information. 1.5 PACKAGING, HANDLING AND STORAGE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide storage and handling of all materials and equipment required for the Work. B. Except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, determine and comply with the manufacturer's recommendations on product storage, handling, and protection. Provide manufacturer's documentation on recommended storage procedures when requested by the Engineer. C. Properly store and protect all equipment immediately upon its arrival. All equipment shall be stored in a clean, dry, heated, secured, and insured indoor facility satisfactory to the Engineer. Equip drive motors with thermostatically controlled strip heaters. Outdoor storage with plastic, canvas, plywood or other cover will not be allowed except where specific approval for designated items not containing electrical components or bearings is obtained from the Engineer. This approval does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for proper protection of materials. D. Familiarize workmen and subcontractors with hazards associated with materials, equipment, and chemicals specified herein and take all necessary safety precautions. E. Areas available on the construction site for storage of material and equipment shall be approved by the Owner. F. Materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work shall be handled and stored by the manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, and Contractor before, during and after shipment in a manner to prevent warping, twisting, bending, breaking, chipping, rusting, and any injury, theft, or damage of any kind to the material or equipment. G. Protect finished surfaces including floor surfaces, stairs, joints, and soffits of passageways from damage until accepted by the Engineer. H. Promptly remove materials from the site of the Work which have become damaged or are unfit for the use intended or specified. The Contractor will not be compensated for the damaged materials or their removal costs. I. Handle, haul, and distribute all materials and all surplus materials on the different portions of the Work, as necessary or required. Provide suitable and adequate storage room for materials and equipment during the progress of the Work, and be Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/06/21/17 01600-3 Product Requirements responsible for the protection, loss of, or damage to materials and equipment furnished, until the final completion and acceptance of the Work. J. Storage and demurrage charges by transportation companies and vendors shall be borne by the Contractor. K. All materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work shall be placed so as to not damage any part of the Work or existing facilities and so that free access can be had at all times to all parts of the Work and to all public utility installations in the vicinity of the Work. Keep materials and equipment neatly piled and compactly stored in such locations as will cause a minimum of inconvenience to the Owner. L. No material or equipment will be permitted to be stored in any of the Owner's facilities, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. M. Do not store material or equipment in any wetland or environmentally sensitive area. Stockpile sites shall be level, devoid of mature stands of natural vegetation, and removed from drainage facilities and features, wetlands, and stream corridors. N. Contractor shall be fully responsible for loss or damage to stored materials and equipment. O. No item judged rusty, corroded or otherwise damaged during storage will be accepted. Any electrical or instrumentation item determined by the Engineer to be damaged shall be removed from the Site and replaced by a completely new item in first class condition. Items not properly stored will not be considered for any partial payment. P. Provide protective and preventive maintenance during storage consisting of manually exercising equipment where required, inspecting mechanical surfaces for signs of corrosion or other damage, lubricating, applying any coatings as recommended by the equipment manufacturer as necessary for its protection and other precautions as necessary to assure proper protection of equipment stored. Q. Treat ferrous surfaces not receiving finish coats of paint with rust preventive coating, and protect non-ferrous metal work and devices with suitable wrappings. 1.6 INSPECTION OF OFFSITE WORK A. The Owner and Engineer will inspect Work performed away from the construction site during fabrication, manufacture, or testing, or before shipment. Give 2 weeks written notice regarding the place and time where such fabrication, manufacture, testing, or shipping will be done. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 1\01600.doc Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01630-1 Product Substitution During Construction SECTION 01630 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION DURING CONSTRUCTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Product substitution procedures 1.2 CONTRACTOR’S OPTIONS A. For materials or equipment (hereinafter products) specified only by performance or reference standard, select product meeting that standard, by any Supplier. To the maximum extent possible, provide products of the same generic kind from a single source. B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of the products or Suppliers named, which fully complies with the Drawings and Specifications. Another “or-equal” product can also be considered by the Engineer if it complies with the provisions of Article 7.04, Section 00700. If a product proposed by the Contractor does not qualify as an “or-equal” item, then it can be considered as a proposed substitute item, and the Contractor must comply with the requirements of Article 7.05, Section 00700. C. For products specified by naming products or manufacturers and followed by words indicating that no “or-equal” item or substitution is permitted, there is no option and no substitution will be allowed. D. Where more than one choice is available as a Contractor's option, select product that is compatible with other products already selected or specified. 1.3 SUBSTITUTIONS A. If in the Engineer’s sole discretion a product proposed by the Contractor does not qualify as an “or-equal” item under the provisions of Article 7.04 of Section 00700, it can be considered a proposed substitute item. Submit information required under Article 7.05, Section 00700 for proposed substitutes. B. The Engineer will consider written requests from the Contractor for substitutions within 30 days after the Notice to Proceed. After this period, requests will be considered only in case of unavailability of product or other conditions beyond control of the Contractor. C. Submit 5 copies of request for substitutions. Submit a separate request for each proposed substitution. In addition to the submittal requirements outlined in Article 7.05 of Section 00700, include the following in each substitution request: 1. For products or Suppliers: a. Product identification, including Supplier & manufacturer's name and address. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01630-2 Product Substitution During Construction b. Manufacturer's literature with product description, performance and test data, and reference standards. c. Samples, if appropriate. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used, and date of installation. 2. For construction methods (if specified): a. Detailed description of proposed method. b. Drawings illustrating method. 3. Such other data as the Engineer may require to establish that the proposed substitution is equal to the product, Supplier or method specified. D. The substitution request shall include written certification and statements that are outlined in Article 7.05 of Section 00700. E. A request constitutes a representation that Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds quality level of specified product. 2. Will provide same or better guarantees, warranties or bonds for proposed substitution as for specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives all claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Will reimburse Owner for review or redesign services associated with re- approval by authorities having jurisdiction. F. A proposed substitution will not be accepted if: 1. Acceptance will require changes in the design concept or a substantial revision of the Contract Documents. 2. It will delay completion of the Work. 3. It is intended or implied on a Shop Drawing and is not accompanied by a formal request for substitution from the Contractor. G. The Contractor is responsible for all costs relating to substitution requests. H. Approval of a substitution does not relieve the Contractor from the requirement for submission of Shop Drawings as set forth in the Contract Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 1\01630.doc Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01720-1 Field Engineering SECTION 01720 FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Establishment of lines, benchmarks, and elevations required to layout and construct the Work 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals 1. Submit the qualifications of the Registered Professional Engineer and/or Registered Land surveyor to be hired to perform various portions of the Work, as applicable. 2. Submit documentation verifying the accuracy of field engineering work. 3. Submit 4 copies of final record drawings of field engineering layouts and as- built survey. 4. Submit certificate signed by registered (licensed) engineer or surveyor certifying that elevations and locations of Work are in conformance with Contract Documents. Explain deviations. 1.3 RECORDS A. Maintain a complete, accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Employ a qualified engineer, registered with the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as a Professional Engineer or a competent surveyor, registered with the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as a Land Surveyor, as required for the particular characteristics of the work being performed. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PROCEDURES A. The Registered Professional Engineer or Land Surveyor provided shall establish and maintain lines, elevations and reference marks needed during the progress of the Work and shall re-establish stakes and marks placed by the Engineer that are lost or destroyed through the course of the Work. Verify such work by instrument or other appropriate means. B. The Engineer shall be permitted at all times to check the lines, elevations and reference marks, set by the Contractor, who shall correct any errors disclosed by such check. Such a check shall not be construed to be an approval of the Contractor's work and shall not relieve or diminish the responsibility of the Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01720-2 Field Engineering Contractor for the accurate and satisfactory construction and completion of the entire Work. C. Make, check, and be responsible for measurements and dimensions necessary for the proper construction of and the prevention of misfittings in the Work. D. Furnish all protective stakes and temporary structures for marking and maintaining points and lines for the building of the Work, and give the Engineer such facilities and materials for verifying said lines and points as he may require. E. Revisions to the layout and elevations of the Work as defined by the Contract Documents shall be approved by the Engineer. F. Maintain and prepare final record drawings of field engineering layouts and as-built survey conducted after completion of the Work. END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 1\01720.doc Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01725-1 Preservation and Restoration of Project Features SECTION 01725 PRESERVATION AND RESTORATION OF PROJECT FEATURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Protection and replacement of trees, shrubs, signs, property markers, fences, and related project features. 2. Taking precautions, providing programs, and taking actions necessary to protect public and private property and facilities from damage. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Underground Structures 1. Underground structures are defined to include, but not be limited to, sewer, water, gas, and other piping, and manholes, chambers, electrical and signal conduits, tunnels and other existing subsurface work located within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. 2. Underground structures known to the Engineer are shown on the Drawings to the extent that locations are available. This information is shown for the assistance of the Contractor in accordance with the best information available, but is not guaranteed to be correct or complete. The Contractor shall be responsible for checking on the actual locations of water, sewer, gas electric and telephone service connection lines to avoid potential interferences. B. Surface Structures 1. Surface structures are defined as existing buildings, structures and other facilities above the ground surface. Included with such structures are their foundations or any extension below the surface. Surface structures include, but are not limited to, buildings, tanks, walls, bridges, roads, dams, channels, open drainage, piping, poles, wires, posts, signs, markers, curbs, walks and all other facilities that are visible above the ground surface. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 REPAIR/RESTORATION A. Trees, shrubs, and similar items shall not be removed except where indicated on the drawings or as approved by the Engineer. Items to be removed shall be clearly marked as directed by the Engineer. If objects not to be removed are damaged or removed, they shall be repaired or replaced to their original condition. B. Trees and shrubs on private property, which are removed or damaged by the Contractor shall be replaced in kind. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01725-2 Preservation and Restoration of Project Features C. Signs, fences, property markers, walls, guard rails and other public or private property shall be replaced in kind if damaged. Supports and protective devices required shall be provided. D. Underground and Surface Structures 1. In the event of damage, injury or loss to existing utilities and structures that were not indicated to be removed or abandoned, whether shown on the Drawings or not, make all reasonable efforts to facilitate repairs and to mitigate the impact of such events upon the utility or structure owner’s normal operations. Restore the existing utility or structure to the condition required by the owner of the utility or structure or at least to the condition found immediately prior to the Work. In the event that the utility owner elects to make the repairs, provide all reasonable access and assistance, and reimburse the utility owner for the cost of repairs. If utility service is interrupted due to damage to facilities, alternate facilities shall be provided. 2. All other existing surface facilities, including but not limited to, guard rails, posts, guard cables, signs, poles, markers and curbs which are temporarily removed to facilitate the Work shall be replaced and restored to their original condition at the Contractor’s expense unless otherwise indicated in other sections of these specifications. 3. Wherever water, sewer, gas or petroleum mains, electric or telephone lines, cables or other utilities and structures are encountered and may be in any way interfered with, inform the Engineer and the appropriate utility company. Cooperate with the Engineer and utility company in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of structures and facilities. 4. Prior to proceeding with any construction, notify in writing owners of utilities and structures within the vicinity of the proposed Work. 5. Work affecting water distribution systems, which will take fire hydrants out of service, must be coordinated with the local fire department. The Contractor shall be prepared to restore fire flows in the event of an emergency or to provide for temporary fire flow service in accordance with the requirements of the local fire department. 6. Materials used for relocation or replacement of utilities and structures shall be of an equivalent material, type, class, grade and construction as the existing or as approved by the respective owners thereof, unless otherwise shown or specified. 7. When any survey monument or property marker, whether of stone, concrete, wood or metal, is in the line of any trench or other construction work and may have to be removed, notify the Engineer in advance of removal. Under no circumstances shall any monument or marker be removed or disturbed by the Contractor or by any of his Subcontractors, employees or agents, without the permission of the Engineer. Monuments or markers removed or disturbed shall be reset by a land surveyor licensed in the State where the Work is located at the Contractor’s expense. Should any monuments or markers be destroyed through accident, neglect or as a result of the Work under this Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01725-3 Preservation and Restoration of Project Features Contract, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, employ a land surveyor licensed in the State where the Work is located to re-establish the monument or marker. 3.2 PROTECTION A. The construction of certain portions of the project may require excavation within the root systems of trees. Roots with a diameter of 2 inches or more within the excavation shall not be cut. If necessary, excavation shall be made with small powered equipment or by hand to comply with this requirement. It may be necessary to excavate from more than one direction to avoid damage to the roots. B. The trunks of trees that are to remain and are within the swing radius of the excavating machine bucket when fully extended shall be wrapped with burlap and 2 inch by 4 inch protective wood slats (8 inch spacing maximum) wired around the circumference of the trees to protect them from damage. C. Tree limbs shall not be cut except upon written approval of the Owner and the Engineer. Tree limbs cut shall be painted with approved forestry paint manufactured specifically for that purpose. D. Underground and Surface Structures 1. Sustain in their places and protect from direct or indirect injury underground and surface structures within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. Such sustaining and supporting shall be done carefully and as required by the party owning or controlling such structure. Before proceeding with the work of sustaining and supporting such structure, satisfy the Engineer that the methods and procedures to be used have been approved by the party owning same. 2. Pay utility service company charges related to the temporary support of utility poles if required to complete the Work. 3. Assume risks associated with the presence of underground and surface structures within or adjacent to the limits of the Work. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage and expense for direct or indirect injury caused by his Work to any structure. Immediately repair damage caused by the Work to the satisfaction of the owner of the damaged structure. END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 1\01725.doc Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01770-1 Closeout Procedures SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Documentation required for the transfer of the completed Work to the Owner 2. Final Cleaning 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Closeout Submittals 1. As-built drawings 2. Evidence of payment and release of liens 3. List of Subcontractors, service organizations, and principal vendors 1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Refer to Article 15.03 in 00700, General Conditions, for procedures relating to obtaining Substantial Completion. Refer to 00520, Agreement, for Contract Times. 1.4 PROJECT CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS A. As-Built Drawings - Submit as-built drawings for review, approval, or comment. The as-built drawings shall show the completed work, including all deviations from the original Drawings. As-built drawings shall depict the location of all piping and valves installed under this Contract, as well as field changes. Take swing ties to all underground work from a minimum of two horizontal locations. Vertical dimensions to all below grade work shall also be obtained. All fittings, bends, valves and other appurtenances shall be shown. At a minimum, the following information shall be shown on the as-built drawings. 1. Ties to all buried fittings (including tees, crosses, bends, reducers, wyes, offsets, adapters, sleeves, caps, plugs), valves, services and structures from two horizontal measurements to permanent surface reference points, and depth below permanent grade. Permanent surface reference points are manholes, catch basins, power poles, and above-grade structures. 2. Ties to all surface structures (including manholes, catch basins, vaults, valve boxes, hydrants, curb stops, cleanouts, wet wells, outlets, etc.) from two horizontal measurements to permanent surface reference points. Re-station surface structures if stationed on Drawings. 3. Ties to other utility crossings, abandoned pipelines, and sewer service stubs, from two horizontal measurements to permanent surface reference points include depth below permanent grade and spacing between crossing utilities. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 01770-2 Closeout Procedures 4. Invert and rim elevation of all gravity pipelines and structures including manholes, catch basins, below-grade structures, wet wells, septic tanks and distribution boxes as appropriate. 5. Depth of ledge at changes in profile but not more than 25-foot intervals. 6. Changes to pipe size and materials. B. Provide warranties and bonds for items so listed in pertinent sections of the Project Manual. C. Provide evidence of compliance with requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction. D. Provide evidence of payment and release of liens. E. Provide list of Subcontractors, service organizations, and principal vendors, including names, addresses, and telephone numbers where they can be reached for emergency service at all times including nights, weekends, and holidays. 1.5 FINAL PAYMENT A. Refer to Article 14.06 and 14.07 in 00700, General Conditions, for procedures relating to final inspection and payment. B. The Contract shall be considered complete and final payment made, only when: 1. All provisions of the Contract Documents have been strictly adhered to. 2. The project and premises have been left in good order, including removal of all temporary construction, Contractor-owned and extraneous materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CLEANING A. Remove and entirely dispose of material or debris that has washed, flowed or has been placed in existing watercourses, ditches, gutters, drains, pipe, or structures, for work done under the Contract work limits. Leave ditches, channels, drains, pipes, structures, and watercourses in a clean and neat condition upon completion of the Work. B. Restore or replace any public or private property damaged or removed during the course of the Work. Property shall be returned to a condition at least equal to that existing immediately prior to the beginning of operations. Complete all highway or driveway, walk, and landscaping work using suitable materials, equipment and methods. Perform restoration of existing property, signs or structures promptly as work progresses; do not leave restoration work until the end of the Contract Time. END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 1\01770A.doc DIVISION 2 – SITE CONSTRUCTION Tighe&Bond N0936-11/05/31/17 02075-1 Geosynthetics SECTION 02075 GEOSYNTHETICS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes 1. Non-woven geotextiles 2. Woven geotextiles 3. Temporary 100% degradable erosion control blankets 1.2 REFERENCES A. Data Sheet DS1 - Non-Woven Geotextiles B. Data Sheet DS2 - Woven Geotextiles C. ASTM D1248 - Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials D. ASTM D1388 - Test Methods for Stiffness of Fabrics E. ASTM D3786 - Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength of Knitted Goods and Non-woven Fabrics: Diaphragm Bursting Strength Tester Method F. ASTM D4491 - Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity G. ASTM D4533 - Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles H. ASTM D4632 - Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles I. ASTM D4751 - Test Method for Determining the Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile J. ASTM D4833 - Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of Geotextiles Geomembranes and Related Products K. ASTM D5261 - Test Method for Measuring Mass per Unit Area of Geotextiles 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product samples and data for all geosynthetics proposed for use on this project. B. Manufacturer-approved construction quality assurance/quality control manual for all of the geosynthetics proposed for use on this project. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Obtain from the geosynthetic product manufacturers a warranty that their products are free from defects in materials and workmanship at the time of delivery to the project site. B. Material found to be defective or which does not conform to these specifications will be rejected. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION Tighe&Bond N0936-11/05/31/17 02075-2 Geosynthetics A. The Engineer reserves the right to reject and require replacement of any damaged materials delivered to the site, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Stockpile and store the materials in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. C. Label and bag all geosynthetic rolls in packing that is resistant to photo degradation by ultraviolet (UV) radiation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All products submitted by the Contractor shall be third-party verified by the Erosion Control Technology Council (https://www.ectc.org/) and produced by a reputable manufacturer. B. Non-woven geotextiles shall be manufactured from a continuous polypropylene filament. A needle punching process shall achieve bonding. C. Woven geotextiles shall be manufactured from a polypropylene slit-film monofilament. D. Temporary, 100% degradable ECBs shall be composed of a core of 100% coconut fibers encased between two confining meshes of degradable material. 1. As a minimum, 100% degradable ECBs shall be recommended by the manufacturer for use on 2:1 slopes. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Inspect all products prior to the installation for any defects that may have been the result of storage and handling. The Engineer reserves the right to reject and require replacement of any damaged product, at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install geosynthetic products in accordance with the approved manufacturer’s QA/QC manuals, project details, and pertinent sections of these Specifications. 3.3 QUALITY CONTROL A. The Engineer may remove a sample (i.e. a strip that is 3 feet long by the entire roll width) from a maximum of 1 roll of each 10 rolls of all geosynthetic materials delivered to the project, and submit the samples to an independent laboratory for analysis of the product to ensure that the geosynthetics meet the specifications herein. END OF SECTION (DATA SHEETS FOLLOW) \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 2\02075.docx Tighe&Bond N0936-11/5/31/17 02075-DS1 Geosynthetics Property Test Method Units Testing Frequency Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Group 5 Mass per Unit Area ASTM D5261 oz/yd2 1/150,000 ft2 4 6 8 12 16 AOS ASTM D4751 US Sieve 1/150,000 ft2 70 70 100 100 100 Permitivity ASTM D4491 gal/min/ft2 1/150,000 ft2 140 90 80 70 50 Puncture Strength ASTM D4833 lbs 1/150,000 ft2 60 90 130 195 245 Mullen Burst Strength ASTM D3786 lbs/in2 1/150,000 ft2 225 350 400 650 800 Trapezoidal Tear Strength ASTM D4533 lbs 1/150,000 ft2 35 65 80 115 145 Grab Tensile/Elongation ASTM D4632 lbs(%)1/150,000 ft2 95 (50) 150 (50) 200 (50) 300 (50) 400 (50) Value Data Sheet DS1 - Non-Woven Geotextile Mechanical Properties Tighe&Bond N0936-11/5/31/17 02075-DS2 Geosynthetics Property Test Method Units Testing Frequency Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 Puncture Strength ASTM D4833 lbs 1/150,000 ft2 60 90 120 135 Mullen Burst Strength ASTM D3786 lbs/in2 1/150,000 ft2 300 400 600 480 Trapezoidal Tear Strength ASTM D4533 lbs 1/150,000 ft2 45 75 115 95/55 Grab Tensile/Elongation ASTM D4632 lbs(%)1/150,000 ft2 120 (15) 200 (15) 300 (15) 350/250 (15) Value Data Sheet DS2 - Woven Geotextile Mechanical Properties Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/23/21 02200-1 Site Preparation SECTION 02200 SITE PREPARATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes 1. Clearing and grubbing 2. Grading 3. Stripping and stockpiling of soil and sod 4. Monitoring wells 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit construction methods and equipment that will be utilized for the clearing, grubbing, and waste material disposal specified within this Section. PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 TREE PROTECTION – TRUNK PROTECTION, TEMPORARY FENCE, AND ROOT PROTECTION TRENCH & PRUNING A. Tree trunk protection shall consist of furnishing, installing, maintaining and removing tree trunk protection measures within the project area. Tree trunk protection shall be implemented when Tree Protection Temporary Fence is not fully implemented or there is need for the Contractor to conduct work within a fenced Tree Protection Zone. Tree trunk protection shall include wrapping the tree with ¼” closed cell foam pad first, then installing 1.5-inch-thick wooden boards (“2x4” framing lumber) held to the tree with adjustable strapping. See Plan Details. No fasteners are allowed to penetrate the tree or its bark. All tree protection measures shall be submitted for approval by the Engineer prior to installation and will be subject to the approval by the Engineer and/or the City Tree Warden. B. Temporary fence shall consist of furnishing, installing, maintaining, and removing tree protection temporary fence measures within the project area. Tree protection shall consist of installation of temporary chain link fence at locations as shown on plans and details, or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. Where directed by Engineer, additional and alternative measures may be required. No fasteners are allowed to penetrate the tree or its bark. All tree protection measures shall be submitted for approval by the Engineer prior to installation and will be subject to the approval by the Engineer and/or the City Tree Warden. C. Root protection trench and pruning shall consist of soil excavation of a 2-foot wide by 2-foot-deep trench using supersonic air tools, and carefully preserving and/or pruning tree roots within the trench as directed by the Engineer/Tree Warden. The locations of Root Protection Trenches may be required at locations as directed by the Engineer/Tree Warden. Root protection trench and pruning operations will occur only after all other Tree Protection measures are installed and approved, and prior to excavation and/or tracking of equipment over roots within Tree Protection Zone. Measures shall comply Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/23/21 02200-2 Site Preparation with, and are to be installed prior to, the start of any demolition and/or construction. Said measures shall be maintained by the Contractor for the duration of the project. Measures indicated on the plans shall be considered a minimum and shall be revised as conditions warrant. Removal of tree protection measures shall be done after construction is completed and with the approval of the Engineer. D. The Contractor is responsible for preventing damage to trees from construction activities, whether the tree is located in the public way, or on private property. Public Shade Trees, as determined by the Engineer, are subject to the penalty provisions contained on MGL Chapter 87, which is under the jurisdiction of the City Tree Warden. E. All tree protection measures shall comply with ANSI A300 Part 5 and are to be installed prior to the start of any demolition and/or construction. Said measures shall be maintained by the Contractor for the duration of the project. Measures indicated on the plans shall be considered a minimum and shall be revised as conditions warrant. Removal of tree protection measures shall be done after construction is completed and with the approval of the Engineer. 3.2 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Except as otherwise directed, cut, grub, remove and dispose of all trees regardless of size, stumps, brush, shrubs, roots and any other objectionable material within the limits of the Work on the site and where required to construct the work. B. Protect trees or groups of trees, designated by the Engineer to remain, from damage by all construction operations by erecting suitable barriers, or by other approved means. Conduct clearing operations to prevent falling trees from damaging trees designated to remain. 1. All damage done to the trees by the Contractor’s operation shall be trimmed and painted where cut as directed or as necessary to provide adequate vertical clearance for construction activities. The dressing or paint shall be applied no later than two days after the cuts are made. 2. Use all necessary precautions to prevent injury to other desirable growth in all areas. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage. C. Protect areas outside the limits of clearing from damage. No equipment or materials shall be stored in these areas. D. No stumps, trees, limbs, or brush shall be buried in fills or embankments. 3.3 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS A. Remove all tree trunks, limbs, roots, stumps, brush, foliage, other vegetation and objectionable material from the site and dispose of in a legal manner. B. Burning or direct burial of cleared and grubbed materials on-site will not be permitted. 3.4 GRADING A. In preparation for placing loam, paved drives and appurtenances, perform grading to the lines, grades and elevations shown on the Drawings, and otherwise directed by the Engineer and perform in such a manner that the requirements for formation of embankments can be followed. All material encountered, regardless of its nature, within the limits indicated, shall be removed and disposed of as directed. During the process of grading, maintain the subgrade in such condition that it will be well drained Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/23/21 02200-3 Site Preparation at all times. Install temporary drains and drainage ditches to intercept or divert surface water that may affect the work when necessary. B. If at the time of grading it is not possible to place material in its final location, stockpile material in approved areas for later use. No extra payment will be made for the stockpiling or double handling of excavated material. C. The right is reserved to make minor adjustments or revisions in lines or grades if found necessary as the work progresses. D. Stones or rock fragments larger than 4 inches in their greatest dimensions will not be permitted in the top 12 inches of the finished subgrade of all fills or embankments except along the access roadways and rip-rap where shown on the Drawings. E. In cuts, loose or protruding rocks on the excavated slopes shall be barred loose or otherwise removed to line or finished grade of slope. Cut and fill slopes shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross-section and alignment shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. 3.5 DUTCH ELM WOOD A. Dutch Elm diseased wood shall be disposed of in accordance with any local regulations. B. Where the work includes the removal of elm trees or the limbs of elm trees, such trees or limbs thereof shall be disposed of immediately after cutting or removal and in such a manner as to prevent the spread of Dutch Elm disease. This shall be accomplished by covering them with earth to a depth of at least 6 inches in areas outside the right-of-way locations where the Contractor has arranged for disposal. C. Where the work includes the removal and disposal of stumps of elm trees, such stumps shall be completely disposed of immediately after cutting in the manner specified above. 3.6 MONITORING WELLS A. The LSP of record shall be contacted regarding adjustment of any active monitoring wells prior to the need for adjustment. All adjustments shall be made according to the LSP’s requirements. END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 2\02200.docx Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 02315-1 Excavation, Backfill, Compaction, and Dewatering SECTION 02315 EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND COMPACTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Excavation, backfill and compaction for subsurface utilities 2. Removal, handling and disposal of rock B. Related Sections 1. Section 01570 - Temporary Controls 2. Section 02320 - Borrow Materials 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM D1557-07 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3)) B. ASTM D1556-07 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method C. ASTM D2487-06e1 - Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) D. ASTM D6938-08a - Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) E. 29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P - OSHA Excavation Regulations 1926.650 through 1926.652 including Appendices A through F F. 520 CMR 14.00 Excavation and Trench Safety G. 780 CMR 1705.0 Requirements for Structural Tests and Inspections H. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Highway Department “Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges,” 1988 Edition as amended 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Excavation - Any man-made cut, cavity, trench, or depression in an earth surface, formed by earth removal. B. Registered Professional Engineer - A person who is registered as a professional engineer in the state where the work is to be performed. However, a professional engineer, registered in any state is deemed to be a "registered professional engineer" within the meaning of this standard when approving designs for "manufactured protective systems" or "tabulated data" to be used in interstate commerce. C. Trench - A narrow excavation (in relation to its length) made below the surface of the ground, of at least three feet in depth. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet (4.6 m). Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 02315-2 Excavation, Backfill, Compaction, and Dewatering 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Modified Proctor Test (ASTM D1557) results and soil classification (ASTM D2487) for all proposed backfill materials at the frequency specified below: 1. For suitable soil materials removed during Excavation, perform one test for every 1,000 cubic yards of similar soil type. Similarity of soil types will be as determined by the Engineer. 2. For borrow materials; perform tests at frequency specified in Section 02320, Borrow Materials. B. Compaction test results (i.e. ASTM D6938 or ASTM D1556) at a frequency of one test for every 100 cubic yards of material backfilled or at a minimum of one test per lift. The Engineer will determine the locations and lifts to be tested. The Contractor shall plan his operations to allow adequate time for laboratory tests and to permit taking of field density tests during compaction. 1. Methods and equipment proposed for compaction shall be subject to prior review by the Engineer. Compaction generally shall be done with vibrating equipment. Static rolling without vibration may be required by the Engineer on sensitive soils that become unstable under vibration. Displacement of, or damage to existing utilities or structure shall be avoided. Any utility or structure damaged thereby shall be replaced or repaired as directed by the Engineer. 2. Additional compaction testing may be required when there is evidence of a change in the quality of moisture control or the effectiveness of compaction. a. Any costs associated with correcting and retesting as a result of a failure to meet compaction requirements shall be borne by the Contractor. 3. If all compaction test results within the initial 25% of the total anticipated number of tests indicate compacted field densities equal to or greater than the project requirements, the Engineer may reduce frequency of compaction testing. In no case will the frequency be reduced to less than one test for every 500 cubic yards of material backfilled. 4. The Contractor is cautioned that compaction testing by nuclear methods may not be effective where trenches are so narrow that trench walls impact the attenuation of the gamma radiation, when adjacent to concrete that impacts the accuracy of determining moisture content, or where oversize particles (i.e. large cobbles or coarse gravels) are present. In these cases, other field density testing methods may be required. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All Excavation, Trenching, and related Earth Retention Systems shall comply with the requirements of OSHA excavation safety standards (29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P), 520 CMR 14.00, and other State and local requirements. Where conflict between OSHA and State regulations exists, the more stringent requirements shall apply. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 02315-3 Excavation, Backfill, Compaction, and Dewatering 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Notify Dig Safe and obtain Dig Safe identification numbers. B. Notify utility owners in reasonable advance of the work and request the utility owner to stake out on the ground surface the underground facilities and structures. Notify the Engineer in writing of any refusal or failure to stake out such underground utilities after reasonable notice. C. Make explorations and Excavations to determine the location of existing underground structures, pipes, house connection services, and other underground facilities in accordance with Paragraph 3.2.D of this Section. D. In accordance with 520 CMR 14.00, no person shall, except in an emergency, make an excavation in any public way, public property, or privately owned land until a permit is obtained from the appropriate designated permitting authority. For this project, the permit should be obtained from The City of Northampton. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. Fill material is subject to the approval of the Engineer and may be either material removed from excavations or borrow from off site. Fill material, whether from the excavations or from borrow, shall be of such nature that after it has been placed and properly compacted, it will make a dense, stable fill. B. Satisfactory fill materials shall include materials classified by ASTM D 2487 as GW, GP, GM, GP-GM, GW-GM, GC, GP-GC, SW, and SP. Additional requirements are included in Section 02320. C. Satisfactory fill materials shall not contain trash, refuse, vegetation, masses of roots, individual roots more than 18 inches long or more than 1/2 inch in diameter, or stones over 6 inches in diameter. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, organic matter shall not exceed minor quantities and shall be well distributed. D. Satisfactory fill materials shall not contain frozen materials nor shall backfill be placed on frozen material. E. Excavated surface and/or pavement materials such as gravel or trap rock that are salvaged may be used as a sub-grade material, if processed to the required gradation and compacted to the required degree of compaction. In no case shall salvaged materials be substituted for the required gravel base. 2.2 CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL A. Controlled density fill shall be flowable, excavatable and shall require no vibration for placement. Compressive strength at 28 days shall be 30 to 80 psi and the slump shall be 10 to 12 inches. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Public Safety and Convenience 1. Adhere to the requirements of 520 CMR 14.00 for all excavation work. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 02315-4 Excavation, Backfill, Compaction, and Dewatering 2. Take precautions for preventing injuries to persons or damage to property in or about the Work. 3. Provide safe access for the Owner and Engineer at site during construction. 4. Do not obstruct site drainage, natural watercourses or other provisions made for drainage. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION A. Excavation 1. Perform excavation to the lines and grades indicated on the Drawings. Backfill unauthorized over-excavation in accordance with the provisions of this Section. 2. Excavate with equipment selected to minimize damage to existing utilities or other facilities. Hand excavate as necessary to locate utilities or avoid damage. 3. Sawcut the existing pavement in the vicinity of the excavation prior to the start of excavation in paved areas, so as to prevent damage to the paving outside the requirements of construction. 4. Perform excavation in such a manner as to prevent disturbance of the final subgrade. The Engineer or Owner may require the final six inches of excavation be performed by hand, with the use of a smooth-faced bucket, or other means acceptable to the Engineer or Owner, at no additional cost if subgrade disturbance is considered excessive as judged by the Engineer or Owner. 5. During excavation, material satisfactory for backfill shall be stockpiled in an orderly manner at a distance from the sides of the excavation equal to at least one half the depth of the excavation, but in no case closer than 2 feet. a. Excavated material not required or not suitable for backfill shall be removed from the site. b. Perform grading to prevent surface water from flowing into the excavation. c. Pile excavated material in a manner that will endanger neither the safety of personnel in the excavation nor the Work itself. Avoid obstructing sidewalks and driveways. d. Hydrants under pressure, valve pit covers, valve boxes, manholes, curb stop boxes, fire and police call boxes, or other utility controls shall be left unobstructed and accessible until the Work is completed. 6. Grade or create berms or swales to direct surface water from excavations to appropriate structures designed to accommodate storm water. If no structures exist, direct water to areas that minimize impacts to adjacent structures and properties. 7. Make pipe trenches as narrow as practicable and keep the sides of the trenches undisturbed until backfilling has been completed. Provide a clear distance of 18 inches on each side of the pipe. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 02315-5 Excavation, Backfill, Compaction, and Dewatering 8. Perform the excavation in such a manner as to prevent disturbance of the final subgrade. If excessive subgrade disturbance is occurring, as judged by the Owner or Engineer, then the final 6 inches of the excavation shall be performed by hand, with the use of a smooth-faced bucket, or other means acceptable to the Engineer or Owner. a. Grade the excavation bottom to provide uniform bearing and support for the bottom quadrant of each section of pipe. b. Excavate bell holes at each joint to prevent point bearing. c. Remove stones greater than 6 inches in any dimension from the bottom of the trench to prevent point bearing. 9. If satisfactory materials are not encountered at the design subgrade level, excavate unsatisfactory materials to the depth directed by the Engineer and properly dispose of the material. Backfill the resulting extra depth of excavation with satisfactory fill materials and compact in accordance with the provisions of this Section. B. Backfill and Compaction 1. Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings, use satisfactory material removed during excavation for backfilling trenches. The Engineer may require stockpiling, drying, blending and reuse of materials from sources on the Project. 2. Spread and compact the material promptly after it has been deposited. When, in the Engineer’s judgment, equipment is inadequate to spread and compact the material properly, reduce the rate of placing of the fill or employ additional equipment. 3. Prior to backfilling or placement of structures, excavated subgrades shall be proof compacted with either 10 passes of a 10-ton vibratory drum roller for open excavations or 6 passes of a large, reversible, walk behind vibratory compactor capable of exerting a minimum force of 2,000 pounds in trench or pit excavations. Soft or weak spots shall be over-excavated and replaced with compacted Granular Fill or compacted Crushed Stone wrapped in a non-woven geotextile, as directed by the Owner or their representative. If proof compaction will prove detrimental to the subgrade due to the presence of groundwater, static rolling may be allowed at the discretion of the Engineer or Owner. 4. Soil bearing surfaces shall be protected against freezing and the elements before and after concrete placement. If construction is performed during freezing weather, structures shall be backfilled as soon as possible after they are constructed. Insulating blankets or other means shall be used for protection against freezing at the discretion of the Engineer or Owner. 5. When excavated material is specified for backfill and there is an insufficient amount of this material at a particular location on the Project due to rejection of a portion thereof, consideration will be given to the use of excess material from one portion of the Project to make up the deficiency existing on other portions of the Project. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 02315-6 Excavation, Backfill, Compaction, and Dewatering a. Use borrow material if there is no excess of excavated material available at other portions of the Project. 6. Backfilling and compaction methods shall attain 95% of maximum dry density at optimum moisture content as determined in accordance with ASTM D1557. 7. Do not place stone or rock fragment larger than six inches in greatest dimension in the backfill. 8. Maximum loose lift height for backfilling existing or borrow material shall be 12 inches, unless satisfactory compaction is demonstrated otherwise to the Engineer through field-testing. In no case shall loose lift height for backfilling exceed 3 feet. 9. Do not drop large masses of backfill material into the trench endangering the pipe or adjacent utilities. 10. Install pipe in rock excavated trenches on a dense graded stone bedding with a minimum depth of 6 inches. Shape the stone bedding at the pipe bells to provide uniform support. Encase the pipe in the dense graded crushed stone bedding to a grade 6 inches over the top of the pipe and 12 inches on each side of the pipe. 11. Backfill from the bottom of the trench to the centerline of the pipe with the specified material. This initial backfill is to be placed in layers of no more than 6 inches and thoroughly tamped under and around the pipe. This initial backfilling shall be deposited in the trench for its full width on both sides of the pipe, fittings and appurtenances simultaneously. 12. Where excavation is made through permanent pavements, curbs, paved driveways, or paved sidewalks, or where such structures are undercut by the excavation, place the entire backfill to sub-grade with granular materials and compact in 6 inch layers. Use approved mechanical tampers for the full depth of the trench. If required, sprinkle the backfill material with water before tamping so as to improve compaction. Any trenches improperly backfilled, or where settlement occurs, shall be reopened to the depth required to correct the problem, and shall then be refilled and properly compacted with the surface restored to required grade at no additional expense. 13. The Contractor shall not place backfill against or on structures until they have attained sufficient strengths to support the loads to which they will be subjected, without distortion, cracking, or other damage. As soon as possible after the structures are adequate, they shall be backfilled with suitable backfill material. 14. Place and compact backfill around manholes, vaults, pumping stations, gate boxes or other structures in six inch layers, from a point one foot over the pipe. Exercise care to protect and prevent damage to the structures. 15. Install impervious trench dams where stone borrow is used for pipe bedding to prevent groundwater from following along the stone bedding. Install dams every 100 feet. C. Test Pit Excavation 1. Test pits, if necessary, shall be conducted in accordance with this specification. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 02315-7 Excavation, Backfill, Compaction, and Dewatering 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protection of Existing Structures 1. All existing foundations, conduits, wall, pipes, wires, poles, fences, property line markers and other items which the Engineer decides must be preserved in place without being temporarily or permanently relocated, shall be carefully supported and protected from damage by the Contractor. Should such items be damaged, they shall be restored by the Contractor to at least as good condition as that in which they were found immediately before the Work began. B. Accommodation of Traffic 1. Streets and drives shall not be unnecessarily obstructed. The Contractor shall take such measures at his own expense to keep the street or road open and safe for two-way traffic unless otherwise indicated. 2. Construct and maintain such adequate and proper bridges over excavations as may be necessary or as directed for the safe accommodation of pedestrians and vehicles. Provide substantial barricades at crossings of trenches, or along the trench to protect the traveling public. 3. Where deemed necessary, such additional passageways as may be directed shall be maintained free of such obstructions. All material piles, open excavations, equipment, and pipe which may serve as obstructions to traffic shall be protected by proper lights, signage, or guards as necessary. 4. All traffic controls shall be in accordance with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, latest edition. C. Erosion and Sedimentation Control 1. Take all necessary steps to prevent soil erosion. 2. Plan the sequence of construction so that only the smallest practical area of land is exposed at any one time during construction. 3. Temporary vegetation and/or mulching shall be used to protect critical areas exposed during construction as judged by the Engineer. END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 2\02315.doc Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02317-1 Underground Warning Tape SECTION 02317 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Underground Warning Tape 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawing Submittals 1. Product Data PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Metallic warning tape for underground piping shall be polyethylene tape with metallic core for easy detection and location of piping with a metal detector. B. Tape shall be 6 inches wide. C. Tape shall be as manufactured by Seton Name Plate Corp., New Haven, CT; Presco Detectable Underground Warning tape, Sherman, Texas; Blackburn Manufacturing, Neligh, NE; Mercotape, Hachensach, NJ; or equal. D. The warning tape shall be heavy gauge 0.004 inch polyethylene and shall be resistant to acids, alkalis and other soil components. It shall be highly visible in the following colors with the associated phrases stamped in black letters and repeated at a maximum interval of 40 inches. Type of Utility Color Warning Message Storm Drain Green CAUTION - STORM DRAIN BURIED BELOW Electric Red CAUTION – ELECTRIC LINE BURIED BELOW E. The tape shall be of the type specifically manufactured for marking and locating utilities. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All buried pipe and fittings shall be installed with metallic-lined underground warning tape located no more than 24 inches below final grade to allow detection by a metal detector. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 2\02317.docx Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 02320-1 Borrow Materials SECTION 02320 BORROW MATERIALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Gravel Borrow 2. Processed Gravel Borrow for Pavement Sub-base 3. Sand Borrow 4. Stone Borrow 5. Ordinary Borrow B. Related Sections 1. Section 02315 – Excavation, Backfill, and Compaction 2. Section 02730 – Pavement Reclamation 3. Section 02740 – Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) Pavement 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C136 - Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates B. ASTM C117 - Standard Test Method for Materials Finer than 75 µm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing C. ASTM D698 – Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft3) D. ASTM D1556 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method E. ASTM D1557 – Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lb./ft3) F. ASTM D2487 - Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System) G. ASTM D6938 - Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) H. ASTM D422 - Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils (including Hydrometer analysis for silts and clays) I. ASTM D4318 – Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils J. AASHTO – Standard Specification for Transportation Materials and Methods of Sampling and Testing, 1986 Edition as amended Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 02320-2 Borrow Materials K. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Highway Department “Standard Specification for Highways and Bridges,” 1988 Edition as amended 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Representative Samples of borrow materials taken from the source. Tag, label, and package the Samples as requested by Engineer. Provide access to the borrow site for field evaluation and inspection. B. Provide sieve analysis (ASTM C136) and permeability analysis (ASTM D2434) from certified soils testing laboratory for all borrow materials. Take and test a sample, at no additional cost to the Owner for each 1,500 c.y. of borrow material placed. C. Provide modified proctor analysis (ASTM D1557) from certified soils testing laboratory for all borrow materials. D. The Engineer reserves the right to require more frequent testing than that which is specified above should the borrow characteristics change. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. No borrow shall be placed prior to the approval of Samples by the Engineer. 1.5 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Existing Conditions 1. Comply with any environmental requirements and restrictions. 2. Keep all public and private roadway surfaces clean during hauling operations and promptly and thoroughly remove any borrow or other debris that may be brought upon the surface before it becomes compacted by traffic. Frequently clean and keep clean the wheels of all vehicles used for hauling to avoid bringing any dirt upon the paved surfaces. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GRAVEL BORROW A. Gravel Borrow shall consist of inert material that is hard, durable stone and coarse sand, free from loam and clay, surface coatings, and deleterious materials. The coarse aggregate shall have a percentage of wear, by the Los Angeles Abrasion Test, of not more than 50. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 02320-3 Borrow Materials Gradation requirements for Gravel Borrow shall be determined by AASHTO-T11 and T27 and shall conform to the following: Sieve Percent Passing ½ inch 50 – 85 No. 4 40 – 75 No. 50 8 – 28 No. 200 0 - 10 Maximum size of stone in Gravel Borrow shall be 2 inches. 2.2 PROCESSED GRAVEL BORROW FOR PAVEMENT SUBBASE A. The compacted Processed Gravel Borrow to be used for gravel access roads and pavement subbase, or other area where a firm, free-draining subgrade is needed shall consist of inert material that is hard, durable stone and coarse sand, free from loam and clay, surface coatings and deleterious materials. The coarse aggregate shall have a percentage of wear, by the Los Angeles Abrasion Test, of not more than 50. B. Gradation requirements shall conform to the following: Sieve Percent Passing 3” 100 1 ½” 70 – 100 ¾” 50 – 85 No. 4 30 – 60 No. 200 0 - 10 C. Stockpile the processed materials in such a manner to minimize segregation of particle sizes. All processed gravel shall come from approved stockpiles. 2.3 SAND BORROW A. Sand Borrow material shall be supplied from an off-site borrow area approved by the Engineer. Testing of the off-site Sand Borrow shall be at the Contractor’s expense. B. Sand Borrow shall consist of clean, inert, hard, durable grains of quartz or other hard, durable, rock, free from loam or clay, surface coatings and deleterious materials. The allowable amount of material passing a No. 200 sieve as determined by ASTM-C117 shall not exceed 10% by weight. C. Material shall consist of a clean, non-plastic, granular material conforming to the requirements of a SW, SP or SM under the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS) (ASTM D2487). D. The material shall have the characteristics that when placed and compacted, the soil particles will bind together so as to form a solid, stable surface capable of supporting rubber-tired vehicular traffic during wet weather periods as well as extended dry weather periods. The borrow material shall not contain fines to the extent that the surface layer becomes “greasy” when wet. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 02320-4 Borrow Materials E. The material shall not contain stones larger than 3/8 inch in diameter. F. Material consisting of frozen clogs, ice and snow will be rejected. G. All sand borrow material to be used shall be subject to approval by Engineer, and Engineer reserves the right to reject any borrow material from the job that does not meet the above requirements. 2.4 STONE BORROW A. Crushed Stone Borrow 1. Crushed stone borrow shall consist of one of the following materials: a. Durable crushed rock consisting of the angular fragments obtained by breaking and crushing solid or shattered natural rock, and free from a detrimental quantity of thin, flat, elongated or other objectionable pieces. A detrimental quantity will be considered as any amount in excess of 15% of the total weight. Thin stones shall be considered to be such stones whose average width exceeds 4 times their average thickness. Elongated stones shall be considered to be stones whose average length exceeds 4 times their average width. b. Durable crushed gravel stone obtained by artificial crushing of gravel boulders or fieldstone with a minimum diameter before crushing of 8 inches. 2. The crushed stone shall be free from clay, loam or deleterious material and not more than 1.0% of satisfactory material passing a No. 200 sieve will be allowed to adhere to the crushed stone. 3. The crushed stone shall have a maximum percentage of wear as determined by the Los Angeles Abrasion Test (AASHTO-T-96) as follows: a. For Class 1 Bit. Conc. 30%** b. For Cement Concrete Aggregate 45%*** c. Crushed Stone for Subbase 45% **Crushed stone for this use shall consist of crushed or shattered natural rock only. Crushed gravel stone will not be permitted. ***Except for 5000 psi or greater cement concrete and prestressed concrete which shall be 30%. 4. The crushed stone shall conform to the grading requirements shown in the following grading Table. Percent by Weight Passing Through Sieve Size Minimum Maximum 1 ½” Crushed Stone 2” 100 -- 1 ½” 95 100 Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 02320-5 Borrow Materials 1” 35 70 ¾” 0 25 ¾” Crushed Stone 1” 100 -- ¾” 90 100 ½” 10 50 3/8” 0 20 No. 4 0 5 B. Placed Riprap Borrow 1. Stone used for placed riprap shall be hard, durable, subangular in shape, resistant to weathering and shall meet the gradation requirement specified. Neither breadth nor thickness of a single stone should be less than one-third its length. Rounded stone or boulders will not be accepted unless authorized by the Engineer. Stone shall be free from overburden, spoil, shale, or organic material and shall meet the gradation requirement as specified. Size of Stone Maximum Percent of Total Weight Smaller Than Given Size 400 lb. 100 300 lb. 80 200 lb. 50 *25 lb. 10 *No more than 5% by weight shall pass a 2” sieve. 2. Each load of riprap shall be reasonably well graded from the smallest to the maximum size specified. Stones smaller than the specified 10% size and spall will not be permitted in an amount exceeding 10% by weight of each load. 2.5 ORDINARY BORROW A. Ordinary borrow shall have the physical characteristics of soils designated as type GW, GP, GM, SW, SP or SM, under USCS and shall not be specified as gravel borrow, sand borrow, special borrow material or other particular kind of borrow. It shall have properties such that it may be readily spread and compacted for the formation of embankments. The borrow shall not include rocks with a major dimension greater than 8 inches. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Prior to the placement of borrow material, site preparation shall be completed as required by the Contract Documents, and approved by the Engineer. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/25/17 02320-6 Borrow Materials B. Ensure that all materials are properly stockpiled on site to prevent contamination by other materials. C. Place borrow material over the entire area in uniform lifts and compact in accordance with Section 02315. D. Utilize on-site soils prior to using off-site borrow provided on-site soils meet the requirements of the specifications. E. Utilize gravel borrow in all locations where a surface treatment has not been specified but requires a firm finish surface. F. Processed gravel for pavement subbase is intended to provide a stable foundation for driveways, sidewalk and roadway repair where a gravel base has been specified. G. Borrow shall be used as a replacement for unsuitable materials where poor soil conditions are encountered during the progress of the work, where approved by the Engineer. Borrow type will be determined by the Engineer. Borrow material used as a replacement for unsuitable soil is not intended to be an aid to dewatering. H. Shape borrow used for pipe foundation material so that it supports the pipe properly and will not damage the pipe, bells, collars, or the pipe fittings. I. Place all borrow to keep it free of other materials and to prevent segregation. J. Carry out compaction testing in accordance with ASTM D1556 (sand cone), or D6938 (Nuclear Methods), as specified in Section 02315. K. Maintain and repair all eroded areas during the life of this contract at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 2\02320.doc Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02503-1 Testing of Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drainage Systems SECTION 02503 TESTING OF SEWER AND STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Testing of Storm Drainage Systems B. Related Sections 1. Section 02958 – Television Inspection of Pipelines PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 TESTING OF STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEMS A. TV inspect storm drainage pipes included in the Work in accordance with Section 02958 to ensure that pipes are straight between structures, correctly sloped, clean of debris and sediment, and generally free flowing. Alignment shall meet the requirements of Paragraph 3.2.C of this Section. B. Visually inspect all storm drainage structures included in the Work to ensure that all structures are clean of debris and sediment, and have frames, covers, grates, inverts, sumps, and other required appurtenances. C. All flexible pipe types including polyvinyl chloride (PVC), high-density polyethylene (HDPE), or polypropylene (PP) shall be tested for deflection in accordance with Paragraph 3.2.C of this Section at least forty five (45) days after it has been backfilled. 3.2 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWER SYSTEMS A. Test all gravity sewers for allowable leakage by low pressure air test or by an infiltration/exfiltration water test as described herein. B. Vacuum Test for Manholes - Gravity Sewer Lines 1. After a manhole has been constructed, conduct a manhole acceptance test using the following vacuum test procedure: a. Plug all lift holes with an approved non-shrink grout. b. Plug all pipes entering the manhole, taking care to securely brace the plug from being drawn into the manhole. c. Place the test head at the inside of the top of the precast concrete cone section and inflate the seal in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. d. Draw a vacuum of 10 inches of mercury and shut off the vacuum pump. With the valves closed, measure the time for the vacuum to drop to 9 inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than: Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02503-2 Testing of Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drainage Systems 1 min. 0 sec. for 0-ft. to 10-ft. deep manholes 1 min. 15 sec. for 10-ft. to 15-ft. deep manholes 1 min. 30 sec. for 15-ft. to 25-ft. deep manholes e. If the manhole fails the initial test, make repairs with a non-shrink grout. Re-test until a satisfactory test is obtained. C. Allowable Deflection Test for flexible pipe types including polyvinyl chloride (PVC), high-density polyethylene (HDPE), or polypropylene (PP) 1. Pipe deflection measured not less than 45 days after the backfill has been completed shall not exceed 5 percent. Deflection shall be computed by multiplying the amount of deflection (average outside diameter less twice the average wall thickness diameter when measured) by 100 and dividing by the nominal diameter of the pipe. 2. Deflection shall be measured with a rigid mandrel (Go-No-Go) device cylindrical in shape and constructed with a minimum of nine or ten evenly spaced arms or prongs. Submit drawings of the mandrel with complete dimensions for each diameter of pipe to be tested. Hand-pull the mandrel through all sewer and drain lines. 3. Uncover any section of pipe not passing the mandrel and replace the bedding and backfill to prevent excessive deflection. Replace sections of the pipe as necessary. Retest repaired pipe immediately upon backfilling of trench until acceptable. 4. Retest the repaired section of pipeline again, from manhole to manhole, after the 45-day backfill period, until acceptable. D. Test Failures 1. In case leakage or deflection exceeds the above specified amount, locate the failure and repair it in accordance with applicable Sections of this Contract. 2. Pipelines with shear-type breaks, “fishmouths” or damaged gaskets, cracked bells or couplings, hairline fractures, or structural damage shall be replaced. Mechanical sleeve couplings, poured concrete collars or similar repairs are not permitted. The use of pressure grouting repair techniques will not be allowed without the written consent of the Engineer. 3. After repairs have been made, re-test the line and repeat the process of repairing and re-testing until satisfactory test results, as specified in this Section, are obtained. E. Alignment of Gravity Sewers and Drains 1. Lay gravity sewers and drains accurately to line and grade. 2. After the pipe is laid and backfill complete, TV inspect the interior of the pipe from manhole to manhole. If excessive deviation in either the horizontal or vertical alignment is observed by the Engineer, the alignment is considered unacceptable. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02503-3 Testing of Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drainage Systems 3. If the alignment is unacceptable due to horizontal displacement, the Contractor will be allowed to construct intermediate manholes at his own expense. If the alignment is unacceptable due to vertical displacement, remove and replace the pipe to the proper grade. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02503-7 Testing of Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drainage Systems TABLE I Specification Time Required for a 1.0 PSIG Pressure Drop For Size and Length of Pipe Indicated for Q=0.0015 1 2 3 4 Specification Time for Length (L) Shown (min:sec) Pipe Diameter (in.) Minimum Time (min:sec) Length for Minimum Time (ft) Time for Longer Length (sec) 100 ft. 150 ft. 200 ft. 250 ft. 300 ft. 350 ft. 400 ft. 450 ft. 4 3:46 597 .380 L 3:46 3:46 3:46 3:46 3:46 3:46 3:46 3:46 6 5:40 398 .854 L 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:40 5:42 6:24 8 7:34 298 1.520 L 7:34 7:34 7:34 7:34 7:36 8:52 10:08 11:24 10 9:26 239 2.374 L 9:26 9:26 9:26 9:53 11:52 13:51 15:49 17:48 12 11:20 199 3.418 L 11:20 11:20 11:24 14:15 17:05 19:56 22:47 25:38 15 14:10 159 5.342 L 14:10 14:10 17:48 22:15 26:42 31:09 35:36 40:04 18 17:00 133 7.692 L 17:00 19:13 25:38 32:03 38:27 44:52 51:16 57:41 21 19:50 114 10.470 L 19:50 26:10 34:54 43:37 52:21 61:00 69:48 78:31 24 22:40 99 13.674 L 22:47 34:11 45:34 56:58 68:22 79:46 91:10 102:33 27 25:30 88 17.306 L 28:51 43:16 57:41 72:07 86:32 100:57 115:22 129:48 30 28:20 80 21.366 L 35:37 53:25 71:13 89:02 106:50 124:38 142:26 160:15 33 31:10 72 25.852 L 43:05 64:38 86:10 107:43 129:16 150:43 172:21 193:53 36 34:00 66 30.768 L 51:17 76:55 102:34 128:12 153:50 179:29 205:07 230:46 Uni Bell PVC Pipe Association Publication Uni-B-6-90 END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 2\02503.docx Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/23/21 02515-1 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings SECTION 02515 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. PVC Gravity Pipe and Fittings B. Related Sections 1. Section 02315 - Excavation, Backfill, Compaction, and Dewatering 2. Section 02320 - Borrow Material 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM D2241 - Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) B. ASTM D2412 - Standard Test Method for External Loading Properties of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading C. ASTM D2444 - Standard Test Method for Impact Resistance of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings by Means of a Tup (Falling Weight) D. ASTM D3034 - Specification for Type PSM Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings E. ASTM D3139 - Standard Specifications for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals F. ASTM D3212 - Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals G. ASTM F477 - Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit specifications and shop drawings for materials and equipment furnished under this Section. B. Prior to first shipment of pipe, submit certified test reports that the pipe for this Contract was manufactured and tested in accordance with the ASTM Standards specified herein. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Each type of PVC pipe and fittings shall be from a single manufacturer. Alternatively, the pipe manufacturer shall provide certification that the fittings are suitable for installation with the pipe. B. Inspection of the pipe will also be made by the Owner after delivery. The pipe shall be subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to meet any of the Specification requirements. Pipe rejected after delivery shall be marked for identification and shall immediately be removed from the job site. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/23/21 02515-2 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Gravity Pipe 1. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe shall be of the size indicated on the Drawings or as specified and shall conform to the latest revision of ASTM D3034, Type SDR 35 for diameters less than or equal to 15 inch diameter and ASTM F679 for pipe greater than 15 inch diameter. Standard laying lengths shall not exceed 14.0 feet. 2. Joints shall be elastomeric gasket joints and shall provide a watertight seal. Gaskets shall be in accordance with ASTM F477. Assembly of joints shall be in accordance with ASTM D3212. 3. The minimum "pipe stiffness" (load divided by change in inside diameter in direction of load application) at 5% deflection shall be at least 46 psi for pipe tested in accordance with ASTM D2412. 4. No shattering or splitting shall be evident when 150 ft.-lbs. and 210 ft.-lbs. is impacted on 4 inch and 6 inch diameter pipe, respectively, in accordance with ASTM Method of Test D2444. 5. Pipe lengths and fittings to be used on the project shall be clearly marked on the outside in bold type with the name of the manufacturer, pipe size, pipe material, pipe class, and ASTM designation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 HANDLING PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Take care in loading, transporting, and unloading to prevent injury to the pipe. Do not drop pipe or fittings. Examine pipe and fittings before installing, and no piece shall be installed that is found to be defective. B. If any defective pipe is discovered after it has been installed, remove and replace it with a sound pipe in a satisfactory manner. Thoroughly clean pipe and fittings before installing, keep clean until they are used in the work, and conform to the lines, grades and dimensions required when installed. C. Pipe ends requiring cutting shall be cut square without damage to the remaining pipe. Bevel cut pipe ends 1/8 inch at approximately 30 degrees to provide proper assembly of the joint. Beveling can be done with a coarse file or portable grinder. D. Support stored pipe from below at not more than 3 foot intervals to prevent deformation. Do not stack pipe higher than 6 feet. Store pipe and fittings in a manner which will keep them at ambient outdoor temperatures. Provide temporary shading as required to meet this requirement. Simply covering of the pipe and fittings which allows temperature buildup when exposed to direct sunlight will not be permitted. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. No single piece of pipe shall be laid unless it is generally straight. The centerline of the pipe shall not deviate from a straight line drawn between the centers of the openings at the ends of the pipe by more than 1/16 inch per foot of length. If a piece of pipe fails to meet this required check for straightness, it shall be rejected and removed from the site. Laying instructions of the manufacturer shall be explicitly followed. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/23/21 02515-3 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings B. Install piping and fittings true to alignment and grade. If necessary, each length of pipe shall be cleaned out before installation. C. Excavation, trenching and back filling procedures shall be in accordance with Section 02315. D. All PVC gravity pipe shall be installed on a bed of 3/4-inch crushed stone borrow meeting the requirements of Section 02320 and have a minimum depth of 6 inches. The 3/4-inch crushed stone borrow shall also completely encase the pipe and cover the pipe to a grade 6 inches over the top of the pipe for the entire width of the trench. Bell holes shall be made in the 3/4-inch crushed stone borrow bedding such that the pipe shall be uniformly supported throughout the entire length of the barrel section. E. All pipe shall be tested in accordance with Section 02503. F. All PVC force main pipe shall be installed with proper bedding using compacted native materials which provide uniform longitudinal support under the pipe. When an unstable subgrade material is encountered which will provide inadequate pipe support, additional trench depth should be excavated and refilled with suitable material. Initial backfill material should be placed to a minimum one foot over the top of the pipe. Pipe backfill material should be selected and placed carefully, avoiding stones, frozen lumps, and debris. G. Deflections in Pipe Alignment 1. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane, to avoid obstructions or where long-radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that required for satisfactory making of the joint, and shall be approved by the Engineer. 2. Prior to deflecting the pipeline, the spigot of the pipeline should be marked flush with the bell end to assure that the spigot is not withdrawn excessively as the result of the deflection. After the pipe is deflected, an adequate depth of jointing material must remain on the side where the spigot is away from home and an adequate width of caulking space must remain on the opposite side of the pipe at the face of the bell. 3. The maximum deflection recommended by the manufacturer when using any pipe system must be observed when deflecting a pipeline. 4. In general, all radius curves called for on the Drawings or permitted at the time of construction are to be made using full lengths of pipe. The use of short lengths of pipe and extra joints in order to make a smaller radius turn will not be allowed without the written approval of Engineer. H. Unsuitable Laying Conditions 1. No pipe shall be laid in water, in an unsuitable trench or during unsuitable weather conditions. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 2\02515.docx Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02530-1 Manholes and Catchbasins SECTION 02530 MANHOLES AND CATCH BASINS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Cast iron manhole frames and covers B. Related Sections 1. Section 02503 – Testing of Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drainage Systems 2. Section 02532 – Stormwater Treatment Units 1.2 REFERENCES A. AASHTO – American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges, most recent edition B. ASTM C32 - Standard Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick (made from clay or shale) C. ASTM A48 – Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings D. ASTM C150 – Standard Specification for Portland Cement E. ASTM C207 – Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes F. ASTM C478 – Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections G. ASTM C443 – Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Piping Using Rubber Gaskets H. ASTM C923 - Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals I. ASTM C990 – Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings, showing all details of construction, including, but not limited to, structure dimensions, reinforcing, joints, and pipe connections to structures. B. Submit on all materials and products included in this specification, including, but not limited to, manhole rungs, manhole frames and covers, dampproofing coating, brick masonry, mortar, and non-shrink water-proof grout. C. Submit weights of manhole frames and covers. D. Submit design calculations including verification of adequate anti-flotation features and lateral earth pressures. Calculations shall verify that the manhole structure has been designed to withstand the burial depth, submergence due to flooding, flotation, and dead and live loads. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02530-2 Manholes and Catchbasins 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The quality of materials, the process of manufacture, and the finished sections shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer, or other representative of the Owner. Such inspection may be made at the place of manufacture, or at the Site after delivery, or at both places, and the materials shall be subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to meet any of the Specification requirements, even though samples may have been accepted as satisfactory at the place of manufacture. Material rejected after delivery to the job shall be marked for identification and shall be removed from the job at once. Materials which have been damaged after delivery will be rejected, and if already installed, shall be acceptably repaired, if permitted, or removed and replaced, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. At the time of inspection, the materials will be carefully examined for compliance with the latest ASTM designation specified and these Specifications, and with the approved manufacturer's drawings. Manhole sections will be inspected for general appearance, dimension, "scratch-strength," blisters, cracks, roughness, and soundness. The surface shall be dense and close-textured. C. Imperfections in manhole sections may be repaired, subject to the approval of the Engineer, after demonstration by the manufacturer that strong and permanent repairs result. Repairs will be carefully inspected before final approval. Cement mortar used for repairs shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 7 days and 5,000 psi at 28 days, when tested in 3 inch by 6 inch cylinders stored in the standard manner. Epoxy mortar may be utilized for repairs subject to the approval of the Engineer. D. Personnel shall have confined space entry training as appropriate for the work to be performed. E. Manholes shall be designed for lateral earth pressures and to resist flotation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE SECTIONS A. Precast concrete barrel sections and transition top sections, shall conform to ASTM C478 and the following requirements: 1. The wall thickness shall not be less than 5 inches for 48 inch diameter reinforced barrel sections, 6 inches for 60 inch diameter reinforced barrel sections and 7 inches for 72 inch diameter reinforced barrel sections. 2. Top sections shall be eccentric except that flat top sections shall be used where shallow cover requires a top section less than 4 feet as shown on the Drawings. 3. Barrel sections shall have tongue and groove joints. 4. All sections shall be cured by an approved method and shall not be shipped nor subjected to loading until the concrete compressive strength has attained 3,000 psi and not before 5 days after fabrication and/or repair, whichever is longer. 5. Precast concrete barrel sections with precast top slabs and precast concrete transition sections shall be designed for a minimum of AASHTO HS20-44 loading plus the weight of the soil above at 120 pcf. 6. The date of manufacture and the name and trademark of the manufacturer shall be clearly marked on each precast section. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02530-3 Manholes and Catchbasins 7. Precast concrete bases shall be monolithically constructed. The thickness of the bottom slab of the precast bases shall not be less than the barrel sections or top slab whichever is greater. Precast concrete bases shall be constructed with a 6 inch extended base, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 8. Knock out panels for piping shall be provided in precast sections at the locations shown on the Drawings. They shall be integrally cast with the section, 2½ inches thick and shall be sized as shown on the Drawings. There shall be no steel reinforcing in knock out panels. 9. The side wall height of the base section shall be a minimum of 12 inches above the top of the pipe coming into the manholes. 2.2 BRICK MASONRY A. Bricks shall be good, sound, hard and uniformly burned, regular and uniform in shape and size, of compact texture. Underburned or salmon brick will not be acceptable and only whole brick shall be used unless otherwise permitted. In case bricks are rejected by the Engineer, they shall be immediately removed from the site of the work and satisfactory bricks substituted, at no additional cost to the Owner. 1. Bricks for the channels and shelves shall comply with the latest specifications of ASTM C32 for Sewer Brick, Grade SM. 2. Bricks for building up and leveling manhole frames shall conform to ASTM C32 Grade MS. 3. Poured concrete inverts will not be allowed. B. Mortar used in the brickwork shall be composed of one part Type II portland cement conforming to ASTM C150 to two parts sand to which a small amount of hydrated lime not to exceed 10 lbs. to each bag of cement shall be added. C. Sand used shall be washed, cleaned, screened, sharp and well graded as to different sizes and with no grain larger than will pass a No. 4 sieve. Sand shall be free from vegetable matter, loam, organic or other materials of such nature or of such quantity as to render it unsatisfactory. D. Hydrated lime shall conform to ASTM C207, Type S. 2.3 MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS A. Manhole frames and covers shall be of good quality, strong, tough, even grained cast iron, smooth, free from scale, lumps, blisters, sand holes and defects of any kind. Manhole covers and frame seats shall be machined to a true surface. Castings shall be thoroughly cleaned and subject to hammer inspection. Cast iron shall conform to ASTM A48, Class 30B or ASTM A48, Class 35B. B. Manhole covers shall have a diamond pattern, pickholes and the word "SEWER" or “DRAIN”, as appropriate, cast in 3 inch letters. Manhole frame and covers shall be manufactured by East Jordan Iron Works; Mechanics Iron Foundry; Neenah Foundry or equal. C. Manhole frames and covers shall be approved for use by the Massachusetts Department of Transportation – Highway Division. D. Manhole frames and covers shall comply with the detail shown on the Drawings. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02530-4 Manholes and Catchbasins E. Manhole frames and covers shall be designed for a minimum of AASHTO HS20-44 loading. F. Watertight manhole frames and covers shall be bolted and gasketed. 2.4 JOINTING PRECAST MANHOLE SECTIONS A. Tongue and groove joints of precast manhole sections shall be sealed with a preformed flexible joint sealant. The preformed flexible joint sealant shall conform to ASTM C990. 2.5 MANHOLE RUNGS A. Manhole rungs shall be drop front design, 14 inches wide with an abrasive step surface, steel reinforced, copolymer, polypropylene, plastic. Manhole rungs shall conform to OSHA requirements. 2.6 FLEXIBLE PIPE TO-STRUCTURE CONNECTORS A. The flexible pipe-to-structure connectors shall be designed to provide a positive seal between the connector and the structure wall and between the connector and the pipe. B. The flexible boot shall be manufactured of EPDM synthetic rubber in accordance with ASTM C443 and C923 and shall be 3/8 inch thick or greater. C. The external bands shall be made entirely of 304 series non-magnetic stainless steel. D. The flexible connectors shall be provided with a wedge-type or toggle-type expander to secure the pipe in the structure opening. E. The flexible connectors shall meet the following criteria, in accordance with ASTM C923: 1. Shall not leak when subjected to a head pressure of 10 psi for 10 minutes. 2. Shall have the ability to deflect 7 degrees in any direction without leakage under the head pressure conditions described above. 3. Shall not leak when subject to a load of 150 lbs./in. pipe diameter and the head pressure conditions described above. 2.7 NON-SHRINK, WATER-PROOF GROUT A. Non-shrink, water-proof grout shall be Hallemite; Waterplug; Embeco; or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation 1. Construct manholes to the dimensions shown on the Drawings and as specified. Protect all work against flooding and flotation. 2. Set precast concrete barrel sections so as to be plumb and with sections in true alignment with a ¼ inch maximum tolerance to be allowed. 3. Install the precast sections in a manner that will result in a watertight joint. Seal the joints of precast concrete barrel sections with the preformed flexible joint sealant used in sufficient quantity to fill 75% of the joint cavity. Fill the outside and inside precast section joints with non-shrink grout and finish flush with the Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02530-5 Manholes and Catchbasins adjoining surfaces. Plug holes in the concrete barrel sections required for handling or other purposes with a non-shrink, water-proof grout or concrete and rubber plugs, and finish flush on the inside. 4. Backfilling shall be done in a careful manner, bringing the fill up evenly on all sides. B. Pipe Connections 1. Stubs a. Connect pipe stubs for future extensions to the structures as shown on the Drawings and close the stub end by a suitable watertight plug. 2. For pipes with smooth exterior surfaces (PVC, ductile iron, HDPE pressure pipe, steel, etc), use flexible pipe-to-structure connectors. 3. Where flexible pipe-to-structure connectors cannot be used, such as pipes with rough, irregular or corrugated exterior surfaces (concrete, corrugated metal, HDPE drainage pipe, etc): a. After the new pipe has been set in place, completely fill the hole around the new pipe and structure with non-shrink, water-proof grout. b. Place a 6 inch thick concrete encasement a total of 12 inches in length around the pipe stub adjacent to the exterior wall of the structure. Concrete shall have a 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi. C. Manhole Rung Installation 1. Steel reinforced copolymer polypropylene plastic steps shall be press fitted by hand driven hammer into preformed holes in cured precast sections, on 12 inch centers, by the precast concrete manufacturer. D. Brickwork 1. Mix mortar only in such quantity as may be required for immediate use and use before the initial set has taken place. Do not retain mortar for more than one and one-half hours and constantly work over with a hoe or shovel until used. Anti- freeze mixtures will not be allowed in the mortar. No masonry shall be laid when the outside temperature is below 40F unless provisions are made to protect the mortar, bricks, and finished work from frost by heating and enclosing the work with tarpaulins or other suitable material. The Engineer’s decision as to the adequacy of protection against freezing shall be final. 2. Construct channels and shelves of brick as shown on the Drawings. The brick channels shall correspond in shape with the lower half of the pipe. The top of the shelf shall be set at the elevation of the crown of the highest pipe and shall be sloped 1 inch per foot to drain toward the flow through channel. Construct brick surfaces exposed to sewage flow with the nominal 2 inch by 8 inch face exposed (i.e., bricks on edge). 3. Set manhole covers and frames in a full mortar bed and bricks, a maximum of 12 inches thick for conical tops and 6 inches thick for flat top sections, utilized to assure frame and cover are set to the existing grade. Reset the manhole frames and covers to final grade prior to placement of final paving. 3.2 LEAKAGE TEST Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02530-6 Manholes and Catchbasins A. Leak test sewer manholes in conjunction with the pipeline in accordance with Section 02503. 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean new manholes of silt, debris and foreign matter of any kind, prior to final inspection. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 2\02530.docx Tighe&Bond N0936-11/4/27/21 02532-1 Stormwater Treatment Unit SECTION 02532 STORMWATER TREATMENT UNIT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. The work covered by this section consists of the storm water sediment and oil separators. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, tools, labor and materials necessary to complete the work in accordance with the plans and specifications B. Related Sections 1. Section 02503 – Testing of Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drainage Systems 2. Section 02530 – Manholes and Catch basins 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings, showing details of construction, reinforcing, joints, pipe connections to structures and frames and grates. B. Submit design calculations including verification of adequate anti-flotation features and lateral earth pressures. Calculations shall verify that the structure has been designed to withstand the burial depth, submergence due to flooding, flotation with ground water at the surface elevation, and dead and live loads. Calculations should verify that 80% total suspended solids will be removed on an average yearly basis. These calculations must be stamped by a Professional Engineer. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C478 - Standard Specification for Pre-cast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. B. ASTM C443 - Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, using Rubber Gaskets. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The stormwater treatment unit shall remove oil and sediment from stormwater during wet weather events. Refer to Section 2.9 for performance requirements. B. The stormwater treatment units shall be: 1. Cascade by Contech 2. Stormceptor 3. CDS 4. or approved equal. 1.5 HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting, and unloading to prevent damage to materials during storage and handling Tighe&Bond N0936-11/4/27/21 02532-2 Stormwater Treatment Unit PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. The stormwater treatment unit shall be circular and constructed from pre-cast concrete circular riser and slab components. The internal fiberglass insert shall be bolted and sealed watertight inside the reinforced concrete component. 2.2 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS A. Precast concrete barrel sections and transition top sections, shall conform to the requirements of Section 02530. 2.3 BRICK MASONRY A. Bricks for building up and leveling frames and grates shall conform to ASTM C32 Grade MS, meeting the requirements of Section 02530. 2.4 FRAMES AND COVERS A. Manhole frames and covers shall meet the requirements of Section 02530. 2.5 JOINTING PRECAST MANHOLE SECTIONS A. Tongue and groove joints of precast manhole sections shall be sealed with a preformed flexible joint sealant. The preformed flexible joint sealant shall conform to ASTM C990. 2.6 FLEXIBLE PIPE-TO-STRUCTURE CONNECTORS A. The flexible pipe-to-structure connectors shall be designed to provide a positive seal between the connector and the structure wall and between the connector and the pipe. B. The flexible boot shall be manufactured of EPDM synthetic rubber in accordance with ASTM C443 and C923 and shall be 3/8 inch thick or greater. C. The external bands shall be made entirely of 304 series non-magnetic stainless steel. D. The flexible connectors shall be provided with a wedge-type or toggle-type expander to secure the pipe in the structure opening. E. The flexible connectors shall meet the following criteria, in accordance with ASTM C923: 1. Shall not leak when subjected to a head pressure of 10 psi for 10 minutes. 2. Shall have the ability to deflect 7 degrees in any direction without leakage under the head pressure conditions described above. 3. Shall not leak when subject to a load of 150 lbs/in. pipe diameter and the head pressure conditions described above. 2.7 FIBERGLASS A. The fiberglass portion of the stormwater treatment unit shall be constructed in accordance with ASTM D-4097 Contact Molded Glass Fiber Reinforced Chemical Resistant Tanks. 2.8 NON-SHRINK, WATER-PROOF GROUT A. Non-shrink, water-proof grout shall be Hallemite; Waterplug; Embeco; or equal. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/4/27/21 02532-3 Stormwater Treatment Unit 2.9 PERFORMANCE A. The stormwater treatment unit shall be designed to remove at least 80% of the suspended solids on an annual aggregate removal basis. B. The stormwater treatment unit shall be equipped with an internal high flow bypass that regulates the flow rate into the treatment chamber and conveys high flows directly to the outlet so the scour and/or re-suspension of material previously collected in the separator does not occur. C. The stormwater treatment units shall contain a fiberglass insert, bolted and sealed watertight to the inside of the bypass chamber to divert low to normal stormwater flows into the treatment chamber. D. The unit shall trap pollutants so they are not scoured away from the separator during backwater conditions. E. The stormwater treatment unit shall be capable of removing 95% of floatable free oil. F. The separator must be capable of trapping fine sand, silt, clay and organic particles in addition to larger sand, gravel particles and small floatables. G. STWU-1 shall be sized to treat 0.4 cfs and SWTU-2 shall be sized to treat 0.8 cfs. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. The stormwater treatment unit shall be constructed as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. Install at elevations and locations shown on the Drawings unless or as otherwise directed by the Engineer. B. Place precast base units in accordance with Section 02530. The floor of the installed precast base section shall be checked for level at four prominent locations. Floor shall be within 0.50” of level. C. All structural system components and system piping shall be made watertight. D. Holes made for handling precast sections shall be filled with a nonshrink grout. 3.2 CLEANING A. Clean new stormwater treatment unit of silt, debris and foreign matter of any kind, prior to final inspection. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 2\02532.docx Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02535-1 Breaking Into Existing Manholes and Catchbasins SECTION 02535 BREAKING INTO EXISTING MANHOLES AND CATCHBASINS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Breaking through the walls and inverts of existing manholes and catchbasins. 2. Connecting new pipes to existing structures. 3. Ancillary work associated with making the new connections to the existing structures. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C443 – Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Piping Using Rubber Gaskets. B. ASTM C923 - Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings showing pipe connection details. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Personnel shall have confined space entry training as appropriate for the work to be performed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Flexible Pipe-to-Structure Connectors 1. The flexible connectors shall be designed to provide a positive seal between the connector and the structure wall and between the connector and the pipe. 2. The flexible boot shall be manufactured of EPDM synthetic rubber in accordance with ASTM C443 and C923 and shall be 3/8 inch thick or greater. 3. The external bands shall be made entirely of 304 series non-magnetic stainless steel. 4. The flexible connectors shall be provided with a wedge-type or toggle-type expander to secure the pipe in the structure opening. 5. The flexible connectors shall meet the following criteria, in accordance with ASTM C923: a. Shall not leak when subjected to a head pressure of 10 psi for 10 minutes. b. Shall have the ability to deflect 7 degrees in any direction without leakage under the head pressure conditions described above. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02535-2 Breaking Into Existing Manholes and Catchbasins c. Shall not leak when subject to a load of 150 lbs./in. pipe diameter and the head pressure conditions described above. B. Non-shrink, water-proof grout 1. Non-shrink, water-proof grout shall be Hallemite; Waterplug; Embeco; or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Core drill into existing structures in such a fashion as to make an opening of suitable size to accommodate the connecting pipe without excessive damage to the existing structure. B. Manholes 1. For manholes, break out and rebuild existing inverts as required to provide an adequate base under the new channels being installed, and shaped to provide smooth continuous hydraulic flow through the manhole. 2. Control existing flows as required during the period of construction. No drainage will be permitted to flow directly against concrete or other masonry work until it is at least 48 hours old. a. Temporary handling of drainage flows may be accomplished by inserting pipes from the inlet to the outlet of the manhole and by using temporary plugs, where appropriate, provided that such pipes do not interfere with satisfactory completion of the work and shaping of the inverts, nor cause excessive backing-up in the existing system upstream of the diversion. In cases where this type of temporary handling of flows is not possible, provide the necessary dams, plugs, etc., as required in upstream manholes, and pump the flow around the structure under construction. C. Catchbasins 1. All catchbasin openings, created as a result of the removal and replacement of the existing drains connected to the catchbasins with new drain pipes, shall be sealed. This work shall be performed using masonry to match existing construction, where applicable, and non-shrink grout to provide a neat patch. D. Pipe Connections 1. Rebuild and tightly close existing manhole walls and inverts and catchbasin walls to provide an integral, water-tight structure around the new pipes. 2. For pipes with smooth exterior surfaces (PVC, ductile iron, HDPE, steel, etc), use flexible pipe-to-structure connectors. 3. Where flexible pipe-to-structure connectors cannot be used, such as pipes with rough, irregular or corrugated exterior surfaces (concrete, corrugated metal or HDPE, etc): a. After the new pipe has been set in place, completely fill the hole around the new pipe and structure with non-shrink, water-proof grout. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02535-3 Breaking Into Existing Manholes and Catchbasins b. Place a 6 inch thick concrete encasement a total of 12 inches in length around the pipe stub adjacent to the exterior wall of the structure. Concrete shall have a 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 2\02535.docx Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/23/21 02635-1 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings SECTION 02635 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Reinforced concrete pipe and fittings for repair applications and connections. B. Related Sections 1. Section 02315 - Excavating, Backfill, Compaction, and Dewatering 2. Section 02320 - Borrow Material 3. Section 02503 – Testing of Sewers and Storm Drainage Systems 4. Section 02530 – Precast Concrete Manholes and Catchbasins 5. Section 02535 – Breaking Into Existing Manholes and Catchbasins 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C76 – Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe B. ASTM C150 – Standard Specification for Portland Cement C. ASTM C361 – Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low-Head Pressure Pipe D. ASTM C443 – Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Sewer and Culvert Piping, Using Rubber Gaskets E. ASTM C655 – Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete D-Load Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe F. ASTM C923 – Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes and Laterals G. ASTM D2240 – Standard Test Method for Rubber Property – Durometer Hardness H. AWWA C302 – Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe, Noncylinder Type 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer’s product data including shop drawings showing dimensions and details of pipe joints and fittings. B. Installation instructions. C. Provide Certificates of Compliance on pipe materials. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer shall be responsible for the performance of all acceptance tests as specified in ASTM C76. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/23/21 02635-2 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings B. Pipe shall not be shipped until the compressive strength of the concrete has attained 4,000 psi and not before 5 days after manufacture, and/or repair, whichever is the longer. C. All materials furnished by the Contractor are subject, at the discretion of the Engineer, to inspection and approval at the plant of the manufacturer. All inspection will be carried out by the Engineer and will be carried out at no direct expense to the Contractor. D. In addition, all reinforced concrete pipe to be installed under this Contract may be inspected at the plant for compliance with these Specifications by an independent testing laboratory provided by the Engineer. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. All pipe which has been damaged after delivery will be rejected and immediately removed from the site. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Oldcastle Precast; B. Kerr Concrete Pipe; C. Rinker; D. or equal. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Standard laying length of pipe shall be not less than 7’-6”, except for fittings and manhole stubs. B. The pipe interior shall be smooth and even, free from roughness, projections, indentations, offsets, or irregularities of any kind. The concrete mass shall be dense and uniform. C. The pipe shall be clearly marked as outlined in ASTM C76. The markings may be at either end of the pipe for the convenience of the manufacturer, but for any one size shall always be at the same end of each pipe length. D. After manufacture, each length of pipe shall be checked against the length noted on the shop drawings. Variations in length of the same pipe shall not exceed ASTM C-76 requirements. 2.3 REPAIR APPLICATIONS A. Joints for reinforced concrete pipe shall be caulked with cement mortar on the interior and exterior faces of the joint. B. Cement mortar shall be composed of one part Portland cement and two parts sand by volume. C. Mortar shall be used within 30 minutes after the mixing of water has occurred. D. Concrete collars shall be constructed using Class A concrete, 6 inches thick and 12 inches minimum on either side of the joint with a 6” wide strip of filter fabric around the joint. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/23/21 02635-3 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. All materials to be used on the project are subject to inspection in the field by the Engineer. B. Prepare the area prior to placement of the pipe by removing stones and other hard foreign matter that could damage the pipe, impede consistent compaction, or cause improper bedding and invert grades of the pipe. C. Excavation, trenching and back filling procedures shall be in accordance with Section 02315. D. No pipe is to be laid in water, in an unsuitable trench or during unsuitable weather conditions. E. Excavate bell holes at each joint to permit correct assembly and inspection of entire joint. F. Verify that the surface has been prepared to the proper line and grade by shooting invert elevation grades. G. Lift or roll pipe into position. Do not drag over the prepared bedding. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Concrete pipe shall be installed in accordance with ASTM Standards and the manufacturers recommendations. 2. Pipe laying shall proceed upgrade with the spigot ends pointing in the direction of flow. 3. No single piece of pipe shall be laid unless it is generally straight. The centerline of the pipe shall not deviate from a straight line drawn between the centers of the openings at the ends of the pipe by more than 1/16 inch per foot of length. If a piece of pipe fails to meet this requirement check for straightness, it shall be rejected and removed from the site. Laying instructions of the manufacturer shall be explicitly followed. 4. Thoroughly clean pipe and fittings before installing. Keep them clean until they are used in the work, and conform to the lines, grades, and dimensions required when installed. 5. All materials found to have cracks, flaws or other defects, during the progress of the work, will be rejected by the Engineer. All defective materials furnished by the Contractor shall be promptly removed by him from the site at no additional cost to the Owner. 6. Bell or spigot joint surfaces that are out of round shall be aligned to meet this requirement or shall be rejected as unsatisfactory and removed from the job, at the sole discretion of the Engineer. 7. Pipe sections connecting to manholes shall have a joint in each line within 2 feet of the outside face of each manhole or structure. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/23/21 02635-4 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings 8. Plug or close off pipes, which are stubbed off for a manhole, concrete structure, or for future connection by others, with temporary watertight plugs. 9. Set pipe at the slope and grades indicated on the Drawings. Ensure pipe remains at proper grades by shoring it. 10. Pipe bedding shall form a continuous and uniform bearing and support for the pipe barrel between joints. Pipe shall not rest directly on the bell or pipe joint. 11. Backfill around the sides of the pipe with the approved bedding material up to the crown of the pipe. B. Repair Joints 1. When laying bell and spigot type pipe, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. 2. The pipe shall then be secured in place with approved backfill material tamped under the pipe and around the barrel of the pipe in the vicinity of the middle of the length. This material in to be placed and tamped prior to cementing the joint. 3. Joints of concrete pipe in the trench, which cannot be cemented immediately, shall be maintained in a dry condition and a cloth covering shall be laid over the top of the joint so as to prevent the entry of dirt or other deleterious material. 3.3 CLEANING A. Prior to final acceptance and final manhole-to-manhole inspection of the system by the Engineer, flush and clean all parts of the system. If any foreign matter is still present in the system, reflush and clean the sections and portions of the lines as required. B. Remove all accumulated construction debris, rocks, gravel, sand, silt, and other foreign material from the sewer system at or near the closest downstream manhole. If necessary, use mechanical rodding or bucketing equipment. 3.4 TESTING A. Testing shall be in accordance with Section 02503 (Testing of Sanitary Sewers and Storm Drainage Systems). END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 2\02635.docx Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 02730-1 Pavement Reclamation SECTION 02730 PAVEMENT RECLAMATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Producing a stabilized base course and/or sub-base through the recycling of the existing pavement structure and a specified depth of acceptable sub-base material. This combination of pavement and sub-base material is to be uniformly crushed, pulverized and blended, then spread, excess removed, graded, and compacted to the existing base elevation. B. Related Sections 1. Section 02315, Excavation, Backfill, Compaction and Dewatering 2. Section 02320, Borrow Material 3. Section 02740, Bituminous Concrete Pavement 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C136 - Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates B. ASTM D1557 – Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lb./ft3) C. AASHTO – Standard Specification for Transportation Materials and Methods of Sampling and Testing, 1986 Edition as amended D. AASHTO T 96 – L.A. Abrasion Test E. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Public Works “Standard Specification for Highways and Bridges,” 1988 Edition as amended 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Excavate representative samples from the area to be reclaimed. Manually pulverize the pavement and blend the sample to duplicate the material produced during the reclamation work. Tag, label, and package the samples as requested by Engineer. Provide access to the sample and process site for field evaluation and inspection. B. Provide sieve analyses (ASTM C136) for the reclaimed sub-base course samples from certified soils testing laboratory. Samples shall be taken and tested for each 1,500 c.y. of material reclaimed or whenever conditions change. C. Provide modified proctor analysis (ASTM D1557) from certified soils testing laboratory for reclaimed materials samples. D. Submit for approval a Reclamation Plan that describes the equipment and the process to be used for scarifying and pulverizing the existing pavement, including a plan for supplemental borrow material if necessary. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 02730-2 Pavement Reclamation E. Provide sieve analyses (ASTM C136) from certified soils testing laboratory for all borrow materials. Samples shall be taken and tested for each 1,500 c.y. of borrow material placed. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. No borrow shall be placed prior to approval. B. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and methods required for performance of the Work. C. Use equipment of adequate size, capacity, and quantity to accomplish the Work in a timely manner. D. Comply with the directions of Engineer and the requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 RECLAIMED BASE COURSE MATERIAL A. Reclaimed pavement borrow material shall consist of crushed asphalt pavement and/or crushed cement concrete, and gravel borrow consisting of inert material that is hard, durable stone and coarse sand. B. Gradation requirements for standard gravel borrow shall conform to Section 02320. C. The aggregate shall have a percentage of wear not greater than 50 as measured by the Los Angeles Abrasion Test. D. Gradation requirements shall be determined by AASHTO T11 and T27 except the material shall not be oven dried. It shall be air dried, fan dried at low speed, or other low temperature heat so as not to liquefy the asphalt or cause the asphalt to adhere to the sieves. Water used for the #200 sieve analysis shall be cold tap water. E. Reclaimed pavement borrow gradation shall meet the following requirements: Sieve Percent Passing 3 inch 100 1-1/2 inch 70-100 3/4 inch 50-85 No. 4 30-60 No. 50 8-24 No. 200 0-10 F. Gradation deficiencies in the existing materials, as indicated by the samples, shall be corrected by blending the appropriate aggregate size(s) into the mixture prior to the second pass of the reclaimer. G. Reclaimed pavement borrow material shall be processed by mechanical means and blended to form a homogeneous material. The equipment for producing crushed material shall be of adequate size and have sufficient adjustments to produce the desired materials. The processed materials shall be stockpiled in such a manner as to minimize segregation of particle sizes. Reclaimed pavement borrow material shall come from approved sources and stockpiles. H. The amount of combined crushed asphalt pavement shall not exceed 50% by volume as determined by visual inspection, or by laboratory tests required by the Engineer. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 02730-3 Pavement Reclamation 2.2 CRUSHED STONE AND SAND BORROW FOR BLENDING A. Crushed stone shall consist of one or the other of the following material: 1. Durable crushed rock consisting of the angular fragments obtained by breaking and crushing solid or shattered rock and free from a detrimental quantity of thin (average width exceeds 4 times their average thickness), flat, elongated (average length exceeds 4 times the average width) or other objectionable pieces. A detrimental quantity will be considered as any amount in excess of 15% of the total weight. 2. Durable crushed gravel stone obtained by artificial crushing of gravel boulders or fieldstone with a minimum diameter before crushing of 8 inches. B. Crushed stone shall be free from clay, loam or deleterious material and not more than 1.0% of satisfactory material passing a No. 200 sieve will be allowed to adhere to the crushed stone. C. Crushed stone shall have a maximum percentage of wear as determined by the Los Angeles Abrasion Test (AASHTO-T-96) of 50%. D. Sand borrow shall consist of clean, inert, hard, durable grains of quartz or other hard, durable, rock, free from loam or clay, surface coatings and deleterious materials. The allowable amount of material passing a No. 200 sieve as determined by ASTM-C117 shall not exceed 10% by weight. E. Crushed stone and sand for blending shall conform to Section 02320. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Reclamation depth shall be a minimum of 12-inch depth at all locations, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. B. Reclaiming operations shall not be permitted when the existing pavement or sub-base contains frost, when the sub-base is excessively wet or when the air or surface temperature is below 40°F and falling. C. Reclaiming operations shall not be completed more than 2 weeks before the time frames allowed for paving operations, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer. D. Reclaiming operations shall be limited to asphalt surfaces and shall not include tree belts, lawns, or other loamed areas. E. All excess reclaimed material shall first be used in the pavement expansion area to the south of the site and then shall become the property of the Northampton Department of Public Works and shall be delivered and stockpiled at the Owner’s discretion, in a designated area at the Department of Public Works yard. 3.2 EQUIPMENT A. The reclaiming equipment shall have a positive depth control to ensure a uniform depth of processing. This equipment shall have the ability to process the complete design depth specified into a homogeneous mass. It shall also be capable of crushing all oversize material encountered, except ledge or boulders larger than 8 inches in diameter. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 02730-4 Pavement Reclamation 3.3 EXISTING UTILITY STRUCTURES A. Structures and boxes within the reclaim area are to be referenced and lowered to a minimum depth 6 inches below the bottom of the proposed reclaimed base course. Lowered structures shall be covered with steel plates. The voids remaining after the structures have been lowered are to be filled with standard gravel borrow conforming with that in section 02320 or excess reclaimed material. Coordinate with the respective utility companies for the lowering and raising of privately owned structures and gate boxes. The LSP of record should be contacted regarding adjustment of any active monitoring wells. The reclaiming operation shall not begin until all structures and boxes are lowered. B. Alternative methods shall be implemented along structures that cannot be lowered without removing manhole sections or rebuilding the structure, and along any other places not accessible with the reclaiming equipment to provide a continuous 16 inches of reclamation depth at all locations. C. Maintain drainage in the areas under construction up to the time when the final system is put into use. Structures lowered shall be raised to the binder grade elevation upon placement of the binder course material for that section. Adjustment of the castings to final grade will not be allowed until the Engineer approves the placement of hot mix asphalt top course material throughout the project. 3.4 RECLAIMING OPERATIONS A. Prior to the start of reclamation, sweep the existing pavement with a power sweeper to remove all trash, sand, dirt, organic matter, and other undesirable material. B. Saw cut existing pavement full depth within the areas where the adjacent surface is to be protected (curb, side streets, etc.). C. The required density shall be maintained until the hot mix asphalt pavement has been placed. Any imperfections discovered prior to the placement of hot mix asphalt shall be repaired at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Prior to beginning the reclamation process, perform test passes and provide sieve analyses in accordance with Paragraph 1.3.B. Reclamation shall not begin until all required test results have been submitted and the Reclamation Plan has been approved. If the sieve analyses indicate grading deficiencies, the appropriate crushed stone aggregate sizes or sand shall be blended with the recycled material to produce a uniform mixture meeting the gradation requirements. E. The first pass with the reclamation equipment shall blend the asphalt, and gravel materials into a homogeneous mass to a depth of 12 inches below existing grade. Contractor shall then rough grade the lot removing excess material equivalent to the proposed new bituminous concrete road thickness. F. After the first pass, new aggregate is added, as necessary, and stabilizing agent is placed. The aggregate mass shall then be pulverized again with a second pass of the reclaimer to ensure proper asphalt, gravel, aggregate and/or stabilizing agent blending to the desired depth of 12 inches below original pavement grade minus the proposed asphalt thickness. The reclaimed base shall be shaped and fine graded, followed by compaction. G. For stabilizing, one (1) application of 38% liquid calcium chloride totaling 0.75 gallons per square yard shall be applied with even coverage over the surface area of Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 02730-5 Pavement Reclamation the reclaimed borrow material and blended into a homogeneous mass with a second pass of the reclamation equipment. A final capping of 0.25 gallon per square yard of liquid calcium chloride for stabilization shall be applied over the fine graded and compacted surface. Total liquid calcium chloride for stabilization application shall be 1.00 gallon per square yard. H. When unsuitable material is encountered in the subgrade, remove reclaimed material to expose the unsuitable material. Remove the unsuitable material to the lines and depths established by the Engineer, but never more than three feet deep from the existing grade, and replace with Standard Gravel Borrow or excess reclaimed material. Reclaimed material shall then be placed to the widths, depths and crowns indicated on the Drawings. I. For locations adjacent to structures that are not lowered, and the reclaiming equipment does not have access to the entire paved surface, the existing materials may be cut away or excavated and the voids filled with standard gravel borrow conforming with that in section 02320 or excess reclaimed material. Reclaimed material shall be placed to the widths, depths and crowns indicated on the Drawings. J. In areas where the width of the lot is wider than the existing lot, excavate and remove the existing material, and replace with Standard Gravel Borrow or excess reclaimed material to the width, depth and crown indicated on the Drawings. K. Laborers shall follow reclaiming equipment, hand picking and removing any stone, cement, or asphalt larger than 3 inches in diameter not pulverized. L. The mixed or blended base course material shall be spread and compacted in accordance with Section 02315 to accept binder and top course bituminous concrete layers. Grade and remove excess reclaimed material such that finished surface of the top course matches the existing grade. M. Restore to final grade all existing drainage, utility structures and underground pipes, culverts, conduits, and other appurtenances lowered or removed to facilitate the reclamation activity. N. Driveway aprons and sidewalks adjacent to roads being reclaimed shall be repaired in accordance with Section 02740. END OF SECTION \\Srv\Projects\N\N0936 Northampton Dpw\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 2\02730.Doc Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/6/21/17 02740-1 Bituminous Concrete Pavement SECTION 02740 HOT MIX ASPHALT (HMA) PAVEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Hot mix Asphalt (HMA) paving B. For the purposes of this Section, Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) and bituminous concrete have the same meaning. C. Related Requirements 1. Section 02315 - Excavation, Backfill, Compaction and Dewatering 2. Section 02730 - Pavement Reclamation 3. Section 02760 - Pavement Markings 1.2 REFERENCES A. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Public Works "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges," 1988 Edition as amended B. ASTM D2041 - Standard Test Method for Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity and Density of Bituminous Paving Mixtures C. AASHTO Standard Specifications for Transportation Materials and Methods of Sampling and Testing, 1990 Edition, as amended D. AASHTO M 320 E. TAI - (The Asphalt Institute) - MS-3 Asphalt Plant Manual F. TAI - (The Asphalt Institute) - MS-8 Asphalt Paving Manual 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Job mix formula for each mix specified under this Section. B. Certificate indicating the mixes specified meet or exceed the requirements specified herein. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Public Works "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges,” 1988 Edition as amended. B. Mixing Plant: Conform to Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Public Works "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges,” 1988 Edition as amended. C. Obtain materials from same source throughout. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/6/21/17 02740-2 Bituminous Concrete Pavement PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General 1. Bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of these Specifications. 2. Bitumen delivered to a project or to a mix plant must be accompanied by a proper certificate signed by the producer’s authorized representative. Shipments of material not accompanied by a certificate will not be accepted for use in the Work. B. Hot Mix Asphalt Paving shall be Class I, Type I-1, as specified in Sections 460 and M3.11.0 of the above referenced Massachusetts Department of Public Works "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges," 1988 edition, as amended. C. Hot Mix Asphalt 1. Hot Mix Asphalt materials shall meet the requirements of M3.11.0 of the above referenced Massachusetts Department of Public Works "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges," 1988 edition, as amended. 2. Only Performance Graded Asphalt Binder grades PG 64-28 or PG 52-34 will be used as modifiers and shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 320. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PAVING – GENERAL A. Maintain pavement under this Contract during the guarantee period of one year and promptly (within 3 days of notice given by the Engineer) refill and repave areas which have settled or are otherwise unsatisfactory for traffic. B. All pavement thicknesses referred to herein are compacted thicknesses. Place sufficient mix to ensure that the specified thickness of pavement results. C. Regardless of temperature, no permanent mix conforming to the requirements of these specifications shall be placed after October 31 or before May 1 of any year. D. When the air temperature falls below 50ºF, extra precautions shall be taken in drying the aggregates, controlling the temperatures of the materials and placing and compacting the mixtures. E. Existing drainage patterns shall not be altered by the new pavement construction unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. F. Furnish and spread calcium chloride on disturbed surfaces to control dust conditions when necessary, or upon direction of the Engineer. G. Repair pavement markings damaged during the course of the work in accordance with Section 02760. H. In no case will pavement be placed until the gravel base is dry and compacted to at least 92.0% maximum density at optimum moisture content. I. All pavement edges that have been damaged shall be sawcut again if necessary to re- establish a straight clean line between the existing pavement and trench patch. J. Tack Coats Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/6/21/17 02740-3 Bituminous Concrete Pavement 1. Apply tack coat on the binder prior to placing the top course. The tack coat shall be RS-1 emulsion and shall be applied at a rate of 0.05 gallons per square yard on binder courses and streets to be overlayed. 2. The edges of the existing pavement where the joints are to be formed shall be thoroughly coated with tack coat to ensure adhesion between the two pavements. 3. The contact surfaces of curbs, castings, and other structures shall be painted with a tack coat prior to placement of paving. K. Place binder course HMA as soon as possible after the gravel or reclaimed base has been prepared, shaped and compacted for all streets, driveway and sidewalk repair. Binder course HMA shall be placed no later than the Friday following the work. L. Temporary Pavement Guarantee Period 1. No top course paving shall proceed until a minimum of 30 days has elapsed since placement of any temporary pavement. M. Until such time as the final paving is performed, maintain all binder course HMA by filling any holes that may develop and by adding additional bituminous material to maintain the surface of the lot even with the adjacent pavement. N. Top course mixes shall provide for 4% air voids in the finished product. The initial in-place voids shall not exceed 7.5%. Final in-place voids shall not be below 2.5%. Additional asphalt content shall not be added for the sole purpose of reducing the in- place voids. If the in-place voids are too high or the paving is expected to occur during cold weather, more compactive effort will be required to adjust the void content rather than increasing the asphalt content. O. Breakdown rolling shall not occur before the HMA has cooled to a temperature of 320 degrees Fahrenheit, and shall be completed before the HMA mat has cooled to a temperature of 275 degrees Fahrenheit. Intermediate rolling shall be completed prior to the HMA mat attaining a temperature of 200 degrees Fahrenheit. Finish rolling shall be completed prior to the HMA mat attaining a temperature of 150 degrees Fahrenheit. Roller and paver speeds shall be agreed upon with the Engineer prior to placing HMA to ensure mix temperature requirements will be met. P. Thermal segregation of the HMA shall be limited to a maximum of 20 degrees Fahrenheit. Q. Cascading HMA material on the top of the finished mat with rakes or shovels will not be permitted. Coarse Aggregate dislodged as a result of unavoidable hand work shall be removed from the surface prior to rolling. R. Place and compact HMA materials by steel-wheeled rollers of sufficient weight to compact the HMA to 92.5% of the calculated Theoretical Maximum Density (TMD) in accordance with ASTM D2041. S. Along curbs, structures and all other places not accessible with a roller, the paving mixture shall be thoroughly compacted with tampers. Such tampers shall not weigh less than 25 pounds and shall have a tamping face no more than 50 square inches in size. The surface of the mixture after compaction shall be smooth and true to the established line and grade. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/6/21/17 02740-4 Bituminous Concrete Pavement T. No vehicular traffic shall be permitted on the newly completed pavement until adequate stability has been attained and the material has cooled to below 140 degrees Fahrenheit or sufficiently to prevent distortion or loss of fines. HMA delivery trucks (loaded or empty) shall not be permitted on the newly completed pavement until the asphalt has cooled to below 90 degrees Fahrenheit. If the climatic or other conditions warrant, the period of time before opening to traffic may be extended at the discretion of the Engineer. U. Following all paving, the area along the edge of all pavement shall be backed up with gravel, or loam and seed as required, so that it is flush with the adjacent paving. Whenever possible, the final surface of the backup material shall slope away from the surface edge for drainage runoff. V. Following all paving, clean all catch basins and remove and dispose of all debris. 3.2 PAVING – BASE AND BINDER COURSE A. Place base and/or binder course as soon as possible after the gravel base has been prepared, shaped and compacted for all streets. B. Binder course shall be placed on reclaimed or fully reconstructed roads as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein in preparation for the full-width top course. C. Structure Adjustments 1. All manhole frames, catch basin frames and utility boxes are to be lowered prior to placement of the base and/or binder course. After placing the binder course, they shall be raised to the grade of the binder course until such time as the top course is placed, unless the period of time between the placement of the binder course and the placement of the top course is less than 2 weeks, in which case the frames may be raised to the grade of the top course. All excavated materials removed for raising of the frames and utility boxes are to be replaced with concrete. This ring of concrete shall be filled flush with the surrounding binder course. 2. Adjustments to existing municipally owned utility structures and appurtenances such as drainage manholes, catch basins and gate valve boxes, both within the area of excavation and within the existing paved surface, will be carried out by the Contractor prior to installation of the top course. The raising of other structures (privately owned utilities) as required to properly complete the final paving work should be completed by the structure owners. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate all such work and to assure that all structures are properly raised in a timely manner. D. Maintain base and/or binder course in a condition suitable for traffic throughout the construction period. Defects shall be repaired within 3 days of notification. E. Prepare the base and/or binder course for placement of the top course. The base shall be graded prior to the placement of the binder course. The binder course shall be regraded, placing additional HMA where settling has occurred, repairing the existing surface and replacing broken or damaged sections at no additional cost to the Owner. The binder course surface shall be in all respects acceptable to the Engineer before the final pavement is placed. The surface shall then be broom cleaned. 3.3 FULL-WIDTH TOP COURSE Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/6/21/17 02740-5 Bituminous Concrete Pavement A. Prior to the start of spreading the permanent HMA top course the road surface shall be prepared. This shall include, but not be limited to sweeping, repairing, removing of debris, adjustment of all structures for the finished, compacted overlay thickness, and tack coating the surface of the road to be overlaid. B. Surface preparation shall also include filling and shimming all pavement areas that have not been milled, reclaimed or reconstructed which require preparation prior to the placement of the overlay. Overlays shall not be placed over pavement areas with open seams, substantial cracks, pot-holes, depressions or other defects until proper filling and shimming has been completed. C. When top course is placed on a new binder course, a butt joint shall be provided between new pavement and any adjoining road surfaces. D. The final surface shall be properly graded and cambered to provide a smooth surface of proper cross-section and blended into all adjacent existing pavements. Any permanent pavement repair that in the opinion of the Engineer does not meet this requirement, or that will form puddles 1/16-inch deep or greater shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense. E. The finished top course shall blend smoothly with all rim elevations of catch basins, manhole covers, gate box covers, and any other utilities, and shall in no way interfere with or alter the existing surface drainage. END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 2\02740.doc Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/31/17 02760-1 Pavement Markings SECTION 02760 PAVEMENT MARKINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. All labor, materials, accessories, service and equipment necessary to furnish and apply all pavement striping, and traffic markings, as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. a. Replacement of pavement markings disturbed as part of construction activities 2. Colorized Coatings (Preferential Bike Lane) 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1. Section 02740 - Bituminous Concrete Pavement 1.3 REFERENCES A. AASHTO Standard Specifications for Transportation Materials and Methods of Sampling and Testing, 1986 Edition, as amended. B. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Public Works "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges,” 1988 Edition, as amended. C. ASTM D1475 – Standard Test Method for Density of Liquid Coatings, Inks, and Related Products D. ASTM D2369 – Standard Test Method for Volatile Content of Coatings E. ASTM D2697 – Standard Test Method for Volume Nonvolatile Matter in Clear or Pigmented Coatings F. ASTM D3960-05 – Standard Practice for Determining Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content of Paints and Related Coatings 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturers literature and material specifications for all materials furnished under this Section including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Pavement marking paint 2. Colorized coatings B. Submit affidavit stating submitted materials comply with the above-noted Standards. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide a written one-year unconditional guarantee against fading, chipping, peeling, wearing, etc. B. Provide onsite vendor technical support during application of the colorized coating Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/31/17 02760-2 Pavement Markings PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Waterborne Pavement Marking Paint 1. In accordance with the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Public Works "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges", 1988 Edition, as amended, pavement marking paint shall conform to the requirements of Articles M.7.01.10 and M.7.01.11 for waterborne pavement marking paint. 2. All paint for traffic markings shall be fast drying white or yellow traffic paint complying with the applicable paragraphs of the Standard Specifications. The paint shall be capable of being applied to bituminous and portland cement concrete pavements with striping equipment that does not require heating above ambient temperatures. 3. The following additional pavement marking paint requirements shall be met: a. The total nonvolatile content shall not be less than 70% by weight. b. Pigment shall be 45-55% by weight. c. Weight per gallon shall not be less than 12.5 pounds. d. Drying time to no pickup shall be 15 minutes. 4. No reflective glass beads will be required. 5. The material shall not lift from the pavement in the freezing weather, and shall not smear or spread under normal traffic conditions or at temperature below 120 degrees F. 6. The paint shall not deteriorate by contact with sand, sodium, chloride, calcium chloride or other chemicals used against the formation of ice on the pavement, because of the oil content of pavement materials, or from gasoline, grease and oil drippings from vehicles. B. Colorized Coating 1. Two-part epoxy-modified acrylic waterborne coating system specifically designed for application on a flexible pavement. 2. Highly concentrated high visibility green colorant with UV stability. 3. The following additional colorized coating requirements shall be met: a. Solids by volume: 55% minimum per ASTM D2697 b. Solids by weight: 70% minimum per ASTM D2369 c. Density: 13 [lb/gal] minimum per ASTM D1475 d. VOCs: 20 [g/l] maximum per ASTM D3960-05 e. Dry Time: 45 minute maximum dry to touch PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/31/17 02760-3 Pavement Markings A. Protect the building, walks, pavement, curbing, trees, shrubs, mulch, etc. from over- spray of paint and damage. B. Clean and sweep all areas to be striped or re-striped of all sand, dirt, grease, oil, etc. Large areas of tar, grease or foreign materials may require sand blasting, steam cleaning or power brooming to accomplish complete removal. C. Application of markings shall not proceed until authorization is received from Engineer. D. Bituminous concrete pavements shall have been in place for at least 7 days prior to the application of pavement markings. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Replace disturbed pavement markings. Pavement markings shall be placed to match pre-construction conditions. B. Installation shall be by skilled workers who are experienced and normally employed in the Work of installing pavement markings. C. Painting shall be in accordance with Section 860 of the Massachusetts DOT “Standard Specifications for Highway and Bridges”, 1988 Edition, as amended. D. All stripes shall be applied one coat with brush, spray or marking machine over dry clean pavement only. E. All paint shall be installed at a rate of not more than 300 linear feet of 4- inch wide lines per gallon of paint (approximately 0.016 inch dry film thickness). F. If material is applied to the pavement by an extrusion method, one side of the shaping die shall be the pavement and the other three sides are contained by, or are part of, suitable equipment for controlling the flow of paint. G. Where entire areas are to be cross-hatched as directed by the Drawings, the 4-inch- wide straight white parallel stripes 36 inches on center shall be laid out and painted in solid lines. H. After application and proper drying time, the material shall show no appreciable deformation or discoloration under traffic conditions and in air and/or road temperature ranging from 0 - 120 degrees F. I. The stripe shall maintain its original dimensions and placement. The exposed surface shall be free from tack. Cold ductility of the material shall permit normal movement with the pavement surface without chipping or cracking. J. No paint or pavement marking material shall be heated above the temperature allowed per manufacturer’s instructions. K. All painting shall be performed in a neat and workmanlike manner. L. Lines shall sharp and clear with no feathered edging or fogging. M. If, for any reason, material is spilled or tracked on the pavement or any markings applied by Contractor, in Engineer’s judgment, are not acceptable, then the Contractor shall remove such material by a method that shall not damage the roadway surface and is acceptable to Engineer, clean and prepare the surface for a reapplication of markings, and reapply the markings as directed. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/05/31/17 02760-4 Pavement Markings N. Application Requirements 1. Marking paint shall be applied at a rate of 100 to 115 square feet per gallon. 2. Material application temperature shall be from 40F to 120F. 3. No thinners shall be used for the above listed pavement marking applications except in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and at the direction of the Engineer. 4. Minimum finished paint thickness shall be 15 mils. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Markings shall remain protected until sufficiently dry to bear traffic on roadways that are open to traffic. B. Precautions shall be taken to prevent tracking by tires of the striping equipment. C. Traffic cones used for protection of markings shall be not less than 28 inches in height. 3.4 COLORIZED COATING A. All manufacturer guidelines and recommendations shall be followed. B. Coating shall be spray applied using manufacturer approved equipment and finished with a soft bristle broom to work material into surface. C. Apply coating in multiple thin layers, allowing for dry time between applications, providing a total dry thickness of not less than 20 mils. D. Ensure that the surface is completely dry and free of all foreign matter. E. The forecasted weather shall comply with the manufacturer’s recommended installation conditions. F. Protect all adjacent pavements and features from the colorized coating and properly confine the coating to the treatment area. G. Coating should be allowed to cure before being subjected to any traffic. Minimum cure time to be specified by manufacturer, but not to be less than 12-hours after completion of application. END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 2\02760.doc Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 02770-1 Granite Curbing SECTION 02770 GRANITE CURBING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Vertical granite curbing 2. Sloped Granite Curbing 3. Removing and resetting of granite curbing 4. Installation, repair and replacement of granite curbing. B. Related Sections 1. Section 02320, Borrow Material 1.2 REFERENCES A. AASHTO Standard Specifications for Transportation Materials and Methods of Sampling and Testing, 1986 Edition, as amended. B. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges", 2021 Edition, as amended. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer, shop drawing showing dimensions, layouts and details of construction and accessories required. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Granite Curbing 1. In accordance with the MassDOT Standard Specifications, granite curbing shall conform to the requirements of Article M.9.04.1. 2. Granite curbing shall be hard and durable, fundamentally of light color, of general uniform texture, of smooth splitting appearance, and free from seams or imperfections. 3. No top projections of greater than 1/8 inch shall exist, and no more than 1” projections shall exist on the back and bottom of each section. 4. Vertical Granite Curbing a. Granite curbing shall be Type VA4. b. Standard laying length shall be no less than 6-feet. 5. Granite Slope Curbing a. Granite curbing shall be Type SB Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 02770-2 Granite Curbing b. Standard laying length shall be no less than 6-feet. B. Mortar 1. In general, mortar shall be one part Portland cement and two parts (by volume) dry fine aggregate. 2. Hydrated lime in an amount of less than 4 pounds of lime to each bag of Portland cement may be added if approved by the Engineer. C. Gravel Base 1. Processed gravel base shall be as specified in Section 02320 (Borrow Materials). D. Concrete Base 1. Fill concrete shall be Massachusetts Department of Transportation (formerly MHD) Standard 3000 psi mix. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All curbing shall be installed in accordance with the MassDOT Standard Specifications. B. Excavation shall be made of sufficient depth and width to accommodate the granular base. C. The line of the curbing shall be set straight and true for the full depth. D. Granite edging shall be set on an 8-inch minimum depth compacted processed gravel base. The gravel base shall be fine graded and thoroughly compacted with approved mechanical compactors. Concrete fill shall be placed on the front and back of the granite curbing in lieu of gravel backfill in locations where a sidewalk does not directly abut the back of the curb. In locations where a sidewalk directly abuts the back of the curb, concrete fill is only required on the front side.All curbing shall have a 6-inch reveal from the finished pavement surface, except in the case of transition curbing, and shall be flush with adjacent sidewalks. E. All granite edging shall have a 4-inch reveal from the finished pavement surface, except in the case of transition curbing, and shall be flush with adjacent sidewalks. F. Where edging is to be set on a radius between 10 feet and 160 feet, the maximum laying length shall be 3 foot. Where edging is to be set on a radius of 10 feet or less, the maximum laying length shall be 1 foot. G. The joints of the curbing shall be filled with cement mortar and neatly pointed on exposed surfaces. The joints of the curbing shall be pointed with mortar for the full depth of the curbing. Excess mortar shall be satisfactorily cleaned from the curb. H. At approximately 50-foot intervals, a ½ inch joint shall not be filled with mortar to be left free for expansion. I. The joints of all curbing shall be filled with cement mortar and neatly pointed on exposed surfaces. Excess mortar shall be satisfactorily cleaned from the curb. 3.2 REMOVING AND RESETTING CURBING Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/04/23/21 02770-3 Granite Curbing A. Remove curbs without causing damage. B. Store curbs removed in a manner that protects them from damage or discoloration. Replace curbs that are lost or damaged. C. Reset curbs in accordance with Section 500 of the MassDOT Standard Specifications. END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 2\02770.doc Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/23/21 02775-1 Portland Cement Concrete Sidewalks SECTION 02775 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Sidewalks including wheelchair ramps B. Related Sections 1. Section 02315 - Excavating, Backfilling, Compaction and Dewatering 2. Section 02320 - Borrow Material 3. Section 03300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete 1.2 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 (American Concrete Institute) - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. B. ACI 304 (American Concrete Institute) - Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. C. ASTM A185 - Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. D. ASTM A497 - Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. E. ASTM A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel for Concrete Reinforcement. F. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates. G. ASTM C94 - Ready Mix Concrete. H. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement I. ASTM C260 - Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. J. ASTM C309 - Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. K. ASTM C494 - Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. L. ASTM D1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. M. ASTM D1752 - Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. N. AASHTO Standard Specifications for Transportation Materials and Methods of Sampling and Testing, 1986 Edition, as amended. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Portland cement concrete shall be an Air-Entrained 4,000 psi, ¾-inch mix in accordance with Section 03300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/23/21 02775-2 Portland Cement Concrete Sidewalks B. Premolded expansion joint filler shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 213. C. Gravel borrow for the sidewalk base shall be in accordance with Section 02320 - Borrow Material. D. Sheet membrane curing compounds shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 309. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Shape the subgrade parallel to the proposed surface and compact thoroughly. Fill depressions with suitable material and compact again until the surface is smooth and hard. B. Install a gravel base to a depth of 8 inches on top of the subgrade. Fine grade the gravel base and compact thoroughly with approved mechanical tampers. C. Place Portland cement panels 4 inches thick for sidewalks and 6 inches thick for driveways and driveway aprons in accurately set, smooth wooden or steel forms of sufficient strength to resist springing out of shape. The gravel base shall be fine graded and recompacted immediately ahead of pouring the concrete. Sidewalks shall match the top of the existing adjacent sidewalk panels. D. Completely remove mortar and dirt from forms that have been previously used. The forms shall be well staked and thoroughly graded and set to the established lines with their upper edge conforming to the grade of the finished walk. Oil forms before placing concrete. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Reinforce the concrete slab with welded wire fabric, 6x6-W4 x W4. B. Place concrete to half the desired depth at which point the welded wire fabric shall be placed or raised to the surface. The remaining concrete can then be placed. Care should be exercised to avoid walking in areas with reinforcing C. No finish work shall be performed while free water is present. After water sheen has disappeared and concrete has started to stiffen, edging operations, where required, shall be completed. After edging and joining operations, the surface shall be floated. Immediately following floating, the surface shall be steel-troweled. Following troweling, the concrete sidewalk shall be given a broom finish. D. Cure the concrete by covering with burlap or other acceptable material that shall be kept moist for at least five (5) days after placing the concrete. E. Cure the concrete by the application of a liquid membrane-curing compound as soon as free water has disappeared and the surface cannot be marred. The application should be uniform and without puddles. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 2\02775.docx Tighe&Bond N0936-11/4/23/21 02821-1 Three Rail Wood Fence SECTION 02821 THREE RAIL WOOD FENCE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Three rail wood fence 1.2 REFERENCES A. AWPA P48-15 Standard for Copper Azole Type C (CA-C) B. MassDOT Standard Specifications, 2021 as amended 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Name and location of Vendor and their Supplier (treater) B. Type and grade of wood and preservative PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Rails: 1-¼” x 6” CA-C pressure treated timber being straight and sound, previously cut from live growing trees and free from loose knots or other structurally weakening defects including shake holes and heart rot over 1 inch diameter. B. Posts: 4” x 4” CA-C pressure treated timber being straight and sound and free from season checks exceeding ¼ inch in width. C. Fasteners: 2-½” self-tapping stainless steel deck screws D. Base: All corner and end posts shall be set in concrete conforming to MassDOT M4.02.00 4,000 psi, 1-½ inch stone mix placed in a tubular form providing at least 2- inches of cover on all sides of the post. PART 3 EXECUTION A. Fence shall be laid out to the alignment shown on the drawings and all posts set true to line and grade. B. All corner and end posts shall be set in concrete at least three feet deep. Changes in line of 30 degrees or more shall be considered corners. C. Post spacing shall be 8 feet on center. D. Timber rails shall be securely fastened with stainless steel deck screws. E. All rail joints shall be staggered at posts with only one joint per post allowed. END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 2\02821.doc Tighe&Bond N0936-11/4/23/21 02890-1 Traffic Signage & Supports SECTION 02890 TRAFFIC SIGNAGE & SUPPORTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Signage 2. Sign supports and hardware 1.2 REFERENCES A. Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, U.S. Department of Transportation with Massachusetts amendments B. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges," 2021 Edition, as amended C. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Public Works "Standard Drawings for Signs and Supports," 1990 Edition as amended 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit complete Shop Drawings of all signs, supports, and hardware specified 1.4 PRODUCTS A. Signs 1. Signs shall be fabricated in accordance with the MUTCD, MassDOT Standard Specifications, and the Contract Drawings. B. Supports 1. Supports for ground mounted signs shall be Breakaway P-5 Post Assemblies meeting the requirements set forth by Section 800 of the MassDOT Standard Specifications and the Standard Drawings for Signs and Supports. C. Hardware 1. Hardware for mounting signs shall meet the requirements set forth by Section 800 of the Standard Specifications and the Standard Drawings for Signs and Supports. PART 2 EXECUTION 2.1 INSTALLATION A. Install signs, posts, and hardware in accordance the Drawings and the relevant provisions of Section 800 of the Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges, the 2009 Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), and the Standard Drawings for Signs and Supports. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 2\02890.doc Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02900-1 Landscaping SECTION 02900 LANDSCAPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Loam Borrow 2. Planting of Trees, Shrubs and Bushes 3. Maintenance 1.2 REFERENCES A. Massachusetts Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges 2021, as amended. B. American Nursery & Landscape Association (ANLA) standards 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Samples 1. Submit representative Samples to Engineer for selection and approval. Delivered materials shall match the approved Samples. a. Loam Borrow: Provide representative Samples for testing and approval as directed by the Engineer. Deliver Samples to testing laboratory, having testing report sent directly to the Engineer, and pay all costs. 1) Mechanical and chemical (pH soluble salts) analysis shall be by a public extension service agency or a certified private testing laboratory in accordance with the current standards of the "Association of Official Agricultural Chemists." 2) Report shall be submitted before any loam is to be placed. Soil shall be tested for organic content, Nitrate-Nitrogen, Ammonium Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Potassium, Calcium, Aluminum, Soluble Salts and acidity. b. Mulch: Submit one sample and provide the name and address of the Supplier. B. Anti-desiccant: Submit manufacturer information. C. Tree Paint: Submit manufacturer information. D. Planting Soil Analysis: A standard soil test shall be performed by a licensed commercial testing laboratory or government agency approved by the Engineer. Soil test shall provide recommendation for the addition of fertilizer, lime, and other amendments. E. Furnish complete written instructions for maintenance of the plant materials to the Owner at least ten days prior to the end of the maintenance period in order to familiarize the Owner with the proper care and development of the plantings. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02900-2 Landscaping F. Furnish certifications from plant Suppliers indicating the botanical name, quantity, and size of plants to be delivered to the Project. G. Inspection and Acceptance: Submit inspection notice and planting plan. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work with experienced personnel under the direction of a skilled foreman with a minimum three years of experience with similar type and size projects. B. Plants are subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer before delivery for conformity to Specification requirements as to quality, size and variety. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Only deliver plant materials immediately prior to installation. B. Deliver plant materials to the Site in accordance with the best horticultural practices to prevent damage. C. Move and handle plant materials so as to prevent damage to roots and crowns. D. "Heal-in" plants that cannot immediately be installed with bark mulch or wood chips in a location that protects the plants from sun and wind. Root balls and containers shall be completely covered and kept consistently moist until installation. E. Replace damaged and unhealthy plant materials prior to installation. 1.6 SITE CONDITIONS A. Examination of Conditions 1. All areas to be planted shall be inspected by the Contractor before starting Work and any defects such as incorrect grading, etc., shall be reported to the Engineer prior to beginning this Work. The commencement of Work by the Contractor shall indicate his acceptance of the areas to be planted, and he shall assume full responsibility for the Work of this Section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LOAM A. Loam shall consist of loose friable topsoil with no admixture of refuse or material toxic to plant growth. Loam shall be generally free from stones, lumps, stumps, or similar objects larger than 1 inch in greatest diameter, subsoil, roots, and weeds. The term as used herein shall mean that portion of the soil profile defined technically as the "A" horizon by the Soil Science Society of America. The pH shall be from 5.5 to 7.6. Loam shall contain a minimum of three percent and a maximum of ten percent of organic matter as determined by loss by ignition. Not more than 65 percent shall pass a No. 200 sieve as determined by the wash test in accordance with ASTM D 1140. In no instance shall more than 20 percent of that material passing the No. 4 sieve consist of clay size particles. B. The topsoil stripped and stockpiled on the Site may be used provided that, after testing and addition of necessary additives, it meets the above specifications. The Provide additional loam as required. All excess loam shall become the property of the Contractor and be legally disposed of off-site. 2.2 SOIL ADDITIVES Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02900-3 Landscaping A. Commercial fertilizer, peat, humus or other additives shall be used to counteract soil deficiencies as recommended by the soil analysis and as directed by the Engineer. 1. Commercial fertilizer shall be a product complying with State and Federal requirements. Deliver to the Site in the original unopened containers, which shall bear the manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance covering analysis, which shall be furnished to the Engineer. At least 50 percent by weight of the nitrogen content shall be derived from organic materials. Fertilizer shall contain not less than the percentages of weight of ingredients as follows or as recommended by the soil analysis: Nitrogen Phosphorous Potash For deciduous trees & shrubs 10% 6% 4% For evergreen trees & shrubs 7% 7% 7% B. Planting soil shall be prepared based on the following proportions. 1. Three parts loam with a pH of 6.0 to 6.5. 2. One part dehydrated sterilized manure a. Manure shall be well-rotted, unleached stable manure not less than eight months and not more than two years old. It shall be free from sawdust, shavings, or refuse of any kind and shall not contain over 25 percent straw. Furnish information as to kind of disinfectant or chemicals, if any, that may have been used in storage of the manure. 3. One part peat moss a. Peat moss shall be composed of the partly decomposed stems and leaves of any or several species of sphagnum moss. It shall be free from wood, decomposed colloidal residue, mineral matter such as sulfuric and iron harmful to plant life. It shall have a water absorbing capacity of 1100 percent to 2000 percent, and a moisture content of 30 percent. It shall have an acidity range of 3.5 pH to 5.5 pH as determined in accordance with the test methods of A.O.A.C. C. Humus shall be natural humus, reed peat or sedge peat. It shall be free from excessive amounts of zinc, low in wood content, free from hard lumps and in a shredded or granular form. According to the methods of testing of A.O.A.C. latest edition, the acidity range shall be approximately 5.5 pH to 7.6 pH and the organic matter shall be not less than 85 percent as determined by weight on an over-dry basis. D. Leaf mold shall be highly organic dark brown to black spongy residue resulting from the well aerated composting of deciduous tree leaves. It shall be at least three years old, without recognizable leaf parts, free of plants and their roots, debris and other extraneous matter and shall be uncontaminated by foreign matter and substances harmful to plant growth. The organic matter shall not be less than 85 percent by weight as determined by the loss on ignition of oven-dried Samples. Test Samples shall be oven-dried to a constant weight at a temperature of 110o C. The inorganic residue after ignition shall not be finer textured than 4 percent by weight passing the number 200 sieve with washing. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02900-4 Landscaping E. The following amendments shall be incorporated into the prepared planting soil prior to backfilling of planting pits in accordance with the recommendations of the planting soil analysis. 1. Fertilizer: Complete with 70 percent of the nitrogen derived from organic sources. 2. Lime: Ground dolomite limestone; 95 percent passing through a 100-mesh sieve. 3. Super Phosphate: Finely ground phosphate rock as commonly used for agricultural purposes containing not less than 18 percent available phosphoric acid. 4. Bone Meal: Bone meal shall be fine ground, steam-cooked, packing house bone with a minimum analysis of 18 percent phosphoric acid and 1.0 percent nitrogen. 5. Peat Moss 2.3 PLANT MATERIALS A. Installation of plants larger than specified will be acceptable only if approved by the Engineer, and at no increase to the Contract price. All plants shall be nursery grown unless specifically authorized to be collected. B. Plant Material Requirements: 1. Plants shall be in accordance with the U.S.A. Standard for Nursery Stock of the ANLA, latest edition. 2. Hardy under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality of the Project. All plants shall be typical of their species or variety and shall have a normal habit of growth and be legibly tagged with the proper name. Only plant stock grown within the hardiness of Zones 4 through 6, as established by the Plant Hardiness Zone Map Miscellaneous Publications No. 814, Agricultural Research Service, US Department of Agriculture latest revision, will be accepted. Suppliers must certify in writing that the stock has actually been grown under required zones. Plants not so certified will not be accepted. 3. Plants shall be typical of their species or variety, with a normal habit of growth. The root system of each shall be well provided with fibrous roots. All parts shall be moist and show active green cambium when cut. They shall be sound, healthy and vigorous, well-branched and densely foliated when in leaf. They shall be free of disease, insect pests, eggs or larvae. 4. Dimensions shall conform to Specifications in the current edition of Horticultural Standards of the ANLA. C. Trees 1. The height of the trees (measured from the crown of the roots to the tip of the top branch) shall be not less than the minimum size designated. Take caliper measurement six inches above ground level up to and including four inch caliper size and twelve inches above ground for larger sizes. The trunk of each tree shall be a single trunk growing from a single un-mutilated crown of roots. No part of the trunk shall be conspicuously crooked as compared with normal trees of the same variety. The trunk shall be free from sunscald, frost cracks, or abrasions resulting from fire or other causes. No pruning wounds shall be present having Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02900-5 Landscaping a diameter exceeding two inches and such wounds must show vigorous bark on all edges. Plants shall not be pruned prior to delivery. D. Shrubs 1. Shrubs shall meet the requirements for spread or height stated in the Plant List. The measurements for height are to be taken from the ground level to the average height of the shrub and not to the longest branch. The thickness of each shrub shall correspond to the trade classification "No. 1." Single stemmed or thin plants will not be accepted. The side branches must be generous, well-twigged, and the plant as a whole wee-branched to the ground. The plants must be in a moist vigorous condition, free from dead wood, bruises or other root or branch injuries. Plants shall not be pruned prior to delivery. E. Ground Cover 1. Ground cover plants shall be of size, age and/or condition listed in the Plant List. Plants shall be healthy, free of insects and diseases. Ground cover plants shall be potted or in sod. F. Plant Transport and Delivery 1. All plants must be moved with the root system as solid units with balls of earth firmly wrapped with untreated eight ounce burlap, firmly held in place by a stout cord or wire. The diameter and depth of the balls of earth must be sufficient to encompass the fibrous and root feeding system necessary for the healthy development of the plant. No plant shall be cracked or broken preparatory to or during the process of planting or after the burlap, staves, ropes or platform required in connection with its transplanting have been removed. The plants and balls shall remain intact during all operations. All plants that cannot be planted at once must be heeled in by setting in the ground and covering the balls with soil and then watering them. 2. Container grown stock shall have been grown in a container long enough for the root system to have developed sufficiently to hold its soil together, firm and whole. No plants shall be loose in the container. 3. Plants delivered by truck and plants requiring storage on Site shall be properly wrapped and covered to prevent wind-drying and desiccation of branches, leaves or buds. Plant balls should be firmly bound, unbroken, and reasonably moist to indicate watering prior to delivery and during storage, and tree trunks should be free from fresh scars and damage in handling. No trees with double-leaders or twin-heads shall be acceptable without the written approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall reject such plants at time of delivery by the nursery/Supplier unless such plants were selected by the Engineer as indicated by tags and seals. No plant material from cold storage will be accepted. 2.4 STAKES, WIRE AND HOSE A. Stakes for supporting trees shall be of sound hardwood of uniform size, reasonably free of knots, with a maximum allowable deflection of one-half inch for every one foot of length, free from insects and fungi and capable of standing in the ground at least two years. Stakes eight to ten feet long shall have a minimum diameter of between two to two and one-half inches. Stakes twelve feet long shall have a minimum diameter of three inches. Stakes shall be pointed at one end and shall be stained dark brown. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02900-6 Landscaping B. Hose to encase wires shall be new two ply reinforced rubber garden hose not less than one-half inch inside diameter. Wire for guying plants shall be new pliable annealed galvanized steel wire, A.S.&W. twelve-gauge or gauge as shown on the Drawings. C. The size and quality of cables, turnbuckles, thimbles, leg hooks, eye bolts, rods, washers and nuts shall be as shown on the Drawings or as approved by the Engineer. D. Drive anchors and guy wire assembly shall be as manufactured by Laconia Malleable Iron Works, Laconia, New Hampshire, or equal. Sizes used shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2.5 MULCH A. Mulch shall be aged pine bark mulch aged sufficiently so that it will not float in water or aged for a period of six months, whichever is greater. The mulch shall be dark brown in color, free of chunks and pieces of wood thicker than one-quarter inch. Mulch must be free of stringy material and shall not contain, in the judgment of the Engineer, an excess of fine particles. 2.6 WRAPPING MATERIAL A. Wrapping material shall be first quality, eight to ten inches wide heavy waterproof crepe paper or six-inch wide burlap manufactured for this purpose. Twine for tying shall be a lightly tarred medium or coarse sisal yarn, two ply for trees three inches or less in diameter and three ply for trees over three inches in diameter. 2.7 ANTI-DESICCANTS A. Anti-desiccants shall be emulsions or other materials which will provide a protective film over plant surfaces permeable enough to permit transpiration and specifically manufactured for that purpose. Anti-Desiccant shall be "Wilt-Pruf" or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions 1. Refer to Drawings showing finish grades. No installation of plants shall take place until all subgrade elevations have been completed. 2. Prior to planting, verify locations and depth of underground utilities. Exercise care when digging in these areas. Assume responsibility for any damage and replace or repair any damage at the Contractor's expense to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements 1. Make all necessary measurements to properly locate the plants as shown on the Drawings. Location and arrangement of plants shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation. 2. Plants installed prior to approval by the Engineer shall be relocated, if necessary, at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.3 INSTALLATION Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02900-7 Landscaping A. Time of Planting 1. The time of planting shall be guided by the schedule below unless otherwise approved by the Engineer based on plant types, weather conditions or other factors that may be detrimental to plant growth. Material Type Spring Fall Deciduous March 15th to June 1st October 15th to November 1st Evergreen March 15th to June 1st August 15th to October 1st Wetland Plants March 15th to June 1st August 15th to October 1st B. Plantings General 1. All plantings shall be in accordance with ANLA standards. 2. Location for all plants and outlines for planting areas shall be staked on the ground by the Contractor for approval by the Engineer before any plant pits or plant beds are excavated. 3. At least ten days prior to the expected planting date, the Contractor shall request, in writing, that the Engineer provide a representative to select and tag stock to be planted under this section. 4. Plants shall be selected by the Engineer at the place of growth for conformity to specification requirements as to quality, size, and variety. Such approval shall not impair the right of inspection and rejection upon delivery at the Site or during the progress of the Work. Cost of replacement shall be borne by the Contractor. 5. Maintain at all times during the planting operations one or more stockpiles of approved planting soil. 6. If planting is done after lawn preparation or installation, proper protection of lawn areas shall be provided and any damage resulting from planting operations shall be repaired immediately at no cost to the Owner. 7. In the event that rock or obstructions are encountered in any plant pit or bed excavation, alternate locations may be selected by the Engineer. 8. Absolutely no debris may be left on the Site. Excavated material shall be removed as directed by the Engineer. Repair any damage to Site or structures to restore them to their original condition as directed by the Engineer. 3.4 INSTALLATION—GENERAL A. Planting Pits 1. Excavate to the depths and widths necessary to achieve the dimensions indicated on the Drawings. 2. Excavated soil and material may be used as a portion of the backfill and planting soil provided it meets the requirements of paragraph 2.1. 3. Plant pits shall be excavated with sloped sides. Plant trees and shrubs in pits 12 inches greater in width than the diameter of the root ball. Pit depth shall be sufficient to ensure a minimum of 6 inches of planting soil mixture under plant root system. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02900-8 Landscaping 4. All plant roots and earth balls must be damp and thoroughly protected from sun and wind from the beginning of the digging operation, during transportation and on the ground until the final planting. Set plants in center of pits, plumb and straight and at level that top of root ball is 1 inch lower than surrounding finished grade after settlement. B. Cover, Watering, and Fill 1. Compact planting soil thoroughly around base of root ball to fill all voids, when plant material is set. Cut all burlap and lacing and remove from top of root ball. Do not pull burlap from under any root ball. Backfill pits halfway with planting soil mixture and thoroughly puddle before backfilling pit. Water planting, again, when each backfill operation is complete. 2. Immediately after plant pit is backfilled, form a shallow saucer slightly larger than pit with ridge of soil to facilitate and contain watering. Grub out sod or other growth and remove from bed area. Rake bed area smooth and neat. All plants shall be flooded with water twice within the first 24 hours of planting and all plants shall be watered at least twice each week during the maintenance period. At each watering the soil around each tree or shrub shall be thoroughly saturated. If sufficient moisture is retained in the soil, as determined by the Engineer, the required watering may be reduced. Trees will require a minimum of ten gallons of water each; shrubs a minimum of five gallons each. 3. Pine bark mulch is to be placed in a 3 inch thickness around the planting, not later than one week after planting. The area to be mulched shall be circular with a diameter of 12 inches greater than the plantings root ball. No mulch shall be applied prior to the first watering of plant materials. Mulch is to be contained around the circumference of the planting by means of installing a metal edge strip. Metal edge strips shall be fastened securely in place with tapered metal stakes at 30 inch intervals along the strip. Set edge strips to finished grade. 4. Planting soil shall be to a minimum depth of 24 inches or as shown on the Drawings. 5. Ground cover beds shall be dug to a depth of one foot below final grade. Supply sufficient planting mix where required to provide one-foot-deep beds. C. Staking and Anchoring 1. All trees and plantings 10 feet or higher shall be firmly staked, guyed or anchored at the time of planting as shown on the Drawings, unless otherwise approved or directed by the Engineer. A minimum of two stakes shall be installed plumb and neat in appearance and shall not injure plant balls. D. Anti-Desiccant Application 1. Apply anti-desiccant to all evergreen trees and shrubs and to all deciduous plant materials which are leafed out at time of planting. Rate and method of application shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Anti- desiccant shall be applied to all plants before digging at the nursery and/or as directed by the Engineer once the plants have been delivered to the Site. E. Pruning Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02900-9 Landscaping 1. Prune each tree and shrub in accordance with ANLA standards to preserve natural form and character of plant. All pruning is to be done with clean, sharp tools and carried out only by workmen thoroughly familiar with this type of Work. 2. All dead wood or suckers and all broken or badly bruised branches shall be removed. In addition, one-fourth of the wood shall be removed by thinning out and shortening branches to balance root loss due to retransplanting. 3. Cuts over one inch in diameter shall be painted with an approved tree paint. Paint shall cover all exposed living tissues. 3.5 MULCHING DECIDUOUS AND EVERGREEN PLANTS A. Cover all tree pits and shrub beds with bark mulch. Neatly outline the edges of the saucer at a uniform radius from the tree trunk. 3.6 REPLACEMENT OF DECIDUOUS AND EVERGREEN PLANTS A. Dead or declining plant material shall be removed immediately and replaced as soon as possible with a new, healthy plant of the same type and size as specified, at no additional cost to the Owner. Replacement plants shall be maintained and guaranteed for 1 year from time of replacement. B. All plant material required under this contact, deemed by the Engineer to be unsightly, unhealthy, or excessively pruned, during and at the end of the guarantee period, shall be replaced as soon as conditions permit. C. At the end of the maintenance period all plant material shall be in a healthy growing condition. 3.7 PLANT MAINTENANCE A. Begin maintenance immediately after planting and continue for 1 year from date all plantings have been installed or until the final acceptance of the Project. Plantings done in late fall after November 1st shall be maintained until the second spring leafing. B. Continue the maintenance period at no additional cost to the Owner until all previously noted deficiencies have been corrected, at which time the final inspection will be made. Plants that die during the maintenance period shall be replaced as directed by the Engineer. C. Maintenance shall consist of keeping the plants in a healthy growing condition and shall include watering, weeding, cultivating, remulching, removal of dead material, resetting plants to proper grades or upright position and maintaining the planting saucer. Spraying for both insect pests and diseases shall be included during the maintenance period as required and as directed by the Engineer. D. Provide all equipment and means for proper application of water to plants. All plants shall be watered at least twice each week. At each watering, the soil around each tree or shrub shall be thoroughly saturated during the maintenance period. If sufficient moisture is retained in the soil, as determined by the Engineer, the required water may be reduced. Trees will require a minimum of ten gallons of water each; shrubs a minimum of five gallons each. E. Stakes shall be kept plumb and neat in appearance. Guys shall be tightened and repaired weekly. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02900-10 Landscaping F. Planting beds and individual plant pits shall be kept free of weeds and mulch shall be replaced as required to maintain a 4" layer of mulch. Beds and individual pits shall be neat in appearance and maintained to the lines originally laid out. G. Fertilize plants in spring and fall. H. Protect all planted areas against damage, including erosion and trespassing by providing and maintaining proper safeguards. 3.8 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of acceptance. B. All materials and workmanship will be subject to inspection and examination by the Engineer, and he/she shall have the right to reject defective materials and workmanship or require corrections. C. Submit planting plans indicating the dates plants were installed for purposes of establishing warranty and replacement dates. D. Certification of Acceptance and Guarantee 1. Submit written notice requesting inspection by the Engineer at least 10 days prior to the end of the maintenance period. If the plant material and workmanship are acceptable, written notice will be given by the Engineer to the Contractor stating that the guarantee period begins from the date of the Certificate of Acceptance. 2. If a substantial number of plants are sickly or dead at the time of inspection, acceptance will not be granted, and the Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of all the plants shall be extended until replacements are made. All dead and unsatisfactory plants shall be promptly removed from the Project. Replacements shall conform in all respects to the Specifications for new plants and shall be planted in the same manner. 3. Plants shall be true to botanical name and size, and in vigorous healthy growing condition. 4. Plants shall be guaranteed for a period of one year after inspection and acceptance and shall be alive and in satisfactory growth at the end of the guarantee period. 5. At the end of the guarantee period, inspection will be made again. Any plant required under this Contract that is dead or unsatisfactory shall be removed from the Site. Each plant shall show at least 80 percent healthy growth and shall have the natural character of a plant of its species in accordance with the American Nurserymen's Association standards. These plants shall be replaced during the normal planting season, until the plants live through one year. A final inspection for acceptance will be made after the replacement plantings have lived through one year. 6. All replacements shall be plants of the same kind and size specified in the plant list. The cost shall be borne by the Contractor, except for possible replacements due to vandalism or neglect on the part of others. 7. Provide a physical handbook of maintenance instructions for all plant material installed. This handbook shall contain all necessary maintenance information, which will enable the Owner to maintain new plantings in a vigorous condition. Before planting Work is completed, submit two handbook copies to the Engineer Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02900-11 Landscaping for approval. Upon the acceptance of the planting Work, one handbook copy shall be furnished to the Owner for his future reference. The Engineer may require resubmittal of the Owner maintenance instructions if it is determined that the information provided is not sufficient to allow for proper maintenance. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 2\02900.docx Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/06/22/17 02920-1 Lawns and Grasses SECTION 02920 LAWNS AND GRASSES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Restoration of all vegetated areas disturbed during construction including: a. Lawn areas b. Grass surfaces c. Tree belts 2. Loam, starter fertilizer, lime, lawn seed, and hydric seed 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Lawn seed mixture including percent by weight of each seed type, and manufacturer/Supplier name. B. Suitable laboratory analysis of the topsoil to determine the quantity of fertilizer and lime to be applied. C. Lime and starter fertilizer application rates based on laboratory soil tests. D. A sworn certificate indicating each variety of seed, weed content, germination of seed, net weight, date of shipment and manufacturer’s name shall accompany each seed shipment. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Place seed only between the periods from April 15th to June 1st, and from August 15th to October 1st, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Loam 1. Loam from offsite, as required for Work, shall be taken from a well-drained, arable site, and shall be free of subsoil, large stones, earth clods, sticks, stumps, clay lumps, roots or other objectionable, extraneous matter or debris. Loam shall also be free of quack-grass rhizomes, Agropyron Repens, and the nut-like tubers of nutgrass, Cyperus Esculentus, and all other primary noxious weeds. Loam shall not be delivered or used for planting while in a frozen or muddy condition. Topsoil as delivered to the Site or stockpiled shall have pH between 6.0 and 7.0 and shall contain not less than 5 percent or more than 8 percent organic matter as determined by loss of ignition of moisture-free Samples dried at 100 degrees Celsius. 2. Onsite loam may be available from stripping of onsite topsoil. Onsite topsoil shall be tested as specified below and shall be amended as necessary to meet Specification requirements for loam. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/06/22/17 02920-2 Lawns and Grasses 3. Soil Analysis: The Contractor shall submit representative Samples of loam, which he intends to bring onto the Site, and Samples of loam from onsite sources, to a Soil and Plant Testing Laboratory acceptable to the Engineer. All reports shall be sent to the Engineer for approval. Samples of loam to be brought to the Site must be approved prior to delivery of soil. Deficiencies in the loam shall be corrected by the Contractor, as directed by the Engineer after review of the testing agency report by a soils consultant. Testing reports shall include the following tests and recommendations. a. Mechanical gradation (sieve analysis) shall be performed and compared to the USDA Soil Classification System. b. The silt/clay content shall be determined by a Hydrometer Test. c. Percent of organics shall be determined by an Ash Burn Test or Walkley/Black Test. d. Chemical analysis shall be undertaken for Nitrate Nitrogen, Ammonium Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Potassium, Calcium, Aluminum, Soluble Salts, and acidity (pH). e. Soil analysis tests shall show recommendations for soil additives to correct soils deficiencies as necessary, and for additives necessary to accomplish particular lawn and planting objectives noted. f. All tests shall be performed in accordance with the current standards of the Association of Official Agriculture Chemists. 4. Loam for General Lawn and Site Restoration Areas: Loam shall conform to the following grain size distribution for material passing the #10 sieve: Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/06/22/17 02920-3 Lawns and Grasses Percent Passing U.S. Sieve Size Number Minimum Maximum 10 100 ---- 18 84 100 35 63 72 140 26 40 270 22 34 0.002 mm 2 5 1The ratio of the particle size for 80% passing (D80) to the particle size for 30% passing (D30) shall be 6 or less (D80/D30 < 6). 2Maximum size shall be one-inch largest dimension. The maximum retained on the #10 sieve shall be 20% by weight of the total sample. 3Tests shall be by combined hydrometer and wet sieving in compliance with ASTM D422 after destruction of organic matter by ignition. 4The organic content shall be between 4.0 and 6.0 percent. 5. Place a minimum of 6 inches of loam. B. Typical Sand Amendment 1. Sand to be mixed with topsoil shall meet the following requirements. The material shall be uniformly graded coarse sand consisting of clean, inert, rounded grains of quartz or other durable rock and free from loam or clay, surface coatings, mica, other deleterious materials with the following gradation: Percent Passing U.S. Sieve Size Number Minimum Maximum 10 100 ---- 18 60 80 35 35 55 60 8 20 140 0 8 270 0 3 0.002 mm 0 0.3 1Maximum size shall be one-inch largest dimension. The maximum retained on the #10 sieve shall be 10% by weight of the total sample. 2The ratio of the particle size for 70% passing (D70) to the particle size for 20% passing (D30) shall be 3.0 or less (D70/D20 < 3.0). 3Tests shall be combined hydrometer and wet sieving in compliance with ASTM D422 after destruction of organic matter by ignition. C. Starter Fertilizer Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/06/22/17 02920-4 Lawns and Grasses 1. Starter fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer’s name and guaranteed statement of analysis, and shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s directions. 2. Starter fertilizer shall be Scott’s Starter Fertilizer, or equal, with timed nitrogen release to prevent burning. D. Lime 1. Lime shall be pelletized type for prolonged time release to soil. E. Seed 1. Seed shall be of the previous year's crop. 2. Required properties: a. Purity > 90% b. Germination > 80% c. Crop < 0.5% d. Weed < 0.3% e. Noxious Weed – 0% f. Inert < 8% 3. Grass seed shall conform to the following mixture in proportion by weight and weed content and shall pass the minimum percentages of purity and germination as indicated for same. Natural Area Seed Mix % Weight Kentucky 31 Fescue 40% Palmer Perennial Ryegrass 30% Birds Foot Trefoil (Empire Variety) 15% Red Clover 5% White Clover 5% Redtop (Streaker Variety) 5% 4. All seed shall comply with State and Federal seed Laws and Regulations. F. MULCH 1. Mulch shall be aged pine bark mulch aged sufficiently so that it will not float in water or aged for a period of six months, whichever is greater. The mulch shall be dark brown in color, free of chunks and pieces of wood thicker than one- quarter inch. Mulch must be free of stringy material and shall not contain, in the judgment of the Engineer, an excess of fine particles. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/06/22/17 02920-5 Lawns and Grasses A. After rough grading of the subgrade has been completed and approved, the subgrade surface shall be scarified to a depth of four (4) inches. Then furnish and install a layer of loam providing a rolled four (4) inch thickness. Any depressions which may occur during rolling shall be filled with additional loam, regraded and rerolled until the surface is true to the finished lines and grades. All loam necessary to complete the Work under this section shall be supplied by the Contractor. B. The ground surface shall be fine graded and raked to prepare the surface of the loam for lime, fertilizer and seed. C. The loam shall be prepared to receive seed by removing stones and grading to eliminate water pockets and irregularities prior to placing seed. Finish grading shall result in straight uniform grades and smooth, even surfaces without irregularities to low points. D. All stones over one-half (½) inch in diameter remaining on the surface after raking shall be removed. E. Shape the areas to the lines and grades required. The Contractor's attention is directed to the scheduling of Loaming and Seeding of graded areas to permit sufficient time for the stabilization of these areas. F. All areas disturbed by construction within the property lines and not covered by structures, pavement, or bark mulch shall be loamed and seeded. G. Limestone shall be thoroughly incorporated into the loam layer at a minimum rate of 3 ton per acre or more as recommended by the loam analysis in order to provide a pH value of 5.5 to 6.5. H. Fertilizer shall be spread on the top layer of loam at the minimum rate of 500 pounds per acre or more as recommended by the loam analysis and worked into the surface 3.2 LOAM AND SEED AREAS A. The seed mixtures shall be applied at a minimum rate of 4.5 pounds per 1,000 square feet. B. Seed shall be sown at the rates indicated above by rotary or drop spreader. Sowing shall be done on a calm, dry day. Immediately before seeding, the soil shall be lightly raked. One half the seed shall be sown in one direction and the other half at right angles to the original direction. It shall be lightly raked into the soil to a depth not over 1/4 inch and rolled with a hand roller weighing not over 100 pounds per linear foot of width. 1. Straw mulch shall be applied immediately after seeding at a rate of 1.5 to 2 tons per acre. Mulch that blows or washes away shall be replaced immediately and anchored using appropriate techniques. 2. The surface shall be watered and kept moist with a fine spray as required, without eroding the soil, until the grass is well established. Any areas, which are not satisfactorily covered with grass, shall be reseeded, and all noxious weeds shall be removed. C. Unless otherwise approved, seeding shall be done between the periods from April 15 th to June 1st, and August 15th to October 1st, when soil conditions and weather are suitable for such Work. Tighe&Bond N-0936-11/06/22/17 02920-6 Lawns and Grasses 3.3 MULCHING DECIDUOUS AND EVERGREEN PLANTS A. Cover all tree pits and shrub beds with bark mulch. Neatly outline the edges of the saucer at a uniform radius from the tree trunk. 3.4 MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance shall include watering, weeding, removal of stones and other foreign objects over one half (½) inch in diameter, cutting the grass until final acceptance. Mow at least weekly, removing no more than 30-40 percent of the leaf tissue using well sharpened blades. Mow grass between one (1) and two (2) inches high in the spring and fall. Mowing heights shall be an additional one-half to an inch in the summer to reduce temperature stress. Leave the clippings in place to help recycle essential plant nutrients needed for growth. All bare or dead spots which become apparent shall be properly prepared, re-loamed, limed, aerated, fertilized, and reseeded as many times as necessary to secure a good growth. The entire area shall be maintained, watered and cut until final acceptance of the lawn installation. B. The dressed and seeded areas shall be sprinkled with water as necessary from time to time. Signs and barricades should be placed to protect the seeded areas. C. To be acceptable, seeded areas shall consist of a uniform stand without bare or dead spots of at least 90 percent established permanent grass species, with uniform count of at least 200 plants per square foot. D. The Engineer shall determine whether maintenance shall continue in any part. E. After all necessary corrective Work and clean-up has been completed, and maintenance instructions have been received by the Owner, the Engineer will certify in writing the acceptance of the lawns. END OF SECTION \\Srv\projects\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 2\02920.doc Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02958-1 Television inspection of Pipelines SECTION 02958 TELEVISION INSPECTION OF PIPELINES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Closed-circuit television (CCTV) inspection of pipelines 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer’s product data for the television inspection equipment, including camera, television monitor, carriage, recording device, signal conductor cable, etc. B. Information on database/software that will be used to store and review inspection data. C. Sample of television inspection log that will be used. Provide a legend for all abbreviations, symbols, codes, etc. used on the logs. D. Documentation submittals 1. Two printed copies of the television inspection reports, provided weekly during the course of the CCTV inspection work. 2. Two copies of the television inspection video and voice audio recordings saved onto CD-R/RW or DVD-R media, provided weekly during the course of the CCTV inspection work. The electronic file names must be labeled to identify the sewer segment televised by street and upstream and downstream manholes (for example “Washington Avenue SMH 1 – SMH 2”). 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Personnel shall have confined space entry and other training as appropriate for the work to be performed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. Provide all equipment necessary to complete the video inspections with voice audio recordings, including, but not limited to, inspection studio, television camera, and video capture equipment. B. The inspection equipment shall be capable of inspecting a minimum of 700 feet of pipe where entry into the pipe can only be made from one end. The equipment shall be capable of providing a picture of acceptable quality at these maximum lengths, regardless of the vibration caused by normal movement of the camera and the length of the signal conductor cable between the camera and the recording device. C. The inspection equipment shall be capable of clearly televising the interior of a six inch diameter pipe and all larger sizes. D. The television camera used for the inspection shall be one specifically designed and constructed for such inspection. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02958-2 Television inspection of Pipelines E. Lighting for the camera shall be suitable to allow a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. F. The camera shall be waterproof and operative in 100% humidity conditions. G. The camera, television monitor, and other components of the video system shall be capable of producing a high quality color image with clear definition of pipe internal features. H. A pan and tilt camera shall be used for the television inspection to provide the ability to view into the laterals to determine the accessibility of the lateral by the lateral inspection system (LIS) camera. I. The pan and tilt camera shall be capable of 360 degree rotational scan. The tilt arc shall not be less than 225 degrees and the viewing angle shall be a minimum of 300 degrees. The lens position shall be operated remotely. Cameras incorporating mirrors for viewing sides or cameras using exposed rotating heads are not acceptable. J. The camera shall be an auto-iris type with remote controlled manual override. The adjustment of focus and iris shall provide a minimum focal range of from 6 inches in front of the camera lens to infinity. K. The distance along the pipe in focus from the initial point of observation shall be a minimum of twice the vertical height of the pipe. L. The illumination must be such as to allow an even distribution of light, which will produce a clear picture around the pipe perimeter, regardless of diameter and without the loss of contrast, flare out of picture, or shadowing. The lighting system shall also minimize reflective glare and the intensity shall be fully adjustable. The camera lighthead shall include a high-intensity side viewing lighting system to allow illumination of internal sections of lateral pipe connections. M. The television studio shall be insulated against noise and extremes in temperature and shall be large enough for two people for the purpose of viewing the television monitor while the inspection is in progress. The television studio shall be mounted on a mobile vehicle which allows safe and orderly movement of the inspection equipment. N. The television monitor screen shall be not less than 17 inches, measured on the diagonal. O. The television camera, monitor, and other components of the video system shall be capable of receiving and transmitting a picture having not less than 500 lines of resolution. P. The camera shall be mounted on a self-propelled vehicle or skid assembly that is able to ride over obstructions and cushion the camera against shock. The skid shall also have guards to keep the camera in line in the event of a turnover due to an obstruction. Q. The television inspection equipment shall meet the following criteria: 1. Color: The following colors shall be clearly differentiated: white, yellow, cyan, green, red, blue, and black. 2. Linearity: The background grid shall show squares of equal size, without convergence or divergence over the whole picture. The center circle shall appear round and have the correct height and width relationship. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02958-3 Television inspection of Pipelines 3. Resolution: The live picture shall be displayed on a monitor capable of providing a clear, stable image free of electrical interference with a minimum horizontal resolution not less than 500 lines. 4. Color Consistency: To ensure that the camera shall provide similar results when used with its own illumination source, the lighting shall be fixed in intensity prior to commencing the survey. In order to ensure color consistency, generally no variation in illumination shall take place during the survey. R. The monitor display shall incorporate an automatically updated record in feet and tenths of a foot of the distance along the pipe from the cable calibration point to the center point of the camera. Use a suitable metering device which enables the length of the pipe being inspected to be accurately measured to within ±0.2 feet. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Reduce flow level in pipe being inspected by bypass pumping or by jetting to meet the requirements described below, unless otherwise agreed to: Maximum Depth of Flow for Television Inspection 6 inch to 10 inch pipe 20% of pipe diameter 12 inch to 24 inch pipe 25% of pipe diameter Greater than 24 inch pipe 30% of pipe diameter B. Alternatively, perform television inspection during off-peak hours when flow depths are lower. 3.2 INSPECTION A. Television inspect pipes shown on the Drawings. B. Move the camera through the pipe at a moderate rate, stopping where necessary to permit proper documentation of all pertinent features/defects. In no case will the television camera be pulled at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute. C. Use manual winches, power winches, TV cable, powered rewinds or other devices to move the camera through the pipe that do not obstruct the camera view or interfere with proper documentation of the pipe conditions. All winches shall be stable with either locking or ratcheting drums. D. If, during the inspection operation, the television camera will not pass through the entire pipe section from one direction, set up equipment so that the inspection can be performed from the opposite direction, if possible. E. When manually operated winches are used to pull the television camera through the pipe, use portable radios, telephones or other suitable means of communication between members of the crew located at each end of the pipe section being inspected to insure good communications. F. The importance of accurate distance measurements is emphasized. Measurement for location of pipe features/defects shall be by means of a meter device. Marking on the cable or a similar method will not be allowed. Accuracy of the distance meter shall be checked by use of a measuring wheel, tape, or other suitable distance measuring device. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02958-4 Television inspection of Pipelines G. Record the following pipe features/defects, at a minimum, and report them on the inspection logs in accordance with National Association of Sewer Service Companies (NASSCO) developed Pipeline Assessment Certification Program (PACP) methodology: 1. Pipe diameter and material of construction. 2. Joint spacing and the location of joints which appear to be damaged, incorrectly installed, shifted, open, or in any way deficient. 3. Location, size and orientation (clock position) of connecting pipes (such as building services in a sewer). 4. Description of severity and location of pipe structural deficiencies such as cracks, breaks, collapses, corrosion/erosion, etc. 5. Description of severity and location of pipe obstructions (such as sediment, roots or grease). 6. Description of severity and location of grade concerns, such as pipe sags, especially in gravity pipes. 7. The locations where infiltration is entering the pipe and/or connecting pipes and an estimated infiltration rate at each location. H. Position the camera at the location of connecting pipes, and pan/tilt appropriately in order to obtain a clear view of the interior of the connecting pipe. Make note of any defects or infiltration visible within the connecting pipes. I. Indicate direction of survey and distance to each feature/defect from the beginning of the inspection. J. Provide an audio description of each feature/defect observed. K. Report on the logs weather conditions, ground conditions, and surface cover. L. Repair pipe damaged as a result of the inspections at no cost to the Owner. M. Position camera head to reduce risk of picture distortion and along the longitudinal axis of the pipe. In circular pipes, position camera lens centrally, ±10% of the vertical sewer dimension. In non-circular pipes, position camera lens at mid-height and centered horizontally. 3.3 DOCUMENTATION A. Television Inspection Logs 1. Prepare television inspection logs describing features/defects identified and their locations. B. Video Recordings 1. Provide continuous digital video recordings of the inspection view as it appears on the television monitor. The image recorded shall be equal to or better than the quality of the original picture on the television monitor. 2. Provide a visual and voice audio description record of the pipe features/defects observed recorded simultaneously as original live recordings. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/06/21 02958-5 Television inspection of Pipelines 3. The audio portion of the recording shall be sufficiently free of electrical interference and background noise to produce an oral report that is clear, complete, and easily discernable. The audio portion of the video report shall include the location and identification of the pipe section inspected, the direction of travel, a description of the features/defects encountered, and the distance traveled. 4. Provide digitally formatted television inspection video/audio recordings saved onto CD-R/WR or DVD-R media with individual digital files for each recording completed. CDs and DVDs shall be properly identified by video numbers, locations, and project name. 5. Video recordings shall, by electronic means, display continuously and simultaneously generated transparent digital information as described below: a. At the start of each pipe section inspected: 1) Size and length of pipe and pipe material 2) Pipe section reference number 3) Date of inspection 4) Road name/location (city/town) 5) Direction of inspection (upstream or downstream) 6) Starting time of inspection b. Continuously during the inspection: 1) Automatic update of the camera’s position, in feet and tenths of feet from the beginning of the pipe section 2) Upstream and downstream locations (manholes reference numbers for sewers and drains). END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 2\02958.docx DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/24/20 03100-1 Concrete Forms and Accessories SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMS AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Wood Form Material 2. Prefabricated Forms 3. Formwork Accessories B. Related Sections 1. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings 2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete 3. ACI 347 - Guide to Formwork for Concrete B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. D4 - Standard Test Method for Bitumen Content 2. D6 - Standard Test Method for Loss on Heating of Oil and Asphaltic Compounds 3. D71 - Standard Test Method for Relative Density of Solid Pitch and Asphalt (Displacement Method) 4. D217 - Standard Test Method for Cone Penetration of Lubricating Grease 5. D1056 - Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber 6. D1751 - Standard Specifications for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) 7. D1752 - Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction 8. D4397 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene Sheeting for Construction, Industrial and Agricultural Applications C. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1. AASHTO Standard Specifications for Transportation Materials and Methods of Sampling and Testing D. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/24/20 03100-2 Concrete Forms and Accessories 1. Voluntary Product Standard PS 1-95 - Construction and Industrial Plywood 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Drawings showing schedule of placement, location of all construction joints and all control joints with methods of forming. Show the location and elevation of all sleeves, wall pipes and embedded items. B. Drawings showing sizes and materials for forms, form bracing, and form ties. C. Product Data on form release agent, permanent formwork and inserts. D. Samples for the following materials: 1. Form ties (including cones) and spreaders 2. Premolded fillers 3. Other materials requested by the Engineer 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design formwork and shoring at the Contractor's expense by a Professional Engineer registered in the State where the work will be performed to conform to all design and code requirements in ACI 301, ACI 318 and ACI 347 and other applicable regulations and codes. The design shall consider any special requirements that may result due to the use of super plasticized and/or retarded set concrete. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD FORM MATERIALS A. Lumber: Douglas Fir species, No. 1 grade S4S with grade stamp clearly visible 2.2 PREFABRICATED FORMS A. Manufacturers: 1. Symons Corporation, DesPlains, Illinois 2. HICO Corporation, Bronx, NY 3. Or equal B. Preformed Steel Forms: Minimum 16 gage (1.5 mm), tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearances of finished concrete surfaces; with clean, warp free, undented, ungouged, undamaged surfaces C. Glass Fiber Fabric Reinforced Plastic Forms: Matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearances of finished concrete surfaces 2.3 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: 1. Ties for foundation walls shall be metal and designed with removable setback cones so that after removal of the projecting part, no metal shall remain within 1½ inches of the face of the concrete. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/24/20 03100-3 Concrete Forms and Accessories 2. Form ties for tanks, wet wells, pump chambers, below grade structures and other water retaining structures shall have a neoprene waterstop washer placed on each form tie, or on the inside tie rods for systems which use she bolts, and shall have setback cones. 3. Flat bar snap ties for panel forms shall have plastic or rubber inserts with 1½ inch minimum depth to allow patching of tie hole after removal. 4. Setback cones shall be wood or plastic tapered cones 1 inch diameter and 1½ inches deep to allow filling and patching of the concrete surface after removal. 5. Common wire ties shall not be used. B. Form Release Agent: 1. Non-staining and non-emulsifiable type which will not stain concrete or absorb moisture nor interfere with adherence of any material to be applied to concrete surfaces. C. Corners: 1. Chamfered No. 1 Poplar wood strips; ¾ inch by ¾ inch; maximum possible lengths D. Dovetail Anchor Slot: 1. Galvanized steel 22 gage thick; non-filled, release tape sealed slots for securing to concrete formwork E. Flashing Reglets: 1. Galvanized steel 26 gage thick, longest possible lengths, with alignment splines for joints, release tape sealed slots for securing to concrete formwork F. Premolded Joint Filler: 1. Sidewalks: Asphalt impregnated, ASTM D1751, ¾ inch thick unless otherwise shown on the Drawings PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree with Drawings. B. Review all work prepared by others to receive work of this Section and correct any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work by the Contractor will be construed as complete acceptance of preparatory work by others. C. Handle and store materials separately in such manner as to prevent intrusion of foreign matter, segregation, or deterioration. Do not use foreign materials or those containing frozen material. Remove improper and rejected materials immediately from point of use. Cover materials and accessories during construction period. 3.2 EARTH FORMS A. Earth forms are not permitted. 3.3 FORM PREPARATION Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/24/20 03100-4 Concrete Forms and Accessories A. Coat contact surfaces of forms with a form release agent prior to form installation. B. Thoroughly clean steel forms between uses using high pressure water or jet or sand blasting to remove all mill scale, concrete laitance or other ferrous deposits from the contact surfaces of the forms. C. Before re-use of wood forms, thoroughly clean form contact surfaces, repair damaged areas and remove projecting nails. A partial or complete steel lining on wood sheathing or plywood will not be allowed. 3.4 ERECTION - FORMWORK A. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements of ACI 301 and the following additional requirements: 1. Variation from plumb in the lines and surfaces of columns, piers, and in walls a. In any 10 feet of length ¼ inch b. Maximum for entire length ½ inch 2. Variation of the linear building lines from established position in plan and related positions of columns, walls and partitions: a. In any bay ¼ inch b. In any 20 foot of length ¼ inch c. Maximum for the entire length ½ inch 3. Variation in cross-sectional dimensions of columns and beams and in thickness of slabs and walls: a. Minus 1/8 inch b. Plus ¼ inch 3.5 JOINTS A. Construction and expansion joints indicated on the Drawings are mandatory and shall not be omitted. B. Use premolded joint filler at expansion joints unless otherwise noted. C. Form construction and expansion joints with a keyway and waterstop unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. The depth of the keyway shall be approximately 3 inches, and the minimum width of keyway shall be one-third the width of the wall or floor section unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. The maximum width of any key at a joint with waterstop shall be 3 inches. Construction and expansion joints are to be formed in place prior to notifying the Engineer for inspection of formwork. D. Where joints other than those shown are required, obtain approval prior to installation. E. For slab-on-grade construction (welded wire fabric reinforcement only) with large floor areas where construction joints are not shown, the maximum area per section is approximately 600 square feet, but will not limit the number of sections which may be placed at one time. For structural slabs reinforced with deformed bars where construction joints are not shown on the Drawings, the maximum area will be approximately 900 square feet. Slab dimensions between construction joints for floor Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/24/20 03100-5 Concrete Forms and Accessories areas shall be as "square" as possible, but the length shall not exceed 1.5 times the width under any circumstances. F. For slab-on-grade construction, a preformed metal keyway with removable top strip may be substituted for intermediate construction joints unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. G. Joints shall be straight and true. Brace all slab bulkheads adequately to keep joints straight. Construction joints in slabs exceeding 5 inches in thickness shall be keyed using a keyway nominally 3-5/8 inches by 1/3 of the slab thickness but not greater than 3 inches wide. H. Wall construction joints shall be placed as shown on the Drawings, or the maximum spacing of vertical construction joints in walls shall not exceed 40 feet where construction joints are not shown. I. Joints not indicated or specified shall be placed to least impair strength of structure and shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. 3.6 INSERTS, EMBEDDED ITEMS, AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in or passing through concrete work in conformance with requirements of ACI 318, paragraph 6.3, “Conduits and pipes embedded in concrete.” B. Locate and set in place items that will be cast directly into concrete. C. Coordinate work of other Sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets, recesses, chases, sleeves, wall pipes, anchor bolts and other inserts. Wall pipes and sleeves shall conform to the requirements of Section 15050. D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, straight, level and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed or damaged during placement of concrete. E. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at the bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. F. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms and neatly fitted so that joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces after concrete placement. 3.7 ACCESSORIES A. Install form liners into formwork prior to placement of reinforcing steel or concrete in compliance with the manufacturer's requirements. B. Neoprene waterstop washers are to be placed along the form ties or inside ties so they are in the middle third of the thickness of the structural element. C. Position recessed dovetail anchor slots for masonry anchors to spacing and intervals specified in Section 04810 and shown on the Drawings. D. Position metal fabrications accessories and inserts supplied under Sections 05120 and 05500 as specified therein and shown on the Drawings. E. Position flashing reglets supplied under Section 07620 as specified therein and shown on the Drawings. 3.8 FORM REMOVAL Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/24/20 03100-6 Concrete Forms and Accessories A. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage resulting from form removal. Forms and shoring for structural slabs or beams shall remain in place in accordance with requirements in ACI 301. Form removal shall also conform to the requirements specified in Section 03300. 3.9 INSPECTION A. The Engineer shall be notified when the forms are complete and ready for inspection at least thirty-six hours prior to the proposed concrete placement. B. Failure of the forms to comply with the requirements specified herein, or to produce concrete complying with requirements of these Specifications, shall be grounds for rejection of that portion of the concrete work. Rejected work shall be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. Such repair or replacement shall be subject to the requirements of these Specifications and approval of the Engineer. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 3\03100.docx Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/23/21 03200-1 Concrete Reinforcement SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Reinforcing Steel Bars 2. Welded Wire Fabric 3. Reinforcing Accessories B. Related Sections 1. Section 03100 - Concrete Forms and Accessories 2. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete 1.2 REFERENCES A. The Massachusetts State Building Code, latest edition. B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 117 - Standard Tolerance for Concrete Construction and Materials 2. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings 3. ACI 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement 4. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete, American Concrete Institute 5. ACI 350R - Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures 6. ACI SP-66 - Detailing Manual C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. A185 - Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement 2. A615 - Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet - Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 3. A675 - Specifications for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot Wrought, Special Quality, Mechanical Properties D. American Welding Society (AWS) 1. D1.4 Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel E. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 1. CRSI 63 - Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/23/21 03200-2 Concrete Reinforcement 2. CRSI 65 - Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports, specifications and nomenclature 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide shop drawings in accordance with the recommendations of ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement" and show the following: elevations, dimensions of concrete work with specified reinforcement clearances; ledges, brackets, openings, sleeves or other items furnished by other Sections, where interference with reinforcement may occur; bending diagrams; assembly diagrams; splices and laps of reinforcement; temperature and shrinkage reinforcement; construction joint reinforcement and shape; dimensions, grade designations, and details of reinforcement and accessories. Show dowels with concrete work to be placed first. Shop drawings shall be drawn to scale. B. Bar Bending Details - The bars shall be referenced to the same identification marks shown on the placement drawings. Bars to have special coatings and/or to be of special steel or special yield strength are to be clearly identified. C. Prior to delivery of reinforcing steel or concrete to job site, submit certified mill test reports of reinforcing steel and cement (including names and locations of mills and shops, and analyses of chemical and physical properties), properly correlated to concrete to be used in this project. 1.4 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Reinforcing steel shall be substantially free from mill scale, rust, dirt, grease, or other foreign matter. B. Reinforcing steel shall be covered and stored off the ground, protected from moisture, and kept free from dirt, oil, or other foreign matter. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 REINFORCING STEEL BARS A. Reinforcing steel bars shall be newly rolled billet steel conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60. B. Minimum yield strength shall be 60,000 psi. C. Where reinforcing steel bars are called for to be grouted into existing concrete, the anchorage shall develop an allowable bond strength equal to 24,000 psi times the cross section area of the bar, or an ultimate strength equal to the tensile strength of the bar. 1. For installations in non-submerged concrete with an ambient temperature greater than or equal to 40 degrees Fahrenheit, the epoxy adhesive shall be, Hilti HIT_HY 200, Simpson SET-XP, Powers PE 1000+ or approved equal. 2. For installation in wet or submerged concrete with an ambient temperature greater than or equal to 40 degrees Fahrenheit, the epoxy adhesive shall be Hilti HIT RE-500SD, Simpson ET-HP, Powers Pure 110+ or approved equal. 2.2 WELDED WIRE FABRIC A. Welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A185 2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/23/21 03200-3 Concrete Reinforcement A. Reinforcement accessories shall conform to Product Standard PS7-766, National Bureau of Standards, Department of commerce, Class C, as produced by Dayton Superior Corporation; R.K.L. Building Specialties Co., Inc. or equal approved by the Engineer. B. Reinforcement accessories shall include spacers, chair ties, slab bolsters, clips, chair bars, and other devices for properly assembling, placing, spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcement. C. Tie wire shall be of sufficient strength for all intended purpose, but not less than No. 18 gauge. Metal supports shall be of such type as not to penetrate surface of formwork and show through surface of concrete. D. Accessories touching interior formed surfaces exposed to view shall have not less than 1/8 inch of plastic between metal and concrete surface. Plastic tips shall extend not less than 1/2 inch up on metal legs. E. Individual and continuous slab bolsters and chairs shall be of type to suit various conditions encountered and must be capable of supporting 300 pound load without damage or permanent distortion. F. Expansion Joint Dowels 1. Dowels shall conform to ASTM A675. 2. Expansion dowel caps shall be No. 87 dowel caps as manufactured by Heck Building Products, Inc., Type F-46 dowel caps as manufactured by the Dayton Sure-Grip and Shore Company, or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Review all work prepared by others to receive work of this Section. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptance of preparatory work by others. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Notify the Engineer prior to the start of any phase of the reinforcing work so as to provide the opportunity to inspect the work. Such notification shall be made at least 24 hours in advance of reinforcement placements and at least 36 hours in advance of other inspections (forms, etc.). 3.3 REINFORCING BAR FABRICATION A. Fabrication of reinforcement shall be in accordance with the recommendations of CRSI. B. Reinforcing bars shall be cold bent and shall not be straightened or re-bent. Bars shall not be field bent unless approved by the Engineer. C. Reinforcing bars shall be bent around a revolving collar having a diameter of not less than that recommended by the CRSI. D. Reinforcing bar ends that are to be butt spliced or threaded, shall have the applicable end saw-cut. Such ends shall terminate in flat surfaces at a right angle to the axis of the bar. E. Where reinforcing bars are called for to be welded, the welding shall conform to AWS D1.4 Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/23/21 03200-4 Concrete Reinforcement 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Reinforcement shall be placed in accordance with requirements of CRSI -63 - "Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars" and CRSI 65, "Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports" and with further requirements below. B. Reinforcement shall be accurately placed in accordance with Contract Documents and shall be firmly secured in position by wire ties, chairs, spacers, and hangers, each of type approved by the Engineer. For slabs, grade beams, etc. where concrete is poured on grade, use additional setup bars and concrete brick to provide required cover over reinforcement. C. Bending, welding or cutting reinforcement in field in any manner other than as shown on Drawings, is prohibited, unless specific approval for each case is given by the Engineer. D. Reinforcement shall be continuous through construction joints unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. E. Reinforcement shall be spliced only in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents or as otherwise specifically approved. Splices of reinforcement at points of maximum stress shall generally be avoided. F. Welded wire fabric shall lap 6 inches or one space plus 2 inches whichever is larger, and shall be wired together. Provide No. 4 set up bars spaced 30 inches on center for slabs-on-grade or elevated slabs with composite decks. G. Proceed with installation of embedded items, and reinforcement, but do not place concrete into or around such items until the Engineer has approved work. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Engineer shall have the right to postpone or stop concrete operations when in his judgment, reinforcement and embedded item installation has not been properly completed or the quality of construction will impair strength and durability or desired finished product. Costs arising from delays due to noncompliance will not be considered. B. Any material or workmanship that is rejected, either at the batch plant or at the site, shall be replaced promptly at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Before concrete is placed, reinforcement shall be free of excessive rust, dirt, oil, scale or other foreign matter that will destroy or reduce bond requirements. Reinforcement expected to be exposed to weather for a considerable length of time shall be painted with a heavy coat of cement grout. Protect stored materials so as not to bend or distort bars in any way. Bars that become damaged will be rejected. D. Before concrete is placed, check all installed reinforcement to ensure that it conforms to Contract Documents and approved Shop Drawings. Such checking shall be done only by qualified experienced personnel. In addition, the Engineer shall be notified at least 36 hours prior to concrete placement and given opportunity to inspect completed reinforcement. Prior approval of Shop Drawings shall in no way limit the Engineer's right to require modifications or additions to reinforcement or accessories. E. Expansion joint dowels must be straight and clean, free of loose flaky rust and loose scale. Dowels may be sheared to length provided deformation from true shape caused by shearing does not exceed 0.04 inches on the diameter of the dowel and extends no Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/23/21 03200-5 Concrete Reinforcement more than 0.04 inches from the end. Bars shall be coated with a bond breaker on the expansion end of the dowel. Expansion caps shall be provided on the expansion end. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Carry out corrections without delay as directed by the Engineer when construction operations indicate that requirements of Contract Documents or prudent construction practices are being or are about to be violated. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 3\03200.docx Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/24/20 03300-1 Cast-in-Place Concrete SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Concrete Materials 2. Admixtures 3. Concrete Mix 4. Miscellaneous Concrete Materials B. RELATED SECTIONS 1. Section 03100 - Concrete Forms and Accessories 1.2 REFERENCES A. The Massachusetts State Building Code, latest edition B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 301-95 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings, (included as part of this specification) 2. ACI 305 - Hot Weather Concreting 3. ACI 306.1-90 - Standard Specifications for Cold Weather Concreting C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. C33 – Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates 2. C39 – Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens 3. C40 - Standard Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete 4. C42 – Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete 5. C87 - Standard Test Method for Effect of Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregate on Strength of Mortar 6. C94 - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete 7. C131 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine 8. C150 – Standard Specification for Portland Cement 9. C260 - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/24/20 03300-2 Cast-in-Place Concrete 10. C309 – Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete 11. C494 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 12. C535 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Large-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine 13. C618 – Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete 14. C685 – Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing 15. C881 – Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin Base Bonding Systems for Concrete 16. C989 – Standard Specification for Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and Mortars 17. C1059 – Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit concrete mix proposed for use, indicating design strength, supplier, batch quantities, and constituents. Provide test report copies indicating prior satisfactory performance in accordance with ACI 301. B. Submit data and descriptive literature for concrete constituents including admixtures, aggregate tests, bond breaker, bonding agent, and repair grout. C. Submit detailed methods proposed for curing and protection of concrete. This submittal shall be made not less than 10 days prior to the placement of any concrete. D. Submit a truck load ticket for every concrete delivery. Ticket information shall include batch time and date, weights of all constituents, quantity of admixtures, water added at the batch plant and moisture content of coarse and fine aggregates. E. Maintain an accurate daily record of the locations and quantity of concrete placed. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide inspection of cast-in-place concrete work, and testing, including slump tests, air content, and standard compression testing. Materials and workmanship shall be subjected to inspection and testing in mill, shop and/or field by the Engineer. Such inspection and testing shall not relieve Contractor of his responsibility to provide his own inspection, testing, and quality control as necessary to furnish materials and work- manship in accordance with requirements of this Section. B. Provide notification prior to the start of any phase of concrete placement work so as to provide the opportunity to inspect the work. Such notification shall be made at least 24 hours in advance of concrete placements and at least 36 hours in advance of other inspections (forms, rebar, etc.). C. Facilitate observation by the Engineer as well as inspection and testing by the concrete testing agency, and furnish the following: 1. Safe access to the work at all times to allow proper inspection of the work Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/24/20 03300-3 Cast-in-Place Concrete 2. Full and ample means and assistance for sampling and testing materials and proper facilities for inspection of work in plant and at project site 3. Covered box large enough to contain twenty-four standard concrete cylinders. At temperatures below 60F, box shall be electrically heated and thermostatically controlled to maintain inside temperature of 60º to 80F. Cylinders shall be placed in box immediately after molding and shall be covered with moist burlap until delivery to laboratory, 24 to 72 hours after molding. 4. Access by the Engineer or his representative to the batch plant supplying the concrete at any time. D. Compression tests shall consist of one set of 4 cylinders for each test made, cured, and tested by testing laboratories during progress of job. 6 cylinders shall be required for each test made with concrete mix containing fly ash or ground granulated blast furnace slag. One set of cylinders shall be taken for every 100 cubic yards of concrete or fraction thereof placed in any one day. 1. 1 cylinder of each set shall be tested for 7-day compressive strength; 2 cylinders shall be tested for 28-day compressive strength. The remaining cylinder shall be tested for 56-day compressive strength if either one of the 28-day tests are below the specified strength, otherwise the 56-day test will be eliminated. 2. For modified mix with fly ash or ground granulated blast furnace slag, 1 cylinder of each set shall be tested for 7-day compressive strength, 2 cylinders shall be tested for 28-day compressive strength and 2 cylinders shall be tested for 56-days compressive strength. The remaining cylinder shall be tested for 84-day compressive strength if either one of the 56-day tests are below the specified strength, otherwise the 84-day test will be eliminated. 3. The Owner will provide and pay for the services of an approved testing laboratory to test the cylinders. The Contractor shall coordinate and schedule all concrete testing performed by approved agency. 4. Compression strength test of cylinders shall conform to ASTM C39, latest revision. The testing laboratory will submit certified copies of the test results directly to the Engineer and the Owner within 24 hours after tests are made. 5. Sampling, molding, curing and testing of cylinders shall conform to ASTM requirements. Specimens shall be cured under laboratory conditions. The Engineer may require additional cylinders to be cured under field conditions when unusual conditions may tend to reduce concrete strength. 6. Report of tests shall include: name of project, date and location of concrete placement, design strength of concrete, mix data, slump, air content (if tested), compressive strength, age and condition of test cylinder, type of fracture, and type of curing. E. Slump test, to check consistency, shall be made from the sample used to mold cylinders. Additional slump tests may be taken of every batch delivered to job site. F. Tests for determination of air content shall be made as required to verify conformance with the specifications. G. The strength level of the concrete mix shall be considered satisfactory if both of the following criteria are satisfied: Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/24/20 03300-4 Cast-in-Place Concrete 1. Every arithmetic average of any three consecutive strength tests equals or exceeds the specified design strength. 2. No individual strength test (average of two cylinders from the same test group) falls below the specified design strength by more than 500 psi when the specified design strength is 5000 psi or less or by more that 10 percent of the specified design strength when the design strength is more than 5000 psi. H. When tests of control specimens fall below these requirements, the Engineer will require 56 day or 84 day cylinder tests or core specimens taken from concrete in question and tested in accordance with ASTM C42. If these specimens do not meet strength requirements, the Engineer has the right to require additional curing, load tests, strengthening or removal and replacement of those parts of the structure which are unacceptable, and in addition, removal of such sound portions of structure as necessary to ensure safety, appearance, and durability of structure. Additional testing, load tests, strengthening or removal and replacement of parts or structure and any costs associated with delay of project shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. I. Any material or workmanship which is rejected, either at the batch plant or at the site, shall be replaced promptly at no additional cost to the Owner. J. If arrangements for corrections and/or replacements are not made within seven days after notice of rejection, the Owner has the right to have corrections and/or replacement made and charge cost thereof and any costs associated with delay of project against balance of monies withheld. K. Acceptance of work and admixtures at the batch plant shall not prevent final rejection at job site upon arrival or after it has been installed, if work is found to be defective. L. Portions of a structure which do not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents based on appearance or for any other aesthetic reason, shall be corrected or removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. M. Work on new concrete structures shall conform to the requirements of ACI 306.1, Standard Specifications for Cold Weather Concreting, except as modified herein. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: shall be American-made Portland Cement, free from water soluble salts or alkalies which will cause efflorescence on exposed surfaces. Portland Cement shall be Type II, ASTM C150. Air entraining cements are prohibited. B. Pozzolans and Blast Furnace Slag 1. Fly Ash: Class F conforming to the requirements of ASTM C618. 2. Ground Granulated Iron Blast-Furnace Slag: Conforming to ASTM C989. C. Normal weight Fine Aggregate 1. Washed, inert, natural sand conforming to ASTM C33 and the following additional requirements. a. Gradation Table Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/24/20 03300-5 Cast-in-Place Concrete Sieve Size Percent Passing 3/8-in. 100 No. 4 95 to 100 No. 8 80 to 100 No. 16 55 to 80 No. 30 25 to 60 No. 50 10 to 25 No. 100 2 to 8 No. 200 0 to 3 b. Fineness Modulus 2.75 (plus/minus 0.25) c. Clay lumps and friable particles – 3.0 percent maximum d. Coal and lignite – 0.5 percent maximum e. Organic Impurities (ASTM C40) – Organic Plate No. 2 f. Strength of Mortar (ASTM C87) – not less than 95 percent at 7 days g. Soundness (AASHTO T-104) - 10 percent maximum loss (magnesium sulfate solution, five cycles) D. Normal weight Coarse Aggregate 1. Well graded crushed stone or washed gravel conforming to ASTM C33 and the following additional requirements: a. Material finer than No. 200 sieve – 1.0 percent maximum b. Clay lumps and friable particles – 2.0 percent maximum c. Chert (less than 2.40 specific gravity, saturated surface dry) – 3.0 percent maximum by weight. d. Sum of clay lumps, friable particles, and chert (less than 2.40 specific gravity, saturated surface dry) – 3.0 percent maximum by weight. This limitation only applies to aggregates in which chert appears as an impurity. e. Coal and lignite – 0.5 percent maximum f. Soundness - 18 percent maximum loss (magnesium sulfate solution, five cycles) g. Soundness - 10 percent maximum loss (sodium sulfate solution, five cycles) 2. Coarse aggregates shall not exceed 35% by weight "percentage of wear" as determined by the Los Angeles Abrasion and Impact Tests in ASTM C131 and C535. E. Water shall be from approved source, potable, clean and free from oils, acids, alkali, organic matter and other deleterious material. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/24/20 03300-6 Cast-in-Place Concrete 2.2 ADMIXTURES A. Water-reducing agent: 1. Water-reducing agent shall be by same manufacturer as air-entraining agent. 2. Daracem - 55 W.R. Grace & Co. 3. Pozzolith 220N – BASF Admixtures, Inc. 4. Eucon MR - Euclid Chemical Co. 5. Or equal conforming to ASTM C494 Type A. B. Air-entraining agent: 1. DAREX AEA - W.R. Grace & Co. 2. MB-VR or MB-AE90 - BASF Admixtures, Inc. 3. Air-Mix - Euclid Chemical Co. 4. Or equal conforming to ASTM C260. C. Admixtures which retard setting of cement in concrete shall not be used without written approval of the Engineer. Admixtures causing accelerated setting of cement in concrete shall not be used. 2.3 CONCRETE MIX A. Select proportions of ingredients to meet the design strength and materials limits specified and to produce concrete having proper placability, durability, strength, appearance and other required properties. Proportioning shall also conform to the requirements in ACI 301 and ACI 318. B. The concrete mix design shall be a 4000 psi compressive strength concrete using ¾ inch aggregate. The design mix shall be selected based on previous test records for a mix with essentially the same proportions, and shall meet the following limiting values in Table A: TABLE A Maximum Allowable Water/Cement Ratios Minimum Allowable 28 day Compressive Strength (psi) Maximum Allowable Water/Cement Ratio Total Cementitious Material (Pounds) Min Max 4000 0.45 611 635 C. If sufficient test records are not available, (at least 30 consecutive strength tests or two groups of tests totaling at least 30 within the past 12 months), the design mix shall be developed using laboratory trial mixtures in accordance with ACI 301. D. All concrete is normal weight with air-dry weight not to exceed 150 lbs. per cubic foot. E. Fly ash may be substituted for up to 20 percent by weight of the total cementitious material. Ground granulated iron blast-furnace slag may be substituted for up to 40 percent by weight of the total cementitious material. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/24/20 03300-7 Cast-in-Place Concrete F. For concrete flatwork with a steel trowel finish, fly ash may be substituted for up to 10 percent by weight and ground granulated iron blast-furnace slag may be substituted for up to 25 percent by weight of the total cementitious material. G. All concrete shall contain the approved air-entraining admixture as per manufacturer's written instructions to provide entrained air by volume in the cured concrete between 4.5 and 7.5%. H. The design mix shall meet the following slump limiting values in Table B: TABLE B Concrete Slump1 Portion of Structure Recommended (inches) Maximum Range (inches) Mats 2 2-3 Walls, Column, Beams 4 3-5 Slabs 3 2-4 1After addition of high range water reducer I. The approved water-reducing admixture shall be used in all concrete, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Grout shall be a ready-to-use, non-metallic, non-shrink aggregate product requiring only the addition of water at the job site. Grout shall be as manufactured by Five Star Products, Inc.; Euclid Chemical Company; Master Builders; or equal. Grout shall be easily workable and shall have no drying shrinkage at any age. Compressive strength of grout (2 inch by 2 inch cubes) shall not be less than 5000 psi at 7 days, and 7500 psi at 28 days. B. Floor Hardener, Sealer, and Waterproofing Treatment: 1. Concrete floor surfaces not covered with resilient flooring or carpet shall receive a surface treatment after steel trowel finishing. 2. Product and Manufacturer: a. Ashford Formula hardener and sealer as manufactured by Concrete Chemical Company, Inc., Springville, Utah b. Seal Hard concrete sealer as manufactured by L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Omaha, Nebraska c. Approved equal C. Concrete Construction Joint Roughener: 1. Provide a water soluble non-flammable, surface-retardant roughener. 2. Product and Manufacturer: a. Rugasol-S by Sika Corporation for horizontal joints only b. MasterFinish QD 200 by BASF Corporation for vertical joints Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/24/20 03300-8 Cast-in-Place Concrete c. Approval equal D. Bond Breaker: 1. Provide an adhesive-backed glazed butyl or polyethylene tape which will satisfactorily adhere to the premolded joint filler or concrete surface as required. The tape shall be the same width as the joint. 2. Bond breaker for concrete other than where tape is specifically called for shall be either bond breaker tape or an ASTM C309 non-staining type bond prevention coating such as Masterkure 100WB by Degussa Construction Chemicals, Dayton Superior Sure Lift J6WB, StarSeal Clean Lift by Vexcon Chemicals or equal. E. Bonding Agent: 1. Provide a two-component, 100% solids, moisture –tolerant structural epoxy adhesive conforming to ASTM C881, Type II. The bonding agent shall be Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod by Sika Corporation of Lyndhurst, NJ, Concresive Liquid (LPL) by Degussa Admixtures, Inc. of Cleveland, OH or equal. 2. Latex bonding agent shall be a non-remulsifiable acrylic-polymer latex conforming to ASTM C1059 Type II. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify cover requirements over all reinforcement. B. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. C. Verify site conditions to ensure that full access is available for placement of concrete. 3.2 JOINTS A. Construction and expansion joints indicated on Drawings are mandatory and shall not be omitted. Construction joints shall conform to the requirements of Section 03100 and the following: 1. Before placing new concrete against concrete already in place and hardened, the surface shall again be cleaned with a jet where practical. The exposed aggregate shall then be mopped with a mortar composed of the same proportions of sand and placed and mopped in place immediately prior to the placing of concrete and shall not have set up or hardened prior to the placing of concrete. 2. Where joints other than those shown are required, they shall be made at such locations as the Engineer may allow, and shall in no case impair the structural strength of the structure. B. Joints not indicated or specified shall be placed to least impair strength of structure and shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. C. Saw-cut joints shall be installed in the locations shown on the Drawings. Saw-cut joints shall not be substituted for formed construction joints unless approved by the Engineer. Saw-cut joints shall conform to the following requirements: Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/24/20 03300-9 Cast-in-Place Concrete 1. The depth of the saw cut shall be at least ¼ of the slab thickness or a minimum depth of one inch unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 2. Do not saw cut through slab reinforcing steel unless directed to do so in writing by the Engineer. 3. Joints produced using conventional wet-cut process shall be completed within 4 to 12 hours after the slab has been finished - 4 hours in hot weather conditions and 12 hours in cold weather conditions. 4. Joints produced using the early-entry dry cut process shall be formed using diamond-impregnated blades and shall be completed within 1 to 4 hours after the slab has been finished – 1 hour in hot weather conditions and 4 hours in cold weather conditions. The maximum depth of joints produced by the dry cut process shall not exceed 1-1/4 inches. Care should be taken to make sure that the saw does not ride up over large or hard coarse aggregates. 5. Regardless of the saw cutting process chosen, the saw cutting must be performed before the concrete starts to cool, as soon as the concrete surface is firm enough not to be torn or damaged by the cutting blade, and before random-drying- shrinkage cracks can form in the concrete slab. 3.3 MIXING, CONSISTENCY, AND DELIVERY OF CONCRETE A. Concrete shall be ready-mixed, produced by a central batch plant. Hand or site mixing shall not be allowed. Constituents, including admixtures, shall be batched at the central batch plant. Admixtures shall be premixed in solution form and dispensed as recommended by the manufacturer. B. Central plant and rolling stock equipment and methods shall conform to Truck Mixer and Agitator Standard of Truck Mixer Manufacturer's National Ready-Mixed Concrete Association, ASTM C94, ASTM C685, and Contract Documents. Consistency of concrete at time of placement shall be at a 3 inch slump, +/- 1 inch. C. Ready mixed concrete shall be transported to the site in watertight agitator or mixer trucks loaded not in excess of rated capacities. Discharge at site shall be within one and one-half hours after cement is first introduced into the aggregates. Concrete with a temperature greater than 90F. shall be rejected and removed from the site. D. During any of the following conditions: high ambient temperature, high concrete temperature, low relative humidity, increased wind velocity, high solar radiation, when the temperature of the concrete is 85F or above, the time between the introduction of cement to the aggregates and discharge shall not exceed one hour. In addition, when the rate of evaporation on the surface of the concrete is expected to approach 0.2 lb/ft2/hr. (see chart in ACI 305R) special precautions shall be taken against the formation of plastic shrinkage cracking on the surface of the concrete after placement. E. During any period when for more than three successive days the average daily outdoor temperature drops below 40F, the concrete temperature at the time of placement shall be as specified in Table C below. Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/24/20 03300-10 Cast-in-Place Concrete TABLE C Concrete Temperature During Cold Weather Least dimension of section, inches. Minimum temperature of concrete as placed and maintained during the protection period, F Maximum gradual decrease in surface temperature during any 24 hours after end of protection, F Less than 12 55 50 12 to less than 36 50 40 36 to 72 45 30 Greater than 72 40 20 F. Central mixed concrete shall be plant mixed a minimum of five minutes. Agitation shall begin immediately after premixed concrete is placed in truck and shall continue without interruption until discharged. Transit mixed concrete shall be mixed at mixing speed for at least ten minutes immediately after charging truck followed by agitation without interruption until discharged. G. Retempering of concrete which has partially hardened by mixing with or without additional cement, aggregates, or water shall not be permitted. 3.4 PLACING CONCRETE A. Remove excess water and foreign matter from forms and excavations. Do not place concrete on frozen soil. Provide adequate protection against frost action during freezing weather. B. Transport concrete from mixer to place of final deposit as rapidly as practical by methods which prevent separation of ingredients and displacement of reinforcements, and which avoid re-handling. Do not deposit partially hardened concrete. When concrete is conveyed by chutes, equipment shall be of such size and shape to ensure continuous flow in chute. Flat (coal) chutes shall not be used. Chutes shall be of metal or metal lined and uniformly sloped. Slope shall not be less than 25 nor more than 45 from horizontal. Concrete shall be lowered and maintained as near to the surface of deposit as practicable. The chute shall be thoroughly cleaned before and after each use and debris and any water shall be discharged outside of the forms. Concrete shall not be allowed to flow horizontally over distances exceeding 10 feet or dropped vertically over 6 feet. C. Place concrete in such a manner as to prevent segregation and accumulations of hardened concrete on forms or reinforcement above the grade of concrete being placed. Suitable hoppers and spouts with restricted outlets and tremies shall be used as required. D. Thoroughly consolidate each layer of concrete by rodding and vibrating using internal type mechanical vibrator. Vibration shall be done by experienced operators under close supervision and shall be carried on only enough to produce homogeneity and optimum consolidation without permitting segregation of constituents or "pumping" of air. Vibrators used for normal weight concrete shall operate at speeds of not less than 7,000 vpm and be of suitable capacity. Do not use vibrators to move concrete. Vibration shall Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/24/20 03300-11 Cast-in-Place Concrete be supplemented by spading to remove bubbles and honeycombs adjacent to visible surfaces. At least one vibrator shall be on hand for every 10 cubic yards of concrete placed per hour, plus one spare. Vibrators shall be operable and on site prior to starting concrete placement. E. Deposit concrete continuously, and in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be deposited on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause formation of seams and planes of weakness within the section. If a section cannot be placed continuously between planned construction joints, as specified, field joints and additional reinforcement shall be introduced at the Contractor's expense to preserve structural continuity. F. Cold joints, particularly in exposed concrete, including "honeycombs", are unacceptable. If they occur in concrete surfaces exposed to view, the Engineer will require that entire section in which blemish occurs be removed and replaced with new materials at the Contractor's expense. 3.5 CURING AND PROTECTION A. When concrete is placed at or below an ambient air temperature of 40F. or whenever this temperature or lower values are likely to occur within 48 hours after placement of concrete, cold weather concreting procedures, according to ACI 306.1 and as specified herein, shall be followed. The entire area affected shall be protected by adequate housing or covering, and heating. No salt, chemicals or other foreign materials shall be used in the mix to lower the freezing point of concrete. No oil or kerosene heaters shall be utilized. Vent flue gases from combustion heating units to the outside of the enclosure. B. No frozen materials shall be used in batching concrete and any ice shall be removed from coming into contact with the concrete. C. Protect concrete work against injury from heat, cold, and defacement of any nature during construction operations. D. Concrete shall be treated and protected immediately after concreting or cement finishing is completed, to provide continuous moist curing above 50F. for at least 7 days, regardless of ambient air temperatures. E. All concrete shall be cured immediately after finishing in accordance with the following requirements: 1. Curing shall be accomplished by a continuous soaking process such as the use of soaker hose or sprinklers, or by use of plastic roll materials to cover the concrete, which shall be thoroughly wetted at least once a day or more often as required in very hot weather. Such plastic shall be placed as soon as possible after finishing of concrete so that scarring of the surface will not occur. Plastic shall be held in place on the surface of the concrete in such a manner and means as will not allow it to be blown off or otherwise dislodged from the concrete surface. Curing procedures shall be maintained continuously for a period of at least 7 days. 2. All methods of curing shall be subject to approval of the Engineer, and each method employed shall be practical and adequate for the curing required. Curing compounds in lieu of wet curing will not be allowed. F. Keep permanent temperature records showing date and outside temperature during concreting operations. Thermometer readings shall be taken at start of work in morning, Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/24/20 03300-12 Cast-in-Place Concrete at noon, and again late in afternoon. Locations of concrete placed during such periods shall likewise be recorded in such manner as to show any effect temperatures may have had on construction. 3.6 REMOVAL OF FORMWORK A. Forms shall not be removed until concrete has attained sufficient strength to support its own weight, construction loads to be placed thereon and lateral loads, without damage to structure or excessive deflection. B. With the exception of construction joint bulkheads and keyways, forms and supports shall remain in place for not less than the minimum time periods noted below. 1. Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, forms for vertical surfaces shall not be removed before the concrete has attained a strength of not less than 30 percent of the minimum allowable prescribed compressive strength nor not less than the minimum time period specified in Table D. 2. Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, forms for horizontal surfaces shall not be removed before the concrete has attained a strength of not less than 60 percent of the minimum allowable prescribed compressive strength nor not less than the minimum time period specified in Table D. TABLE D Minimum Degree Day Requirement for Form Removal Form Use Degree-Days Walls and Vertical Surfaces 200 Elevated Slabs 400 Beams and Girders 600 3. Definition of degree-days - Total number of days times mean daily air temperature at the surface of the concrete. For example, 5 days at temperature of 60F. equals 300 degree-days. Days or fractions of days in which temperature is below 50F. shall not be included in calculation of degree-days except where modified by Table C above. C. Forms for construction joint bulkheads and keyways may be removed the following day, after the concrete pour. Extreme caution must be used to avoid damage to the concrete surface and keyway. D. Any test cylinders required to verify the specified minimum strengths for form removal shall be field cured under the same conditions as the concrete they represent. Such cylinders and testing shall be at the Contractor's expense. 3.7 FINISHING OF CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE A. Slab Surfaces 1. Interior traffic bearing surfaces shall have a steel trowel finish and exterior slabs shall have a wood or magnesium trowel non-slip finish. The finish shall be accomplished by a procedure as follows, but shall be the Contractor's responsibility to produce a good and proper finish on all parts of the work: Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/24/20 03300-13 Cast-in-Place Concrete a. "Steel Trowel Finish" - The surface shall be screeded and given a minimum of two trowelings using a steel trowel. The final troweling shall be done at a time when the concrete has set to a point where troweling produces a ringing sound as the trowel is drawn across the surface. Where surface areas are large enough to permit their use, power finishing machines will be used. For all steel trowel finishes, a fine textured dense surface shall be the final result. Premature finishing will require additional troweling to obtain the final result. b. "Wood Float Finish" - The surface shall be screeded, given a minimum of one steel troweling and shall then be finished with a wood, cork or other float as required to produce the desired finish. In cases where a rough wood float finish is sufficient, the above procedure may be executed, omitting the steel troweling. A wood float finish shall be used only when allowed in writing by the Engineer. c. "Broom Finish" - On exterior work such as sidewalks and where else called for, a broom finish shall be used. The finishing shall be accom- plished in the following manner. Screeding shall be done and the surface worked up with a wood float. At a proper time thereafter, the surface shall be steel troweled at least once and more if so directed. Upon completion of troweling, a sufficiently stiff bristled broom shall be drawn lightly across the surface to produce a slightly striated finish. The brooming shall in general be perpendicular to the main traffic route. Coordinate required finish with the Engineer before application. 2. For all of the finishing procedures described, the time element is important and something that must be determined during the progress of the work as conditions warrant. Normally, free water on the surface of concrete should not occur. Allow the concrete surface to dry before starting finishing operations. Do not, under any circumstance, add dry cement to wet areas in order to accelerate drying. Finishing and rubbing required for all parts of the work shall be done only by competent "Cement Finishers" trained for the work. B. Formed Surfaces 1. Immediately after the end of the wet cure period, remove form ties and patch all tie-holes, rat holes, and other surface voids with a non-metallic, non-shrink grout, which most nearly matches the color and texture of the concrete surface. All protrusions shall be ground smooth with an approved mechanical grinder. 3.8 REPAIRING OF HARDENED CONCRETE SURFACES A. Defective concrete and honeycombed areas shall not be patched unless examined and approval is given by the Engineer. After approval, areas involved shall be cut back to a minimum depth of 1 inch from the finished surface, or as otherwise directed, whichever is greater. Edges of areas to be repaired shall be cut square to a minimum depth of 3/4 inch. Feathered edges will not be allowed. Any voids or honeycomb around reinforcing steel shall be chipped away to provide at least 3/4 inch clearance all around to permit proper placement of repair concrete around the steel to the parent, sound concrete. B. Exposed surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of all mud, paint, grime, scum, laitance, organic matter, detritus, calcareous growth and other foreign matter by sand and water blasting or other acceptable means. Immediately after cleaning, the surface shall be Tighe&Bond N0936-11/04/24/20 03300-14 Cast-in-Place Concrete checked by the Engineer for proper surface preparation, including fractured concrete or loose aggregate. Any such material shall be removed using pneumatic or hand tools. The final surfaces shall be thoroughly rinsed with clean water to remove remaining dirt and dust. C. Premoisten the prepared surface for at least 2 hours to reduce the absorption of water by the parent concrete and to provide a reservoir for moist curing at the interface of the repair. The substrate should be saturated surface dry with no standing water. While the concrete surface is still damp, apply a thin 1/16 inch coat of neat cement slurry (mixed to the consistency of a heavy paste) with a bristle brush to provide a bond coat throughout the entire cavity of the repair. Before the slurry has dried or changed color, promptly install the repair concrete or dry-pack, as may be required or selected. D. For relatively small areas, ram repair concrete into this portion of the formed void. This concrete shall comprise a crumbly-dry 1-1-1.5 mixture of cement, concrete sand and pea gravel (or 3/4 inch gravel) mixed slightly damp to the touch (just short of "balling"). The "dry-pack" consistency of the concrete shall be zero slumps, but moist enough so that when it is rodded and tamped until dense, an excess of paste will appear on the surface in the form of a spider web. In cases of unformed voids of thinner section, do not build-up repair in excess of a depth which will sag with the weight of the fresh mortar or concrete. Trowel smooth with heavy pressure. E. The concrete shall be of the driest possible consistency and mix composition so that it can be worked into the corners and angles of forms and around the reinforcement, without permitting the materials to segregate or free water to collect on the surface, due consideration being given to the methods of placing and compacting. Source and mixture of concrete shall be submitted for approval. F. Concrete shall be deposited continuously, or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be deposited which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams and planes of weakness within the section. Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated and trowelled dense, smooth and plane. Avoid premature and excessive trowelling which could cause sagging. G. Repair areas and adjacent parent concrete surfaces shall be continuously moist cured immediately after finishing for at least 7 days. Surfaces shall be covered with damp burlap and sealed with taped polyethylene. Membrane curing compounds shall not be used. H. Leave finished work and adjacent concrete surfaces in a neat, clean condition with no evidence of spillovers or staining. 3.9 CLEANING A. Concrete surfaces shall be cleaned of objectionable stains as determined by the Engineer. Materials containing acid in any form or methods which will damage the "skin" of concrete surfaces shall not be employed, except where otherwise specified. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 3\03300S.docx DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL N0936-11/4/26/21 16050-1 Basic Electrical Requirements SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Basic Electrical Requirements specifically applicable to Division 16 Sections 2. As-Built Documentation B. Related Sections 1. Section 16080 – Electrical Testing 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASCE 7-05 – Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures B. International Building Code – IBC 2009 C. Massachusetts Electrical Code D. Massachusetts State Building Code, 9th Edition, 780 CMR E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code F. NFPA 79 – Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery G. ANSI/ISA-S5.4 – Instrument Loop Diagrams 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings, product data, and reports. B. Submit one-line diagram and panel schedule detailing circuitry for new lighting system C. Submit as-built documentation in accordance with Section 01770. I&C documentation shall conform to the latest versions of NFPA 79 and ANSI/ISA-S5.4. D. Submit a written warranty. E. Seismic restraint details including stamped certification from a professional engineer. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable Massachusetts Building Code. B. Electrical - Conform to Massachusetts Electrical Code. All references to the National Electrical Code or NEC in the project manual shall be construed as references to the Massachusetts Electrical Code. C. Conform to applicable Local Building Codes. D. Obtain and pay for all applicable permits. N0936-11/4/26/21 16050-2 Basic Electrical Requirements E. Schedule and pay for all inspections necessary for the electrical installation including but not necessarily limited to the general electrical inspection and fire department inspections. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate with the City Electrician and develop one-line diagram and panel schedule for new parking lot light circuitry. Contractor is responsible for all connection details. B. Install Work in locations shown on Drawings, unless prevented by Project conditions. C. Prepare drawings showing proposed rearrangement of Work to meet Project conditions, including changes to Work specified in other Sections. Obtain permission from the Engineer before proceeding. D. Location of electrical equipment, devices, and similar items, as indicated, are approximate only. Exact locations are to be determined by the Contractor during construction. If any location is different from those indicated (greater than 5 feet away from location shown on Drawings), the Engineer must give approval to the change. E. Verify in field, existing conditions and final locations of equipment installed under other Sections that require electrical work. F. Where it is necessary to core a hole through an existing concrete, the Contractor shall conduct a survey with a pachometer or by similar means to identify the location of steel reinforcing bars. The new hole shall be located so as to avoid cutting reinforcing bars. Where reinforcing steel is close enough together that it is not possible to core the required hole without cutting reinforcing bars, contact the Engineer for further direction before cutting a hole. Where reinforcing bars are cut without the consent of the Engineer, the concrete will be repaired at the expense of the Contractor. G. Equipment wiring 1. Equipment power and control wiring is based on specific manufacturers and models. Actual wiring required may be different. 2. Before pulling any power or control wire or installing conduit, obtain equipment electrical and control installation instructions and wiring diagrams. Any discrepancies from what is shown on the electrical drawings shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. The Engineer will provide instructions for any changes that may be necessary. 3. Installation of conduit or wire prior to obtaining the above specified information shall be at the Contractor’s risk. The Owner will not be responsible for any extra costs related to removal or replacement of conduit or wire resulting from the failure to coordinate equipment conduit and wire requirements. In the event that additional conductors or larger conductors than shown on the Drawings are required, the Owner will not be responsible for any labor costs related to the installation of these materials unless it can be demonstrated by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer that these conductors could not have been installed at the same time as the conductors shown on the Drawings. 4. Provide wiring shown on the Drawings unless specifically excluded. H. Drawings and Specifications N0936-11/4/26/21 16050-3 Basic Electrical Requirements 1. Drawings and Specifications are typical of work done and of arrangement desired. Provide accessories and appurtenances necessary for complete installation (e.g., home runs, conduit and wire for instrumentation and control wiring) that are required to provide a complete electrical system. I. As-Built Drawings: Maintain a master set of as-built drawings showing the changes and deviations from the Drawings or the approved shop drawings. Make markups as the changes are made. J. Where underground electric facilities are installed, measure, record, and submit as built dimensions. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Submit a written warranty, executed by the Contractor and manufacturer agreeing to the replacement and installation of all material, parts and adjustments required due to failure in materials or workmanship within one year from final acceptance of the Work. B. This warranty shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights and remedies the Owner may have against any party under the Contract Documents. This warranty is in addition to all other warranties existing under either the Contract Documents or required by Law. 1.7 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS A. Components, systems and their supports shall be designed by the contractor in accordance ASCE 7-05, Section 13.6 Mechanical and Electrical Components, the International Building Code (IBC 2009), and the Massachusetts Amendments to IBC 2009. A. Submit details showing the seismic restraints. B. Submit stamped, signed certification from a Massachusetts licensed professional structural engineer that the design meets the seismic restraint requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Products shall be Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL) listed if a UL listing for that product is available. 2.2 FINAL SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION A. Prior to final acceptance of the system, provide operating and maintenance manuals (O&M’s) covering instruction and maintenance on each type of equipment as specified. B. The requirements for final documentation shall be as specified. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Perform all work in accordance with OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration) requirements. B. Perform all work in accordance with NFPA 70E, Handbook for Electrical Safety in the Workplace. N0936-11/4/26/21 16050-4 Basic Electrical Requirements C. Install all equipment in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations. D. Test all electrical components in accordance with Section 16080 and as indicated in individual electrical equipment specification sections. E. Perform all electrical equipment installation, checkout, and test in a safe manner. Provide the following special safety precautions, as appropriate: 1. Locking and tagging procedures 2. Barricades 3. De-energization and/or isolation of equipment prior to testing 4. Review of procedures with the Engineer and the Owner 5. Erection of warning signs 6. Stationing of guards and watchmen 7. Maintenance of voice communications 8. Personnel orientation F. Do not install electrical equipment in its permanent location until structures are weather-tight or equipment is properly protected from the weather. G. Before energizing any machine, visually inspect for serviceability. Verify that equipment and machines have been properly lubricated and aligned. Verify nameplate for electrical power requirements. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton Dpw\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 16\16050.Docx N0936-11/4/26/21 16060-1 Grounding and Bonding SECTION 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Electrical equipment and raceway grounding and bonding 2. Grounding of POLE and other conductive equipment B. Related Sections 1. Section 16080 – Electrical Testing 1.2 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Grounding electrode system shall be installed for each lighting pole. It shall include a driven ground rod with a bonded grounding conductor at each pole location. B. Bond together exposed non-current carrying metal parts of electrical equipment, metal raceway systems, and grounding conductor in raceways and cables. C. Install grounding in accordance with NEC Article 250. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings, product data, and reports. B. Indicate layout of ground rods, location of system grounding electrode connections, and routing of grounding electrode conductor. C. Submit ground resistance testing reports in accordance with Section 16080. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Grounding Electrode Conductors – medium-hard drawn bare copper B. Grounding Conductors - insulated copper, minimum size #12 AWG and in accordance with NEC Tables 250.66, 250.102(C)(1) and 250.122, or larger if so indicated on the Drawings C. Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel, ¾ inch diameter, minimum length 10 feet PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide a separate, insulated equipment grounding conductor with each feeder and branch circuit. Terminate each end on a grounding lug, bus, or bushing. N0936-11/4/26/21 16060-2 Grounding and Bonding B. Use a minimum of #8 AWG copper wire to ground all piping, tanks, handrails and other conductive equipment or structures including ductwork and floor gratings. C. Use cadweld, thermweld or brazed type ground connections for the grounding electrode system: cable to cable, cable to ground rod and cable to metallic pole steel and reinforcing steel connections. D. Drive ground rods one foot below finished grade. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation and compliance with NEC Article 250. 3.3 TESTING A. Perform ground tests using a low resistance, Null balance type, ground testing ohmmeter, with test lead resistance compensated for. Use the type of test instrument which compensates for potential and current rod resistances. B. Test the ground rods and measure ground resistance. Submit tabulation of results to the Engineer. Include identification of electrodes, date of reading and ground resistance value in the test reports. If the resistance is not 5 ohms or less, contact the Engineer. The Engineer will initiate design changes, if necessary, to obtain acceptable values of ground resistance. C. Ground resistance of conduits, equipment cases, and supporting frames, shall not vary from that of system as a whole and shall not exceed 0.5 ohms to ground. Measure resistance to ground of representative items, as directed by the Engineer. Submit all readings to the Engineer. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton DPW\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 16\16060.Docx N0936-11/4/26/2021 16075-1 Electrical Identification SECTION 16075 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Wire and cable markers 1.2 REFERENCES A. NEMA WC5 - Thermoplastics - Insulated Wire and Cable for Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy B. ANSI C57 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide schedule for nameplates. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WIRE AND CABLE MARKERS A. Wires up to AWG10: Split sleeve or tubing type waterproof markers (Thomas & Betts, Panduit, Burndy, Sur-Code Sleeve Markers or equal). B. Wires AWG8 and larger: Plastic impregnated cloth markers, resistant to abrasion, moisture, dirt and oil (Ideal, Panduit, Brady or equal). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Embossed tape will not be permitted for any application. 3.2 WIRE IDENTIFICATION A. Provide wire markers on each end of each conductor in panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes, switchgear, switchboards, motor control centers, control panels, at each load connection and at each terminal board connection. Identify with branch circuit or feeder number for power and lighting circuits, and with control wire number as indicated on equipment manufacturer's shop drawings for control wiring. B. Circuits passing through junction boxes shall be individually grouped and bound with Ty-raps. C. Include the following color coding of all conductors used for power or lighting circuits. 1. 120/240 volt, single phase 3 wire a. Black - Phase A b. Red - Phase B c. White - Neutral d. Green - Equipment ground N0936-11/4/26/2021 16075-2 Electrical Identification 2. 120/208 volt, three phase 4 wire a. Black - Phase A b. Red - Phase B c. Blue - Phase C d. White - Neutral e. Green - Equipment ground D. Color coding of multiconductor control cables shall be in accordance with NEMA Standard WC5. E. Branch circuit equipment grounding conductors smaller than #8 shall have a green jacket, green tape is not acceptable. (i.e. #8 THHN) END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton Dpw\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 16\16075.Docx N0936-11/4/26/2021 16080-1 Electrical Testing SECTION 16080 ELECTRICAL TESTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Testing of Electrical Systems - General 2. Electrical Test Equipment 3. Electrical Test Procedures 4. Specific Electrical Tests B. Related Sections 1. Section 16060 – Grounding and Bonding 2. Section 16075 – Electrical Identification 1.2 REFERENCES A. Massachusetts Electrical Code B. ANSI C37 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Testing shall be performed, with satisfactory results, prior to connecting and energizing equipment. Problems discovered as a result of testing shall be corrected and retesting performed prior to connecting and energizing equipment. B. The following test reports shall be submitted 1. Wire and cable continuity test results 2. Grounding system test results PART 2 PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 TESTING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS - GENERAL A. Provide supervision, labor, materials, tools, test instruments and other equipment or services and expenses required to test, adjust, set, calibrate, and operationally check work and components of the various electrical and control systems and circuitry throughout the contract. B. Pay for all tests specified in Division 16, including expenses incident to re-tests occasioned by defects and failures of equipment to meet specifications. Unless otherwise specified, the Owner will supply the electric current necessary for tests. C. After completion of testing replace wiring and equipment found defective (defined as failing to meet specified requirements). N0936-11/4/26/2021 16080-2 Electrical Testing D. Do not void equipment warranties or guarantees by testing and checkout work. Checks and tests shall be supplemental to and compatible with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Where deviations are apparent, obtain the manufacturer's approved review of procedure prior to testing. Where any repairs, modifications, adjustments, tests or checks are to be made, contact the Engineer to determine if the work should be performed by or with the manufacturer's representative. All checks and tests specified for proper operating and safety of equipment and personnel are to be performed concurrent with progression of the work, prior to final acceptance by the Owner. E. At any stage of construction and when observed, any electrical equipment or system determined to be damaged, or faulty, is to be reported to the Engineer. Corrective action requires Engineer’s approval prior to re-testing, and inspection. F. Prior to testing and start-up, equipment and wiring shall be properly and permanently identified with nameplates, and other identification as specified in Section 16075. Check and tighten terminals and connection points, remove shipping blocks and thoroughly clean equipment, repair damaged or scratched finishes, inspect for broken and missing parts and review and collect manufacturer's drawings and instructions for delivery to the Engineer. Make routine checks and tests as the job progresses to ensure that wiring and equipment is properly installed. G. Testing and checkout work is to be performed with fully qualified personnel skilled in the particular tests being conducted. Personnel are to have at least 5 years of experience with tests of same type and size as specified. H. Conduct tests in presence of the Engineer. Notification is required 7 calendar days or more in advance when any test is to be performed, and do not start tests without approval. I. Make openings in circuits for test instruments and place and connect instruments, equipment, and devices, required for the tests. Upon completion of tests, remove instruments and instrument connections and restore circuits to permanent conditions. J. Identify test being performed, conductor or equipment the test is being performed on, date the test was performed, value of test results, person performing the test, the witness to the test, and the serial and model number and description of test instrument. Arrange information in tabular form and submit to the Engineer for approval. K. When the electrical tests and inspections specified or required within Division 16 are complete and results reported, reviewed, and approved, that portion of the electrical equipment system or installation may be considered electrically complete. Affix appropriate, approved, and dated completion or calibration labels to the tested equipment and notify the Engineer of electrical completion. If the Engineer finds completed work unacceptable, he will notify the Contractor in writing of unfinished or deficient work, with the reason for his rejection, to be corrected by the Contractor. The Contractor will notify the Engineer in writing when exceptions have been corrected. The Contractor will prepare a "notification of Substantial Electrical Completion" for approval by the Engineer following the Engineer’s acceptance of electrical completion. If later in-service operation or further testing identifies problems attributable to the Contractor, these will be corrected. 3.2 ELECTRICAL TEST EQUIPMENT A. Test equipment used is to be inspected and calibrated. N0936-11/4/26/2021 16080-3 Electrical Testing B. Perform calibration and setting checks with calibrated test instruments of at least twice that of the accuracy of the equipment, device, relay or meter under test. Dated calibration labels shall be visible on test equipment. Calibrations over 6 months old are not acceptable on field test instruments. Inspect test instruments for proper operation prior to proceeding with the tests. C. Perform ground tests using a low resistance, Null balance type, ground testing ohmmeter, with test lead resistance compensated for. Use the type of test instrument which compensates for potential and current rod resistances. 3.3 TEST PROCEDURES A. Prepare procedures and schedules for the work specified herein. This work is to be coordinated and compatible with both the work and schedule of the other crafts. Sequence the tests and checks so that the equipment can be energized immediately after the completion of the application tests. B. The test procedures shall provide specific instructions for the checking and testing of each electrical component of each system. Schedule tests and inspections as the job progresses. C. Testing and checkout work shall be conducted in a safe manner. Provide the following special safety precautions, as appropriate: 1. Locking and tagging procedures 2. Barricades 3. Deenergization and/or isolation of equipment prior to testing 4. Review of procedures with the Engineer and Resident Project Representative 5. Erection of warning signs 6. Stationing of guards and watchmen 7. Maintenance of voice communications 8. Personnel orientation D. Before energizing any equipment, visually inspect for serviceability. Check manufacturer's instruction manual. E. Where ground test results identify the need for additional grounding conductors or rods that are not indicated or specified, design changes will be initiated to obtain the acceptable values. 3.4 SPECIFIC ELECTRICAL TESTS A. Wire and Cable 1. Continuity test each control wire and cable to verify the field applied tag per conductor and record results. B. Grounding Systems 1. Test in accordance with Section 16060. END OF SECTION N0936-11/4/26/2021 16120-1 Conductors and Cables SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Building wire and cable 2. Wire connectors B. Related Sections 1. Section 16075 – Electrical Identification 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings, product data and reports. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings. B. Wire and cable routing shown on Drawings is approximate unless dimensioned. Route wire and cable as required to meet Project Conditions. Determine required separation between cable and other work. C. Where wire and cable routing is not shown, and destination only is indicated, determine exact routing and lengths required. Determine cable routing to avoid interference with other work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE A. Description: Stranded conductor insulated wire, multi-conductor control cable and tray cable. B. Conductor: copper C. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts D. Insulation: ANSI/NFPA 70; Type XHHN insulation for branch circuits, and underground power wiring AWG 10 and smaller. E. Manufacturer 1. Okonite Co. N0936-11/4/26/2021 16120-2 Conductors and Cables 2. Rome Cable Corp. 3. American Insulated Wire Corp. 4. Southwire 5. or equal PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather. B. Verify that mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Minimum size for power wiring shall be AWG #12. B. All wiring shall be run in conduit, unless otherwise noted. C. Install products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. D. Use stranded conductors for all wire sizes. E. In raceways, mechanically complete the installation in all details. Pull all conductors into raceway at same time. F. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire 4 AWG and larger. G. Protect exposed cable from damage. H. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors. I. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards. J. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors. K. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature rise. L. For underground splices and splices called out as or required to be submersible, use adhesive-lined heat shrink type splice kits rated for submersion. M. Use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper conductor splices and taps, 10 AWG and smaller. 3.4 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Identify wire and cable under provisions of Section 16075. B. Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated on Drawings. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect wire and cable for physical damage and proper connection. N0936-11/4/26/2021 16120-3 Conductors and Cables B. Measure tightness of bolted connections and compare torque measurements with manufacturer's recommended values. C. Verify continuity of each branch circuit conductor. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton Dpw\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 16\16120.Docx N0936-11/4/26/2021 16131-1 Conduit SECTION 16131 CONDUIT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Non-metallic (PVC) conduit 2. Underground warning tape 3. Conduit expansion joint 4. Conduit sealing bushing B. Related Sections 1. Section 16060, Grounding and Bonding 1.2 REFERENCES A. ACI 318 – Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete B. ANSI/NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable Assemblies C. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electric Code D. NEMA TC 2 - Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) E. NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings, product data and reports B. Riser Diagrams for the electrical installation 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Conduit Size: ANSI/NFPA 70 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Accept conduit on site. Inspect for damage. B. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate covering. C. Protect PVC conduit from sunlight. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings. B. Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough-in. N0936-11/4/26/2021 16131-2 Conduit C. Conduit routing is shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route as required to complete wiring system. D. Provide complete conduit systems between electrical equipment and devices as required. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Size: 1 inch unless otherwise specified B. For underground installations: Use schedule 40 PVC C. For exposed outdoor locations: Use rigid steel conduit 2.2 RIGID STEEL CONDUIT A. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1 B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; all steel fittings 2.3 NONMETALLIC (PVC) CONDUIT A. Description: NEMA TC 2; Schedule 40 PVC B. Fittings: NEMA TC3 2.4 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE, DETECTABLE A. Warning tape for all buried electrical conduit shall be solid aluminum foil core tape and printed with the words “CAUTION - BURIED ELECTRICAL LINE BELOW.” B. Tape shall be red and 6 inches wide. C. Manufacturers 1. Ideal 2. or equal 2.5 FITTINGS AND CONDUIT BODIES A. Fittings 1. Description - Threaded, malleable Iron or schedule 40 PVC. Material to correspond with type of conduit system being used B. Conduit Bodies 1. Manufacturer a. Appleton-Type Mogul - malleable iron b. Equal by O-Z Gedney c. Equal by Crouse-Hinds d. or equal C. Conduit Hubs 1. Manufacturer N0936-11/4/26/2021 16131-3 Conduit a. Crouse Hinds – Myers hub Type HUB 1) Zinc in damp and wet locations b. Equal by O-Z Gedney c. Equal by RACO d. Equal by Appleton e. or equal 2.6 CONDUIT EXPANSION JOINT, RIGID METAL CONDUIT A. Weather tight, internal ground, expansion joint for galvanized rigid steel conduit, 4 inch maximum conduit movement B. Manufacturer 1. Crouse-Hinds Type XJG 2. Appleton Type XJ 3. O-Z Gedney Type AX 4. or equal 2.7 CONDUIT EXPANSION FITTING, PVC A. Expansion fitting for PVC conduit shall compensate for length changes due to temperature variations in exposed conduit runs, 4-inch maximum conduit movement. B. Manufacturer 1. Carlon 2. or equal 2.8 CONDUIT SEALING BUSHING A. Description: Bushing that provides a waterproof seal around wire and cables in a conduit B. Construction: Slotted P steel discs, neoprene sealing ring and stainless steel head cap screws and washers C. Manufacturer 1. O-Z Gedney Type CSBI 2.9 COLD GALVANIZING COMPOUND A. Cold galvanizing compound shall be applied to all field threads and shall be as manufactured by ZRC Products Company, a division of Norfolk Corp. or equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Junction boxes shown on the Drawings shall be provided in locations indicated. Additional boxes shall be provided as needed to comply with NFPA 70 requirements. N0936-11/4/26/2021 16131-4 Conduit B. Install conduit in accordance with NECA "Standards of Installation." C. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation. E. Group related conduits; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using support channel; provide space on each for 25 percent additional conduits. F. Route conduit in and underground from point-to-point unless drawings indicate otherwise. G. Cross conduits in slab only with the Engineer’s approval. H. Cut conduit square using saw or pipe cutter; de-burr cut ends. I. Before installation of wires and cables, clean and dry inside of each conduit run. J. For galvanized conduit, apply cold galvanizing compound to all field threads. K. Join nonmetallic conduit using cement as recommended by manufacturer. Wipe nonmetallic conduit dry and clean before joining. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area inserted in fittings. Allow joint to cure for 20 minutes, minimum. L. Use conduit hubs to fasten conduit to boxes and control panels in damp and wet locations. For wet and corrosive locations, use stainless steel or non-metallic conduit hubs. M. Install no more than equivalent of three 90° bends between boxes. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Use factory elbows for bends in metal conduit larger than 2 inch size. N. Avoid moisture traps; provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system. O. Provide suitable fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where conduit crosses control and expansion joints. P. Provide 100-lb. test nylon pull string in each conduit 2 inch or larger except sleeves and nipples. Q. Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. R. Ground and bond conduit in accordance with Section 16060. S. Install rigid metal conduit using only threaded fittings. T. Use two locknuts, one inside and one outside of each box and enclosure when enclosure ratings are NEMA 1 or 12. U. Arrange for all duct bank systems to drain away from buildings. Install duct bank systems to drain toward manholes or handholes. V. Provide thru wall seals on all conduits passing through foundation walls. W. Use PVC conduit fittings and bodies with PVC conduit. X. Install underground warning tape 12 inches above all underground conduits. N0936-11/4/26/2021 16131-5 Conduit Y. Install underground conduit with minimum cover, in accordance with National Electric Code or utility requirements, but no less than 36 inches. Z. For non-concrete encased underground conduit installations, backfill the trench with sand borrow for the full width of the trench and extend the sand borrow 12-inches over the conduit. AA. Provide conduit expansion joints for underground conduits that enter a building through an exterior wall or connect to an exterior mounted disconnect switch, meter, or other equipment. BB. Size and spacing of conduits embedded in concrete slabs shall be per ACI 318, including the following: 1. Conduits embedded in concrete slabs or walls shall not be larger in outside diameter than one-third of the overall thickness of the slab or wall in which they are embedded. 2. Conduits embedded in concrete slabs or walls shall not be spaced closer than three conduit diameters on center. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton Dpw\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 16\16131.Docx N0936-11/4/26/2021 16138-1 Duct Banks SECTION 16138 DUCT BANKS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Handholes 2. Installation of duct banks 3. Installation of handholes 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated B. ANSI/NEMA FB1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable Assemblies C. ANSI/SCTE 77-2007 - Specification for Underground Enclosure Integrity 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer’s shop drawings B. Project data 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience. B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and shown. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Accept conduit on site. Inspect for damage. B. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate covering. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings. B. Verify routing and termination locations of duct bank prior to excavation for rough-in. C. Duct bank routing is shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensions are indicated. Route as required to complete duct system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT A. Description: NEMA TC-2 Schedule 40 PVC. N0936-11/4/26/2021 16138-2 Duct Banks B. Fittings: NEMA TC-3. 2.2 TRAFFIC RATED HANDHOLES A. Description 1. Handholes and cover shall be traffic rated 2. Loading – Designed to meet AASHTO H-20 Load Rating 3. Dimensions – as required, or as indicated on the Drawings. 4. Lid shall be provided by same manufacturer. 5. Any and all hardware required shall be stainless steel. 6. Cover markings – “ELECTRIC” B. Manufacturers 1. Neenah Foundry 2. Pratt 3. HC Oswald 4. Quazite 5. or equal 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Duct Bank Spacers 1. Type: Nonmetallic, interlocking, for multiple conduit sizes. 2. Suitable for all types of conduit. 3. Manufacturers a. Underground Device, Inc. b. Carlon. B. Identification Devices 1. Raceway Tags a. Material: Permanent, nylon or polyethylene. b. Shape: Round. c. Raceway Designation: Pressure stamped, embossed, or engraved. d. Tapes relying on adhesives or taped-on markers not permitted. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 DUCT BANK INSTALLATION A. Use Schedule 40 PVC conduit for all underground duct banks. B. Install duct in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. N0936-11/4/26/2021 16138-3 Duct Banks C. Install duct to locate top of duct bank at depths as indicated on drawings (or at 36 inches below grade depths not indicated on drawings). D. Install duct with minimum slope of 1.5 inches per 100 feet. Slope duct away from building entrances. E. Cut duct square using saw or pipe cutter; de-burr cut ends. F. Insert duct to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely. G. Join nonmetallic duct using adhesive as recommended by manufacturer. H. Wipe nonmetallic duct dry and clean before joining. Apply full even coat of adhesive to entire area inserted in fitting. Allow joint to cure for 20 minutes, minimum. I. Install no more than equivalent of three 90 degree bends between pull points. J. Provide suitable fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where required. K. Terminate duct at handhole entries using end bell. L. Stagger duct joints vertically in concrete encasement 6 inches minimum. M. Use suitable separators and chairs installed not greater than 4 feet on centers. N. Band ducts together before placing concrete. O. Securely anchor duct to prevent movement during concrete placement. P. Provide the following: 1. Poured in place concrete in accordance with the specifications 2. Minimum 3 inch concrete cover at bottom, top, and sides of duct bank. 3. Two No. 4 steel reinforcing bars in top of bank under paved areas. 4. Connect to existing concrete encasement using dowels. 5. Excavation, backfill and compaction of trenches under provisions of the specifications Q. Provide suitable pull string in each empty duct except sleeves and nipples. R. Swab duct. Use suitable caps to protect installed duct against entrance of dirt and moisture. 3.2 PREPARATION FOR INSTALLATION OF HANDHOLES A. Contractor shall provide excavation, installation of base material, and compaction of base material in accordance with the specifications. 3.3 INSTALLATION – POLYMER CONCRETE HANDHOLES A. Install and seal sections in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. B. Install handholes plumb. C. Set the top of each handhole to finished grade. 3.4 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS N0936-11/4/26/2021 16138-4 Duct Banks A. Accurately record actual locations of exact routing of duct bank. B. Accurately record actual locations of each manhole and each handhole. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton Dpw\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 16\16138.Docx N0936-11/4/26/2021 16520-1 Exterior Luminaires SECTION 16520 EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Exterior luminaires and accessories 2. Poles 1.2 REFERENCES A. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. B. ANSI/IES RP-8 - Recommended Practice for Roadway Lighting. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire and pole. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum 3 years’ experience. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70. B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Furnish bolt templates and pole mounting accessories to installer of pole foundations. 1.7 SPARE PARTS A. Provide 1 of each lamp type and wattage installed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMINAIRES SCHEDULE A. Refer to drawing lighting fixture schedule PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine excavation and concrete foundation for lighting poles. B. Examine each luminaire to determine suitability for lamps specified. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. N0936-11/4/26/2021 16520-2 Exterior Luminaires B. Install lighting poles at locations indicated. C. Install poles plumb. Double nuts to adjust plumb. Grout around each base. D. Install lamps in each luminaire. E. Bond luminaires, metal accessories and metal poles to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. Provide supplementary grounding electrode at each pole for luminaires. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for improper connections and operation. B. Take measurements during night sky, without moon or with heavy overcast clouds effectively obscuring moon. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Aim and adjust luminaires to provide illumination levels and distribution as directed. B. Relamp luminaires which have failed lamps at Date of Substantial Completion. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious metals. B. Remove dirt and debris from enclosure. C. Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. D. Clean finishes and touch up damage. END OF SECTION J:\N\N0936 Northampton Dpw\11 - Roundhouse Parking Lot\Design\Specifications\Div 16\16520.Docx